Explanations of IBSC (6.20.200e) Radio Parameters

BSC Level PS Part Parameters
Cell Level PS Part Parameters

BSC Level CS Part Parameters
Cell Level Function Parameters
Module Parameters
Cell Level Property Parameters
PC Related Parameters
Adjacent Related Parameters
HO Related Parameters
External Cell Parameters
TRX Level Property Parameters
Channel related Parameters
CR Related Parameters
Frequency Hopping System
2G3G Related Parameters
Category
Parameter
Name (EN)
Parameter
Code
Codec mode
Cn
adjustment
Cn
Codec mode
Nn
adjustment
Nn
Codec mode
Xn
adjustment
Xn
Paging
related
BSC's net
operation
mode
Paging
related
BSC
support
PagCoordin
page
ation
coordinatio
n
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
adjust
threshold
ResourceAd
justThs
Resource
Allocation
related
Support
extended
uplink
dynamic
allocation
ExUpDynS
upport
NMO
MAX times
Suspend&R
SuspendMa
of suspend
esume
x
retry
MAX times
Suspend&R
of resume
ResumeMax
esume
retry
mode.
Itthe CS-1
employ
capability
and
Mode
1:atcoding
The
is
used
the
to
CS-4
lower
data
network
sends
to of
RLC/MAC
modes,
withlayer
data
throughput.
the
BRP.
rates
9.05coding
kbps,
Different
"GPRS-attached"
Unlike
the 15.6
unified
13.4
kbps,
modes
can
be
MS
the
CS21.4
paging
coding
mode
of the
kbps,
and
chosen
for each
message
circuit
kbps,
respectively.
timeslot
or
on
the
same
channel,
theeven
GPRS
The
low
level
each
TBF.
channel
of
GPRS
data
block
may
Explanation
of
coding
mode
has
During
data
paging
channel
Parameters
(EN)
employ
the CS-1
higher
error
transmission
of
(packet
CCCH
to
CS-4 or
coding
correction
GRPR,
to
reach
paging
channel),
or
modes,
with
capability
anddata
the
maximum
radio
on
the
rates
9.05
kbps,
lower
data the
throughput,
GPRS
traffic
13.4
kbps,
15.6
throughput.
network
shall
channel
(when
kbps,
and
21.4 it is
Different
coding
select
thewith
coding
assigned
kbps,
respectively.
modes
can be
mode
dynamically
aThe
packet
data
low
level
chosen
forto the
according
channel).
It means
coding
mode
has
each
timeslot
or
data
rate
that
MS
has
higher
error
even
each
TBF.
requirement
and
to
monitor
correction
During
dataonly
radio
transmission
one
paging
capability
and
transmission
quality.
Goodofradio
channel.
lower
data
GRPR,
to
reach
transmission
Network
operation
throughput.
the
maximum
radio
quality
means
that
mode
1 iscoding
required
Different
throughput,
the
the
probability
while
modes
can
be of
network
shall
the
retransmission
configuring
chosen
for
select
the
coding
of
thetimeslot
error
PBCCH;
Gsradio
each
or
mode
dynamically
blocks
is
small.
In
interfce
is to
required
even
each
TBF.
according
the
this
time
the
while
configuring
During
data
data
ratemode
coding
that
network
operation
transmission
of
requirement
and
carries
large
data
mode
1.
GRPR,
to reach
radio
transmission
volume
Mode
2:(that
The is,radio
the
maximum
quality.
high
level
coding
network
sends
throughput,
theto
When
the
radio
mode)
can
be used.
the
network
shall
transmission
For
TBF
(uplink
GPRS-attached
select
the
coding
quality
is poor,
and
downlink)
in
MS
the
CS
paging
mode
dynamically
the
coding
mode
the
channel
coding
message
according
to the
with stronger
antimode
CSn
on
the
CCCH
data
rate
interference
(1=n=3),
if
the
paging
channel,
requirement
and
capability
(that
number
data is,
which
isof
also
radio
transmission
CS
based
paging.
low
level
coding
blocks
transmitted
for
GPRS
paging.
quality.
This
parameter
is
mode)
shall
consecutively
and
It
means
that
When
theThe
radio
broadcasted
inMS
be
used.
correctly
exceeds
only
transmission
GPRS
CELL
coding
level
MS
first
sends the
a
the
predefined
has
to
monitor
quality
is poor,
OPTIONS
through
decreases
to
one
When
bytes
SUSPEND
parameter
Cn[n-1],
CCCH
paging
the
coding
mode
SI13,
and
level
ifPSI1,
Nn[n-2]
BSSGP
layer
transmitted
for
message
to mode
BSS
the
coding
channel.
with
stronger
antiPSI13
data
blocks
are
parameters.
when
packet
data
over
will
be servie
increased
However,
when
it
interference
messages.
For
transmitted,
GPRS-attached
have
SDCCH
when
aa
by
one level.
is
assigned
with
capability
(that
is,
more
information,
the
number
of
MS
leaves
a2, and
crossed
Class
B the
GPRS
MS
Footnote
1,
packet
low
level
coding
refer
to mode,
the
consecutive
data
special
BSS
threshold,
is
about
to timeslot
initiate
3mode)
in
the
interface
data
channel,
the
protocol
blocks
losses
adopts
oneis in
aallocation
are
coding
CS
paging
message
shall
be
used.
04.60
12.24.
ItFor
is
the
coding
mode
of
the
following
adjusted
voice
service.
BSS
conversion
will
still
TBF
(uplink
and
invalid
when
NMO
CSn
(2=<n=<4)
strategies:
from
single
initiates
parameters
among
be
sent
on the
downlink)
is
1.
link
dynamic
for
the
TBF
1.
Notify
timeslot
toMS of
suspending
CS1~CS2,
CCCH
paging
in
the
channel
allocation.
While
(downlink
and
carrying
out
"route
multiple
timeslots
procedure
to
CS2~CS3,
and
channel.
coding
mode
CSn
using
this
function,
uplink)
is
Xn[narea
upgrade".
(or
the
threshold
SGSN
to
notify
CS3
CS4.
Mode
3: The
(2=n=4),
if
the
2]%.
2.
Notify
SGSN
of
from
single
SGSN
to
stop
network
sends
to
Xn[n-2]%
MS
onlyPS
need
Footnote
1,of
2,the
and
recovering
the
timeslot
to
sending
paging
the
Nn[n-2]
data
listen
USF
3 in the
interface
GPRS
service.
multiple
timeslots
and
"GPRS-attached"
blocks
transmitted
allocation
with the
are
In
case
of
Routing
for
packet
downlink
MS
the
CSpacket
paging
are
lost
least
timeslot,
coding
conversion
Area
Update,
MS
service
timeslot
data
after
BSS
message
onamong
consecutively,
the
so
you
can
parameters
and
SGSN
allocation).
receives
the
the
CCCH
paging
coding
mode
will
determine
to
send
CS1~CS2,
directly
negotiate
message.
channel,
and
sends
be
decreased
by
uplink
block
on
all
CS2~CS3,
and
GMM
status.
With
BSC
repeats
the
GPRS
one
level.
allocated
uplink
CS3
CS4.
the
Resume
suspending
paging
message
Footnote
1, 2, and
timeslot.
method
(usually
procedure
after
either
the
3forinthe
theon
interface
MS
in the
sending
packet
paging
are
packet
SUSPEND
channel
(if any in
coding
conversion
transmission
message
to on
SGSN.
the
cell) or
the
parameters
status),
BSSamong
will
If
BSC fails
to
CCCH
CS1~CS2,
initiate
the
receive channel.
SUSPEND
paging
CS2~CS3,
and
RESUME
ACK/NACK
Mode
3
indicates
CS3 CS4.
process
to
message
from
that the MS
SGSN
for the
SGSN
must monitor two
purpose
of then
in
BSSGPT3
paging
channels
(if
notifying
SGSN
BSC
repeats
the to
packet
start
the
suspending
paging channel is
normal
packeta
procedure
available infor
the
downlink
maximum
of N
cell) in order
transmission
times.
to receive CS or
action.
If BSC
BSC
GPRSstops
paging
fails
to
receive the
suspending
message. and
RESUME
notify OMS for N
ACK/NACK
times if there is no
Default
Value in
OMCR
Value Range &

Unit
Recommen
ded Value
for Network
Optimizatio
n
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
1800M
100,%(>)
85,85,85
85,85,85
85,85,85
85,85,85
0 ~ 255
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
0 ~ 100,%(>)
25,25,25
25,25,25
25,25,25
25,25,25
Network
operation mode
Network
1;Network
operation mode operation
2;Network
mode 2
operation mode
3
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
200 ~
5000,Byte()
2000
2500
2500
2500
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
0 ~ 10
0 ~ 10
Suspend&R Suspend
esume
retry time
BssgpT3
Suspend&R Resume
esume
retry time
BssgpT4
PFC related
Support
PFC
Maximum
times of
PFC related
retrying to
create PFC
PFC related
PFCSupport
DownLoad
BssPFCMa
x
Maximum
times of
ModifyBssP
retrying to FCMax
modify PFC
PFC
PFC related creating
retry time
BssgpT6
Retry time
PFC related to modify
PFC
BssgpT8
TBF
establishme
nt and
release
Support
signal
SIGNAL_E
extended
UTBF
uplink TBF
TBF
establishme
nt and
release
TBF release
time of
T3193
downlink
transmission
TBF
establishme TBF release
T3191
nt and
timer
release
MAX
allowed
TBF
number of
establishme
continuous
nt and
losses of
release
uplink data
blocks
N3101
network to suspend
broadcasted
It
monitors BSSGP
packet
through
SI13,MS
resuming
service when
PSI1,
and
procedure.
is ready toPSI13
perform
messages.
In in
Service
process
a voice service.
EGPRS
system
BSC
peripheral
BSS initiates
to
with
broadband
module
MP
suspend
SGSN
features,
the
QoS
uses
the timer
procedure
after
concept
of UMTS
value.
BSS
receiving
has
beenresuming
imported,
initiates
SUSPEND
which
enables
procedure
to MS
message from
transferring
the
SGSN
whenthe
and repeats
negotiable
QoS
GPRS-attached
procedure
configuration
MS
is does to
if SGSN
not
BSS
Gb
not
in
dedicated
returnthrough
SUSPEND
interface.
mode
and BSS
BSS can
ACK/NACK
maintain
QoS
uses
Notify
SGSN
message. The
subscribing
to
resume
GPRS
interval
between
Max
retry
timesBSS
to
information
service
policy.
the
messages
is the
create
PFC.
If
through
function
repeats
suspend
retry
time.
"Creat
BSS
PFC"
PFC
(packet
flow
the procedure
if
is
context)
flow,
SGSN does
not
not
received
which
includebefore
This
parameter
is
return
RESUME
timer
BSSGPT6
acquiring
QoS, is
timer
T3169.
ACK/NACK
Max
retryBSS
times
to
timeout,
modifying
QoS,
During
theThe
packet
message.
modify
PFC. QoS
If
sends
"Download
and
deleting
downlink
interval
between
"Modify
BSS
PFC
BSS
PFC"
signaling
flow.if
transmission,
the
the
Ack"
is
not
message
according
Network
notifies
BSN
of the
RLC
messages
is
the
received
to
max
MS
if thebefore
network
data
resuming
retry
timer
BSSGPT8
times
of
to
supports
PFC is
block
to retrying
be
time.
timeout,
create
PFC. isIfthe
flow through
transmitted
the
BSS
sends
"Creat
BSS
PFC"
system
message
maximum
(that
is,
PFC
creating
"Modify
BSS retry
is not
received
still
parameter
the
final
downlink
time.
The
PFC"
message
after
trying
PFC_FEATURE_
data
block),
conditions
ofthe
timer
according
DownLoadBSSPR
MODE.
If
yes,
the
network
will
start,
stop,
and
to
max
times
of
CMax+
MS
will
add
PFI
send
a
RLC
data
timeout
actions
retrying
to modify
1,
the establishing
process
isare
when
block
whose
Final
as
follows:
PFC.
If
"Modify
completed
and
uplink
TBF
Block
Identifier
1.Timer
start:
BSS
PFC
Ack"
Retry
time
to itisis1
inform
O&M.
(PACKET
(FBI) while
domain
starts
BSC
not
received
still
modify
PFC.
The
RESOURCE
and
which
includes
initiates
Download
after
trying
conditions
of
timer
REQUEST).
BSS
effective
RRBP
PFC
process;
ModifyBssPFCMa
start,
stop,
and
can
decide
QoS
domain
to
initialize
2.Timer
stop:
it asis
xtimeout
+1,requires
theactions
process
MS
release
of the are
stops
while
completed
and
as
follows:TBF.
according
to
PFI.
downlink
receiving
SGSN
inform
1.Timer
start:
it is
This
parameter
Then
the
network
Create
PFC BSC
This
O&M.
starts
while
timerparameter
T3193
which
starts
T3191.
For
message;
indicates
if
initiates
Modify
is
used
for
each
RLC
data
3.Timeout
action:
signaling
uplink
BSS
PFC
process;
protection
on
TBF
block
that for
receives
retransfer
N
TBF
can
2.Timer
stop:
it 1
release
during
FBI
with
value
times
use
extended
stops
while
downlink
packet
and
contains
(configurable).
uplink
TBF
receiving
SGSN
transmission.
effective
RRBP
functions.
This
Modify
PFC
1.Timer BSS
start
domain:
parameter
Ack
message;
condition:
The
1.In
acknowledged
has
the
functions
3. Timeout
action:
final
PACKET
mode,
thecell
MS
when
the
retransfer
for N
DOWNLINK
sends
PACKET
supports
for or
times
ACK/NACK
DOWNLINK
extended
(configurable).
PACKET
ACK/NACK
uplink
TBF.
CONTROL
message
whose
This
parameter
is
Signaling
TBF at
ACKNOWLEDGE
FBI
domain
is 1 to
on
counter
N3101,
this
place
refers
the
message
is
uplink
block
which
is
TBF established to
received.
specified
by the
used
at RLC/MAC
transmit
GMM
2.Timer
stop
RRBP
domain.
If
layer
of
BRP.
signaling.
condition:
The
the
network
During
the
packet
network
receives
the
uplink
establishes
PACKET
transmission,
BSS
aDOWNLINK
new downlink
will
TBF.
ACK/NACK
specify
USF
3.Timeout
action:
message
before
(corresponding
to
Releaseexpires
the TFIand
T3191
one
uplink TBF)
resource.
has
to re-transmit
for
each
uplink is
This
parameter
it, T3191
isa USF,
block.
For
bigger
than
stopped
andtimer
the
if
the
network
T3192
makedata
requiredtocorrect
RLC
receives
sure
the
block
is TFI
re-a of MS
data
from
is
unique
at the
transmitted.
If respecified
same
time.uplink
transmission
block, N3101is not
required,
is
clears
for T3191
that TBF.
stopped
and T3193
If the number
is started.
of
losses inWhen
T3193
expires,
specified
uplinkthe
network
releases
block exceeds
TBF.
The
N3101,
network
alsotimer
then T3169
releases TBF when
1 ~ 100, 100ms 30
30
30
30
1 ~ 100, 100ms 30
30
30
30
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
0 ~ 10
0 ~ 10
1 ~ 100, 100ms 30
30
30
30
1 ~ 100, 100ms 30
30
30
30
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
0 ~ 65535, 10ms 51
152
152
152
0 ~ 65535, 10ms 500
500
500
500
9 ~ 255
50
50
50
10
Times of
TBF
packet
establishme
uplink
nt and
ACK/NAC
release
K retries
N3103
TBF
TFI and
establishme
USF release T3169
nt and
timer
release
MAX
allowed
number of
TBF
continuous
establishme
N3105
losses of
nt and
uplink
release
RLC/MAC
control
message
TBF
TBF protect
establishme time when
T3195
nt and
radio link
release
failure
TBF
Support
establishme
TBF
nt and
establish
release
TBF_EST
MAX times
TBF
of radio
establishme
access
UpdateMax
nt and
capabilities
release
update retry
TBF
establishme
nt and
release
Access
capability
BssgpT5
update retry
time
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
pool for PS PsAbisThs
rate
Resource
Allocation
related
Maximum
PS uplink
user per ts
MaxPsUser
PerTs_0
Resource
Allocation
related
Maximum
PS
downlink
user per ts
MaxPsUser
PerTs_1
Resource
Allocation
related
Get Static
GetStaticPa
param timer ramTimer
RRBP
domain. And the
This
parameter
is
counter
N3103 is
timer
T3169.
cleared.
During
the packet
MS sends
uplink
PACKET
transmission,
CONTROL if
This
parameter
is
N3101
or N3103
ACKNOWLEDGE
counter
counter
messageN3105,
in the
which
is startsin
stops,
BSS
block specified
used
at
RLC/MAC
the
T3169
timer.
RRBP and
release
layer
BRP.
Network
utilizes
TBF ifofMS
During
packet
TFI
andthe
USF
receives
PACKET
uplink
resources
on
UPLINK
This
parameter
the
transmission,
release
when BSS
ACK/NACK
protection
time
of
will
T3169
stops.
message
with FAI1
TBF
when
BSSGP
layer
specify
USF
1.Timer
Start:
from
network
side.
the
radio
linkwhen
fails
parameters.
(corresponding
to
T3169
timer
starts
Network
re- cell
or
when
the
MS
is
establishing
one
uplink
TBF)
when
the
transmits
PACKET
change
to =
uplink/downlink
for
eachleads
uplink
counter
N3101
UPLINK
MS
failure
toUSF,
TBF,
BSS
requires
block.
For
a
N3101_MAX
or
ACK/NACK
respond.
During
information
if
the
network
the
counter
message
with
the
packet
about
the
radio
receives
correct
N3103
=
N3103
counter
downlink
access
capability
data
from
a if of
N3103_MAX.
incrementing,
transmission,
if the
MS.
BSSstop
specified
uplink
2.Timer
the
network
fails to
counter
N3105
obtains
such
block,
N3101
This
parameter
condition:
None.
receive
PACKET
expires,
information
from
clears
forBSS
TBF.
indicates
ifthat
BSC
3.Timeout
action:
CONTROL
will
start
T3195.
SGSN
through
If
the
number
supports
TBF
Release
USF
and
ACKNOWLEDGE
When
T3195
Radio
of
losses
in the
establishment
TFI
resources.
message
in
expires,
the
Access
specified
uplink
process.
TBF
flow
radio
block
network
Capabilities
block
exceeds
establishment
specified
in
the
can
usetoprocedure.
the TFI
Update
N3101,
refers
RRBP
field.
resource
again.
BSC
repeats
this
then
T3169
timer
while
releasing
The
network
starts
1.Timer
start:
procedure
after
starts.
Network
uplink
TBF,
to
It
monitors
BSSGP
T3169
timer
if
the
T3195
timer
starts
sending
the
uses
the
determin
if new
RA_CAPABILITY
value
of TFI
when
the
RADIO
and
USF
resources
uplink
procedure.
N3103
exceeds
counter
N3105
=the
ACCESS
when
T3169
TBF
shall
be stops.
Service
process
in
limiting
N3105_MAX
CAPABILITIES
established
BSC
peripheral
N3103max.
2.Timer
stop
UPDATE
message
immediately
for
module
MP
uses
Network
condition:
to
SGSN.
IfNone.
CTRL_ACK
the
timer
value.
uses
the
TFI
and
3.Timeout
action:
BSC
fails
to
field
in
Packet
BSC
repeats
Radio
USF
resources
Release
theRADIO
TFI
receive
the
Control
Access
Capability
when
T3169
stops.
resource.
ACCESS
Acknowledgement
Update
procedure
CAPABILITIES
Full
dynamic
Abis
message.
after
BSS initiates
UPDATE
resource
pool
RA_CAPABILITY
ACK/NACK
provides
procedureuse
to
message
from
proportion
SGSN and
if
SGSN
in
of
PS channel.
SGSN
does notif
BSSGPT5
default
return value for
then
the Radio
this
the parameter
Access
is
configured as
RA_CAPABILITY
Capabilities
80%,
which refers
UPDATE
Update
to
upperprocedure
limit for
ACK/NACK
repeats
PS.
Thefor
aima is to
message.
maximum
of N
idle
Abis
resource
The
interval
times.
After
N
while
CS
channel
between
the
times
is
messages
is the
if
there
is no
activated.
If this
retry
This
parameter
answer,
then
BSC
threshold
is
time
for
radio
describes
stops
exceeded,
Abis
accessRadio
capability
maximum
PSAccess
Capabilities
resource
update.
uplink user per
Update
procedure
cannot
be
allocated
ts.
andPSnotify
OMS. N
to
service
depends
again. on the
This
parameter
maximum
update
describes
retry times.
maximum PS
The
counting
downlink
user
parameter,
used by
per ts.
RancRrm, is used
to timely poll UPU
unit below CMP.
This timer is
configured
periodically, and
query
resource
occupation data for
UPU if timeout.
0 ~ 255
10
10
10
10
0 ~ 65535, 10ms 500
500
500
500
0 ~ 255
15
15
15
0 ~ 65535, 10ms 500
500
500
500
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
0 ~ 10
10 ~ 300,100ms 30
30
30
30
0 ~ 100, %(>)
80
80
80
80
2~8
2 ~ 16
16
16
16
120
120
120
10
60 ~ 600,100ms 120
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
uplink
throughout RS
on interface
Gb
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
downlink
throughout RR
on interface
Gb
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
EGPRS
access
request
amount
RA
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
high
bandwidth
request
amount
RM
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
high
bandwidth
usage
RB
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
GPRS trx
ratio
RG
Resource
Allocation
related
Weight of
EDGE trx
ratio
RE
Resource
Allocation
related
PS channel
delay
release
timer
PSRelDelay
Resource
Allocation
related
Highest
coding
scheme of
signal TBF
SigTBFMax
Code
PS Cell
reselection
related
LLC frame
rerouting
LLCTRAN
SUPPORT
PS Cell
reselection
related
NACC
supported
NACCSupp
ort
Uplink throughput
weight value at Gb
interface, the
dynamic Abis
adjustment
parameter.
Downlink
throughput weight
value at Gb
interface,
the dynamic Abis
adjustment
parameter.
Weight value of
EGPRS MS
accessing request
times,
the dynamic Abis
adjustment
parameter.
Weight value of
high-bandwidth
request times, the
dynamic Abis
adjustment
parameter.
Weight value of
the highest
bandwidth usage,
the
dynamic Abis
adjustment
This
parameter
parameter.
defines weights of
GPRS carrier
proportion,
RS+RR+RA+RM+
RB+RG+REofmust
Information
be parameter
releasing
this PS
This
equal
100. this
channel
when
definestoweights
of
threshold
is
EDGE carrier
achieved.
proportion,The
conditions
of timer
RS+RR+RA+RM+
start,
RB+RG+RE must
stop,
be and timeout
actions
as
equal toare
100.
follows:
1.Timer start: it
starts while all
service
While
transferring
are released
on
upper
signaling,
PDTCH;
such
as PDP
2.Timeout
action:
activation,
routing
release PDTCH
area
update, this
channel,
parameter
canif
during which
restrict
the highest
this channel
is
coding
mode
of
occupied
again,
this
kind of
the timer
shall be
signaling
data.
cleared.
LLC
framework
It indicates
if BSC
conversion
refers
supports LLC
to
the process:
frame
rerouting.on
NACC, if target
cell is the cell in
BSC, downlink
LLC
frame data that has
not been sent to
this MS from
BSC is transferred
to target cell, and
then it is sent
to this MS after
MS uplink TBF
link is established.
0 ~ 100,%
20
20
20
20
0 ~ 100,%
20
20
20
20
0 ~ 100,%
10
10
10
10
0 ~ 100,%
25
25
25
25
0 ~ 100,%
10
10
10
10
0 ~ 100,%
0 ~ 100,%
10
10
10
10
200 ~ 600,
100ms
300
200
200
200
MCS1 ~ MCS9 MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
PS Cell
reselection
related
Support
RIM
RIMSupport
PS Cell
reselection
related
RIM retry
times
RIMRetryTi
mes
PS Cell
reselection
related
RIR timer
TRIR
PS Cell
reselection
related
RI timer
TRI
PS Cell
reselection
related
RIAE timer TRIAE
Others
Satellite
transmission
IsStatelliteG
at Gb
B
interface
indication
Others
R99 Ind
R99Ind
BSS/SGSN MAX times

BVCBlkMa
interaction of BVC
x
related
block retry
MAX times
BSS/SGSN
of BVC
BVCUblkM
interaction
unblock
ax
related
retry
BVC
BSS/SGSN
block/unblo
interaction
BssgpT1
ck retry
related
time
BSS/SGSN MAX times

BVCRestM
interaction of BVC
ax
related
reset retry
RAN Information
Application Error
process and
response indication
bit is configured as
"Ack
response is
required". This
timer stops while
receiving Ack
response from
RIM
RIR
timer
serving
BSS.
If this
duration.This
timer
timer is timeout,
starts
whiletimes.
RIM
retry
the process
is
controlling
BSS
Send
again
based
failed,itor
this
sends
on
thisrequest
process
is
initiated
RIM
RI if
timer
message
serving
number
again
by totimeout,
duration.This
timer
BSS;
this
timer
up
to 3 times.
controlling
BSS.
starts
when serving
stops
This
is
BSS parameter
sends
while
receiving
valid
after
"support
message
PDU
to
PDU
messge sent
RIM"
RIM
RIAEBSS.
timerIf
controlling
BSS
by
serving
function
is
duration.
and
response
this
timer is
enabled.
This
timer
starts
indication
bit
is
timeout,
message
when
controlling
configured
as "Ack
request process
is
BSS
response
failed,initiates
or is
message
RAN
Information
required".
This is
request
process
Application
Error
timer
stops
while
initiated again
by
process
and
receiving
from
controllingAck
BSS.
response
indication
controlling
BSS.isIf
This parameter
bit
istimer
configured
as
this
valid
afteris"support
"Ack
timeout,
the
RIM" function is
response
process
enabled.isisfailed, or
If
the PTPindication
BVC
required".
This
message
must
be
blocked
timer
stops
while
process is initiated
due
OAM
receiving
Ack
againtoby
serving
intervention
or
response
from
BSS.
This
To
keep
the
initial
It
describes
ifvalid
equipment
faults
serving
BSS.
IfBSC
this
parameter
is
status
consistent
If the is
PTP
BVC
system
supports
(disable
timer
timeout,
after "support
between
the
two
must
be unblocked
"satellite
blocking/unblockin
the
process
is
RIM"
function
BVC
sides,
the is
due
tosignaling
the
OAM
at Gb
gtransmission
the
failed,
or
this
enabled.
Reset
BVC
intervention
or
interface".
This
BVC),
BSS
will
process
is
initiated
process
must
be
recovery
ofmainly
the
function
is
first
set
BVC
again
bythe
It indicates
R99
initiated
in fault
the
equipment
to
implement
the
status
as version
controlling
BSS.
protocol
following
cases:
1)
(disable
modification
of
Blocked
and
This
parameter
is
ID. BSSfaults
considers
system
that
blocking/unblockin
delay.
discard
theBVC
uplink
valid
after
"support
this
parameter
as a
affect
the
gbasis
the signaling
service
RIM"
to data.To
determine
function
in
BSS
or
BVC),
BSS
notify
to
function
is will
if
to SGSN
SGSN
(such
as
first
set
the BVC
stop
sending
enabled.
encode/decode
restart
upon powerstatus
as
downlink
data,layer
message
field
on);
2) lower
Unblocked.
To
BSS
BVC
addedinitiates
after
R99
network
service
notify
SGSN
to
blocking
version
for
the
entity
failure the
(such
start
sending
procedure.
BSC
protocol.
as
frame relay
downlink
data,
repeats
fault);
3)BVC
lower
It
monitors
BSSGP
BSS
will
initiate
blocking
procedure
layer
network
blocking/unblockin
the BVC
after
sending
BVC
service
entity
gunblocking
process.
Global
BLOCK
message
capability
update
process
in If
BSC
procedure.
BSC
to
SGSN.
BSC
(for
example,
central
module
repeats
the
BVCMP
fails
to
receive
frame
relay
uses
the
timer
unblocking
BVC
BLOCK
capability
changed
value.
BSS
procedure
after
ACKNOWLEDGE
from
0kbps
to
initiates
BVC
sending
the
BVC
message
from
greater
than
blocking/unblockin
UNBLOCK
SGSN
in
4)tochange
g0kbps);
procedure
for a
message
SGSN.
BSSGPT1,
of
the failsthen
point-to-point
If
BSC
to
BVC
blocking
corresponding
BVC
infor
case
of
receive
the
BVC
repeats
a
relationship
OAM
intervention
UNBLOCK
maximum
of Nand
between
or
deviceBVC
faults.
ACKNOWLEDGE
times.BSC
stops
the
cell.
For
faults
BSC
repeats
this
message
BVC
blocking
and
that
affect
NSE,
procedure,
if
from
SGSN
infor N
notifies
OMS
BSC
initiates
SGSN
not
BSSGPT1
then
times
ifdoes
there
is no
Signaling
BVC
return
BVC
BVC
unblocking
answer.
N
depends
RESET
procedure.
BLOCK/UNBLOC
repeats
for
a
on
maximum
For
faults that
K
ACK/NACK
maximum
of N
retries
of
BVC
affect
aBSC
single
messages.
The
times.
stops
BLOCK.
BVC,
BSC
interval
between
BVC unblocking
initiates
the PTP
the
is the
and messages
notifies
OMS
BVC
BVC
for N RESET
times if there
procedure.
BSC
blocking/unblockin
is no answer.
N
initiates
all
gdepends
retry time.
on PTP
BVC
RESET
maximum
retries
procedure
of BVC for
corresponding
UNBLOCK.
NSE after a
signaling BVC
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
0~3
50 ~ 300,100ms 50
50
50
50
50 ~ 300,100ms 50
50
50
50
50 ~ 300,100ms 50
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
Yes/No
No
Version of R98
or its before,
Version of R99
Version of
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
3 ~ 10
3 ~ 10
10 ~ 300, 100ms 30
30
30
30
0 ~ 255
(including PTP
BVC and signaling
BVC) is required
BSC
to be repeats
reset the
blocking
process
(disconnection
to
when
sending
the
connection
at Gb
NS
BLOCK
interface,
and cell
message
to from
SGSN.
BSS/SGSN
is changed
BVC reset
If
NSrepeats
BLOCK
interaction
BssgpT2
GPRS
support to
BSC
retry time
ACKNOWLEDGE
related
GPRS/EDGE
UNBLOCK
message
from
support) due
to
procedure
after
SGSN
fails
certain
reason.
sending NS to
reach
BSC within
BSC repeats
the
UNBLOCK
specified
NS_T1
procedure
ifSGSN.
SGSN
message to
BSS/SGSN MAX times
time
then
BSC
does
notfails
return
BSC
to
interaction of NS block NSBlkMax If
repeats
the
BVC
RESET
receive the NS
NS
related
retry
BLOCK
message
ACK/NACK
BLOCK
for
a
maximum
message. The of
ACKNOWLEDGE
N
times.
BSC that
It
is
the timer
interval
between
message
from
stops
BLOCK
monitors
the is the
the messages
MAX times
SGSN
within
BSS/SGSN
procedure
and
BVC reset
retry
of NS
NSUnblkM block/unblock
NS_T1
timer,
then
interaction
notify
OMSThe
for
procedure.
time. repeats
unblock
ax
BSC
theN
related
times
if there
is no
conditions
of timer
retry
NS
UNBLOCK
answer.
Nfor
depends
start,
stop,
and
message
a
on
timeout
actions
maximum
of N are
maximum
retries
Timer that
as
1.Timer
times.
BSCthat
stops
It
isfollows:
timer
of
NS
BLOCK.
BSS/SGSN monitors the
start:
it
starts
UNBLOCK
monitors
resetif NS
interaction block/unblo NS_T1
block/unblock
Alive
message
procedure
and
procedure.
The to
related
ck
procedure
isof timer
SGSN.
If BSC
notify OMS
conditions
procedure
initiated;
2.and
Timer
fails
receive
NS
for Nto
times
if
there
start,
stop,
stop:
it stops
while
Alive
is no answer.
N are
timeout
actions
receiving
SGSN
ACKNOWLEDGE
depends
on
as
follows:
Timer that
response;
3.
message
from
maximum
retries
BSS/SGSN
1.Timer
start:
it
monitors
Timeout
action:
SGSN
within
of NSifUNBLOCK.
interaction
NS_T2
starts
NS
reset is
reset
retransfer
for N
NS_T4
then
related
initiated;timer
2.Timer
procedure
times
BSC
repeats
NS
stop: it stops while
(configurable)
Alive
message
receiving
Timer
thatSGSN
for
a maximum
response;
monitors
alive of
N
times.ofNS
Alive
3.Overtime
process
NSVC.
BSS/SGSN MAX times
NSAliveMa process
actions: is
Repeat NS
The
interaction of NS alive
x
specified
byofthe
reset process,
and
conditions
timer
related
retry
procotol,
used
the timer
start,
stop,restarts
and to
test connection
timeout
condition
NC-Cycle
of
NSactions areof
asNSVC
Timer that
terminal
side.
VC
test
process.
follows:
BSS/SGSN monitors
BSC
stops
BSC
The
conditions
1.Timer
start:
it
interaction alive
NS_T4
Alive
procedure
of
timer
start,
starts if NS Alive
related
process of
and
notify
restart,
andOMS
timeout
is initiated;
Maximum
attempt
NSVC
This
parameter
is
for
N
times
if itthere
actions
2.Timerofstop:
period
reset.
the
BVC
leakage
is
noas
answer.
N
are
follows:
stops
while
Start
timer
NS_T5
ratio
depends
1.Timer
start: itNS
receiving
while
starting
measurement
on
maximum
BSS/SGSN NC-Cycle
starts
after
NS
SGSN
response;
reset
process,
period
inresponse
the
BVC
retries
NS
Alive.
interaction of NS-VC NS_T3
Reset
3.Timeout
action:
no
resetof
Flow
Control
related
test process
process
is
finished;
retransfer
for
N
is received before
process,
that is,
2.Timer
restart:
times timer
NS_T2
is it
BVC
long
restarts
after
(configurable)
timeout, repeat NS
measurement
receiving
reset process until
Maximum
period.
NS
Alive
Ack;
BSS/SGSN
timer
NS_T5
attempt
To
provideaction:
3.Timeout
interaction
NS_T5
is timeout.
If still
period of
reference
to the
send
NS response
Alive
related
no reset
reset
BVC
flow control
message
is received,
at
SGSN
side, the
on
timeout.
NS reset process
BSSGP
at
shall be process
terminated
BSS
side
and report
BSS/SGSN NSVC peer
periodically
NS
alarm to O&M.
interaction to peer
Delay
measures
the
If
reset
response
is
related
delay
current
receivedBVC
leakage
prior to timeout,
ratio.
BSCisinitiates
the timer
the
BVC
cleared. flow
Flow
BVC flow
control procedure
control
control
CellFcPer unconditionally
related
period
when the long
measurement
timer overflows.
SGSN confirms to
BSC if the
difference of
leakage ratios
between the two
times exceeds
CellFcThs. BSC
also initiates BVC
10 ~ 1200,
100ms
30
30
30
30
0 ~ 10
0 ~ 10
1 ~ 120,s
10
10
10
10
1 ~ 120,s
10
10
10
10
0 ~ 20
10
10
10
10
3,s
1 ~ 60,s
30
30
30
30
180,s
180
180
180
180
1 ~ 20, ms
10
10
10
10
800
800
800
0 ~ 65535, 10ms 3000
Flow
control
related
MS flow
control
period
MsFcPer
Flow
control
related
BVC flow
control
supported
BVCFlowCt
rl
Flow
control
related
MS flow
control
supported
MSFlowCtrl
Flow
control
related
Flow
control
mode
FlowCtrlMo
de
Flow
control
related
Parameter
of Flow
control
mode 1
FlowCtlMo
de1Para
Flow
control
related
Parameter
of Flow
control
mode 2
FlowCtlMo
de2Para
Flow
control
related
BVC flow
control R
MIN value
BVCFlowCt
rlRMin
Flow
control
related
MS flow
control R
MIN value
MSFlowCtrl
RMin
Not valid
Protection
time for
FUC
ccmT1
channel
type change
Not valid
Protection
time for Tnetwork
connection
ccmT2
Not valid
Protection
time for
LSP
movement
ccmT3
overtime
caused
SGSN
executes,
thegrouping
BSSGP
process
by
to
avoid
one
MS
at
the BSS
side
channel
is
too
busy
on
BSS
to
periodically
(too
many LLC
abandoning
some
measures
the and
frame
caches)
LLC
data
because
current
leakage
to
avoid
of
theofovertime
ratio
each
MS.
abandoning
caused
by new
The long
downlink
LLC
data
grouping
channel
measurement
timer
because
of
limit
is
too busy
(too of
overflow
triggers
memory
many
LLC
the
MS Flow
resource
(overflow
frame
caches)
and
Control
process
of avoid
LLC frame
to
unconditionally.
caches).
abandoning
new
SGSN
BSSGPmust
process
at
downlink
LLCBSC
data
acknowledge
BSS
sideofcounts
because
limit
of
BSC
different
if
the has
difference
current
leaking
memory
flow
control
modes
between
the
two
rate
of BVC
resource
(overflow
report
flow
control
leakage
ratios
periodically
of
LLC
frame
parameters
to
exceeds MsFcThs.
(including
short
caches).
SGSN.
The modes
Short
measurement
statistics
BSSGP
process at
are
as
follows:1:
timer
overflow
and
long
statistics).
BSS
side
counts
Mode
1:
Report
initiates
the
This
parameter
current
leaking
flow
control
MS Flow Control
originates
rate
of MS
parameters
process
with if
unconditionally
periodically
according
to actual
acknowledgement
long
statistics
(including
short
BSC
reports
traffic
on
radio
from
SGSN
ifflow
the
timer
overflows
statistics
control
parameters
interface
counted
difference
between
and long
SGSNtoactual
and
according
at
BSC;2:statistics).
Mode 2:
two
acknowledgement
This
parameter
traffic
atflow
radio
Report
leakage
ratios
is
necessary
if
originates
interface
when
control
parameters
exceeds
MsFcThs.
discrepant
range1.ifof
unconditionally
adopting
mode
according
to max
adjacent
leaking
long
statistics
Actual
counted
traffic
that
the cell
rates
is
over
timer
overflows
value
is smaller
can
provide;3:
CellFcThs.
BVC
and
SGSN
due
to
radio
Mode
3:
Reserved
max
traffic
that the
flow
control
acknowledgement
interface
re"Flow
cell
cancontrol
provide
supported
is
necessary
ifand
transmission
mode
1 parameter"
when
adopting
originates
discrepant
range
TBF
failure.
So of
is
enabled
mode
2. Maximum
and
SGSN
adjacent
leaking
BSC
multiplies
the
if
selecting
"mode
value dependsison
confirmation
rates
istraffic
over
actual
with a
1";
"Flow
control
configured
necessary
ifMS
short
MsFcThs.
multiple
mode
2 parameter"
channels.
Counting
statistics
timer
flow
control
determined
by
is
enabled
if
formula:
This
is thechannels
overflows
and
supported
this
parameter
selecting
"mode
2".
*discrepant
max
traffic
minimum
value
rangeof
of
originates
when
reporting
that
every
channel
leaking
rate
R
in
adjacent
leaking
and
SGSN
flow
control This
can
reported
ratesprovide.
is over is
confirmation
parameters.
parameter
BVC
flowifis
control
CellFcThs.
necessary
short
max
traffic
that
parameters
under
statistics
timer
every
channel
can
all
kinds
This
is the
overflows
andthe
provide,
with
of
flow control
minimum
of
discrepant
range
unit
of that
100value
bps.
mode,
leaking
rateis,
R the
in
of adjacent
leaking
reported
parameter
reported
rates is over
R
must
equal or
MS
flowbecontrol
MsFcThs
over the setunder
value,
parameters
in
all the
kinds of
unit
100 bps.
flowof
control
mode,
that is, the reported
parameter
R must be equal or
over the set value,
in the unit of
100
bps.
0 ~ 65535, 10ms 3000
1400
1400
1400
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
1~3
1 ~ 100
10 ~ 1000,
100bps
214
800
800
800
10 ~ 300,
100bps
80
80
80
80
10 ~ 300,
100bps
80
80
80
80
2 ~ 10, s
10
10
10
10
2 ~ 10, s
10
10
10
10
2 ~ 10, s
10
10
10
10
Not valid
Downlink
TBF retry
DLTBFRetr
y
Not retry
one times
two times
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not valid
BVC flow
control
threshold
CellFcThs
1 ~ 100, %
80
80
80
80
Not valid
MS flow
control
threshold
MsFcThs
1 ~ 100, %
80
80
80
80
Not valid
Extended
RLC send
window
allowed
if extended RLC
IsWindowE
send window is
xpend
allowed.
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
0 ~ 10
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
26
26
CS1CS2CS
CS3
3CS4
CS3
CS3
CS3
MCS1 ~ MCS9 MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
0~100,%
50
50
50
Not valid
Optimized
POCSUPP
PoC Related PoC service
ORT
support
Maximal
users of
POC service
PoC Related
on shared
PS channel
0
Maximal
users of
POC service
PoC Related
on shared
PS channel
1
PSCAPATH
S_UL
PSCAPATH
S_DL
Highest
coding
PocAttSelt_
PoC Related scheme of
0
POC service
in GPRS
Highest
coding
PocAttSelt_
PoC Related scheme of
1
POC service
in EGPRS
It indicates the
upper limit of PoC
service
subscribers in
shared downlink
channel.
If dedicated PoC
channel is
configured, it
indicates
the upper limit of
PoC subscribers on
the downlink
of each dedicated
PoC
channel.
It describes
theIf it
exceedscoding
this
highest
number,
mode thatPoC
can be
subscriber
used
while access
GPRS
is
notdoes
allowed
MS
POC on
the
downlink of
service.
this dedicated PoC
channel.
It
describes the
highest coding
mode that can be
used EGPRS MS
does POC service.
It indicates the
Maximal
percent of current
PoC Related resource for POCSrcThs PS resource
POC service
occupied by POC
service.
50
Others
TRX PS
busy
threshold
TrxPSBusy
Ths
IP related
SNS add
retries
SNSAddMa
x
IP related
SGSN
configure
retries
SNSConfig
Max
IP related
SNS modify SNSChgWe

retries
ightMax
IP related
SNS delete
retries
SNSDelMa
x
IP related
SNS size
retries
SNSSizeMa
x
IP related
SNS
process
monitoring
timer
SNS_T1
IP related
Abis CS
IPTOS_0
IP related
Abis PS
IPTOS_1
IP related
A CS
IPTOS_2
IP related
IPOE CS
IPTOS_3
service on the idle

carrier while
applying for PS,
against infinite
expansion.
Application
sequence:
the idle
This parameter
carrier
above
this
describes the max
threshold
> idle
retries of SNS
carrier
addition> idle
carrier below
this
operation,
when
threshold.
SNS
Ack
is
not
This
parameter
Calculate
it
received
for
describes
the
according
to max
SGSN
on
SNS-T1
retries
of
SNS
remainedBSS
available
timeout,
configuration
quota
on
each
retries
addition
operation,
when
available PS
operation
SNS
Config
Ack is
timeslot
*
number
repeatedly.
The
not
of
accessed
Abis
process
ends
and *
received
for
SGSN
100
/ user
number.
inform
O&M
on
SNS-T1
This
whenparameter
SNS
Ack is
timeout,
BSS
describes
the max
still
not received
retries
retries
ofmax
SNS
after the
configuration
change
weight,
retries.
operation
when SNS Ack is
repeatedly.
The
not
received
for
This
parameter
process
SGSN on the
SNS-T1
describes
max
ends andBSS
inform
timeout,
retries
of
SNS
O&M
when
SNS
retries
change
delete
Config repeatedly.
Ack is still
weight
operation,
when
not
received
after
The
process
ends
SNS
Ack
is
not
the max
retries
and
inform
received
for
This
parameter
O&M
SNS
SGSN when
on the
SNS-T1
describes
Ack
is still
notmax
timeout,
BSS
retries
of after
SNS
received
retriesoperation,
delete the
SIZE
max retries.
operation
when SNS Size
repeatedly.
The
Ack is not received
process
ends
and
for
SGSN
on
SNSThis
parameter
inform
O&M
T1 timeout,
BSS
describes
SNS
when
SNS
Ack is
retries
SIZE
process
monitoring
still
not
received
operation
timer.
The
after
the
max
repeatedly.
The
conditions
of
timer
retries.
process
ends
and
start,
stop,
and
inform
timeoutO&M
actions are
when
SNS Size
as follows:
Timer
CS
service
Ack
isitstill
notafter
start:
starts
corresponds
tothe
received
after
SNS TOS
process
used
under IP
max
begins;Timer
stop:
Abis.
retries.
it stops
while
This
parameter
receiving
SGSto
field belongs
responseIPfrom
service
PS
service
SGSN;Timeout
telegraph
service
corresponds
to
action:
retransfer
type (IPTOS).
TOS
used
TOS
under
IP
for
N
times
means
Abis.
(N
is configurable)
TypeOfService,
This
parameter
which
is usedto
to
field belongs
indicateIP
service
service
CS
service
type
or quality
telegraph
service
corresponds
required
by toTOS
type
(IPTOS).
used
TOS
under IP
datagram.
means
A.
TypeOfService,
This
parameter
which
is usedto
to
field belongs
indicateIP
service
service
CS
service
type
or quality
telegraph
service
corresponds
required
by toTOS
type
(IPTOS).
used
TOS
datagram.
means
under IP Over E1.
TypeOfService,
This parameter
which
is usedto
to
field belongs
indicateIP
service
service
type
or quality
telegraph
service
required
by TOS
type
(IPTOS).
datagram.
means
TypeOfService,
which is used to
indicate service
type or quality
required by
datagram.
1 ~ 6400 (<)
900
900
900
900
3~10
3~10
3~10
3~10
3~10
10 ~ 100,100ms 30
30
30
30
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
IP related
IPOE PS
IPTOS_4
IP related
IPOE SCTP IPTOS_5
IP related
IPGb
Conversatio IPTOS_6
n TOS
IP related
IPGb
Streaming
TOS
IPTOS_7
IP related
IPGb
Interactive
TOS
IPTOS_8
IP related
IPGb
Background IPTOS_9
TOS
IP related
IPGb TOS
IP related
DSCP Field
of SCTP
Info3
Packet
IPTOS_10
PS service
corresponds to
used TOS
under IP Over E1.
This parameter
field belongs to
service
IP
SCTP packets
telegraph
service
corresponds
to
type
(IPTOS).
TOS
used TOS
meansIP Over E1.
under
TypeOfService,
This parameter
whichbelongs
is usedto
to
field
indicate
service
service
IP
TOS
used
while
type or
quality
telegraph
service
Qos
service
type is
required
by
type
(IPTOS).under
TOS
conversation
datagram.
means
IP GB.
TypeOfService,
This parameter
whichbelongs
is usedto
to
field
indicate
service
TOS
used
while
service
IP
type service
or quality
Qos
type is
telegraph
service
required
by TOS
streaming
type (IPTOS).
datagram.
media
service
means
under
IP GB.
TypeOfService,
This
whichparameter
is used to
field
belongs
to
indicate
service
TOS
used
while
service
IP
type or quality
Qos
service
type is
telegraph
service
required
by
interactive
under
type
(IPTOS).
TOS
datagram.
IP
GB.
means
This
parameter
TypeOfService,
field
whichbelongs
is usedto
to
TOS
used
while
service
IP
indicate
service
Qos
type is
telegraph
service
type service
or quality
background
type
(IPTOS).
required
by TOS
service
under IP
means
datagram.
GB.
TypeOfService,
This
whichparameter
is used to
field
belongs
to
indicate
service
TOS
used
service
IP while
type or
quality
Qos
service
type is
telegraph
service
required
by
general
under IP
type
(IPTOS).
TOS
datagram.
GB.
means
This
parameter
TypeOfService,
field
whichbelongs
is usedto
to
service
indicateIP
service
telegraph
service
type orField
quality
DSCP
of
type
(IPTOS).
required
by TOS
SCTP
Packet
means
datagram.
This
parameter
TypeOfService,
field
belongs to
which
serviceisIPused to
indicate service
telegraph
service
type
quality TOS
type or
(IPTOS).
required
means by
datagram.
TypeOfService,
which is used to
indicate service
type or quality
required by
datagram.
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 64
0 ~ 63
Recommended Value for Different Scenes
nse Urban/Urban
Express Way/Highspeed Railway
Rural
Co-BCCH
Wide Coverage
Indoor Coverage/Tunnel
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
85,85,85
85,85,85
85,85,85
90,90,90
90,90,90
85,85,85
85,85,85
85,85,85
85,85,85
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
20,20,20
25,25,25
25,25,25
25,25,25
15,15,15
15,15,15
25,25,25
25,25,25
25,25,25
25,25,25
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Network
operation
mode 2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
2500
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
50
The satellite
transmission
is adopted
by Gb
interface:
Yes;
The satellite
transmission
is not
adopted by
Gb
interface:
Version
of
No.
R99
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
SGSN is
HW or
MOTO:2;
SGSN is
other
manufacture
r: 1 or 2.
Flow
control
mode 1:2;
Flow
control
mode 2:1.
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
Not retry
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
CS3
CS3
CS3
CS3
CS3
CS3
CS3
CS3
CS3
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
MCS6
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter

Explanation of Values
If the parameter value is set big, the increase of

coding mode level will be more difficult.
If the parameter value is set small, the increase
of coding mode level will be easier.
It is suggested that the parameter value should
be set big. So it is possible to realize the
increase of coding mode level when BLER is
quite small.
If the parameter value is set big enough, it will
be reasonable to realize the increase of coding
mode level. It can be avoided that the rate
This
parameter
like
the forgetting
factor of
of
degrades
due toisthe
unreasonable
increase
the
adjustment
of
EDGE
coding
mode.
coding mode level. It is possible to decrease
If
parameter
value
is set
big, more attention
thethe
GPRS
TBF call
drop
rate.
will
be
given
to
the
number
of
data blocks
If the parameter value is reasonable,
the KPIs
which
have
been throughput
transmitted.(not
In this
way, the
of GPRS
service
EDGE)can
adjustment
of coding mode will be more
be improved.
stable.
If the parameter value is set big, the decrease
If the
parameter
is setbesmall,
is more
of
coding
mode will
moreitdifficult.
convenient
to adjust
mode
If the parameter
valuethe
is coding
set small,
the decrease
according
to
the
dramatic
changes
of the radio
of coding mode will be easier.
environment.
It is suggested that the parameter value should
If
is reasonable,
thethe
KPIs
bethe
set parameter
small. So itvalue
is possible
to realize
of
GPRS of
service
throughput
(not
EDGE)can
decrease
coding
mode when
BLER
is a bit
be
improved.
large.
It can be avoided that the rate is quite
low because the coding mode is not adjusted in
time. In this way, the GPRS TBF call drop rate
If
canthebeparameter
decreased.value is set too small, the
Currently,
PBCCH
andisGs
interface
are
reallocation
of resources
tend
to be misjudged.
If the parameter
value
reasonable,
the not
KPIs
used,
and
the network
operation
mode
2 is
If
parameter
value
is
set too
it is
of the
GPRS
service
throughput
(notbig,
EDGE)can
adopted.
possible
to have the following consequences.
be improved.
If it is set
in a wrongofway,
the success
rate
The
reallocation
resources
can not
be of
CS
based because
paging will
be greatly
affected.data
triggered
the uplink
+ downlink
volume
can notisreach
the threshold
within
If this function
enabled,
the success
rate 5s
of
when
the channels
arebe
allocated
originally.
CS based
paging will
improved.
Though
the uplink
data
is larger
Note: The network
side
canvolume
not deliver
the CS
than
themessages
downlinkthrough
data volume,
theunless
difference
paging
PACCH
it
of
uplink
downlink
knows
thethroughput
MS IMSI. -Inthe
other
words,throughput
the CS
can
not messages
reach onecan
quarter
threshold.
paging
onlyof
bethe
delivered
under
Therefore,
downlink is given the priority to
certain circumstances.
adjust the resources.
However, if the parameter value is set big
enough, it will be less possible that the
reallocation of resources will be misjudged.
Besides, the relevant throughput KPIs can be
With
the extended dynamic allocation, one
improved.
downlink
PDTCH isassumed
allowedthat
to schedule
more
It is conservatively
within the
than
onethe
uplink
PDTCH.This
contributes
to
first 5s,
subscribers
are using
the uploading
improve
the uploading
rate
the of
terminals
and downloading
service
forofhalf
the
which
support
(thecoding
protocol
terminal
time(i.e.,
2.5s),EDA
and the
mode
CS1 isof
R4
or a more
advanced
version).during
Therefore,
adopted.
The total
data volume
this it
can
provide
more support
to the kind ofItservice
period
is 8000bps*2.
5s/8=2500Bytes.
is
which
centers
the uplink
service.
It as
suggested
that around
this parameter
should
be set
should
be enabled.
2500recommended
initially.
If it isvalue
found
the reallocation
The
is that
defined
in "Table
of
resources
is misjudged
during DT
uploading
12.1.b: Procedure
retry counters"
of 3GPP
TS
or downloading,
it is please
suggested
the field
user
48.018.
(For details,
referthat
to the
should
set this parameterItwith
a bigger
SUSPEND-RETRIES).
should
not bevalue,
especially for the network where EDGE is
modified.
enabled.
The recommended value is defined in "Table
12.1.b: Procedure retry counters" of 3GPP TS
48.018 (For details, please refer to the field
RESUME-RETRIES). It should not be
modifed.
Accessibility
Mobility
Reliability
Throughput
Coverage
Rate
As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s is

enough. It is not a network optimization
parameter, and it should not be modified.

When the PFC services are used, it is possible
to have access failures due to the inadequate
bandwidth resources.
If PFC needs to be used at the work field, it
should be enabled.
If PFC does not need to be used at the work
field, it should be closed.
CREATE-BSS-PFC-RETRIES). It should not
be modified.

MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES).It should not
be modified.

If this function is enabled, the following
functions can be realized.
When it starts to count down, the data
As
to the waiting
delay
of Gb
interface,
3s isif
transmission
can be
started
again
in no time
enough.
is nottoa be
network
optimization
new dataItneeds
transmitted.
The
parameter,
and itis should
not
benecessary
modified.
For
T3192/T3193,
the itdelaying
tactic should
difference
here
that
is
not
to
be
adopted.
Though
theTBF
downlink
resources
establish
a new
uplink
when the
currentare
wasted
to some extent,
the network
can deliver
TBF is compeltely
released.
In this way,
the
the
downlink
message
rate"packet
of the uplink
dataallocation"
is improved.
directely
T3192/T3193
as to
Withinbefore
the time
of extendedexpires
uplink so
TBF,
the
establish
newcan
downlink
TBF.In
this way,on
it
downlinkaTBF
be directly
established
takes
less
to establish
theRLC
TBF.data
If be
PACCH
iftime
any
downlink
needs
to
When
BSC
transmits
the data
last
block
T3192/T3193
expires,
the
network
side
transmitted.
In
this
way,
it
takes
less
timecan
to
of the downlink TBF, FBI = 1, and RRBP
is
only
originate
theMS
paging
processtoorrespond
the
establish
the downlink
also
configured.
is TBF.
required
to
immediate
assignment
flow
establish
Obviously,
if this
funciton
istoenabled,
thethe
KPIs
the Downlink
Ack/Nack
message.
Besides,
TBF
(ifisMS
is at the
Ready
state).
In this
of uplink/downlik
canfrom
be
improved.
T3191
started.
Ifthroughput
the
response
the case,
MS
it
takes
more
time
to
establish
the
downlink
However,
a
negative
influence
will
be
exerted
is received by the specified block, T3191
will
TBF.
over
the failure
of abnormal
be
stopped,
and ratio
the downlink
transmission
Therefore,
when
T3192/T3193
is configured,
uplink/downlink
TBF.
terminates in
a normal
way. If T3191
stops, it
the
service
theradio
cell should
be fully
Only
R99 orload
more
advanced
terminals
can
is
considered
thatofthe
fails,
and
the
considered.
If
the
network
resources
are
support
this
function.
downlink
TBF
will
be
released
in
an
abnormal
If
the parameter
value is setshould
big, thebefailure
adequate,the
configuration
big
way.
ratio
of the
abnormal
uplink
TBF
be time
enough
so
as
to
establish
the
TBF can
in less
If
the
configuration
of
this
parameter
is
big, the
improved.
and improve
the data
transmission
rate. In this
failure
ratio KPIs
of the
abnormal
downlink
If
the
parameter
value
is
set
too
small,
it
is be
way,
the
of downlink
can
TBF
can KPIs
be improved.
It is throughput
better blocks
to release
the
possilbe
that
several
consecutive
can
improved
effectively.
TBF
early
to complete
the re-establishment
not
be
delivered
successfully
sometimes
and
Since
is
a network
parameter,
the the
than
toT3193
make
a big
configuration
to keep
the
uplink
TBF
isT3193
foreced
to bebe
released.
In
configuration
of
should
a
bit
bigger
TBF.case,
On the
hand,
thewill
channel
resources
this
the one
uplink
TBF
be abnormally
than
T3192.
and
the TFI
will be
wasted; on
thethe
released
andresources
re-established
frequently,
and
otherexperience
hand, the user
be affected
user
will experience
be affected will
to some
indirectly.
extent.
The recommended
recommended value
value of
is defined
in 3GPP
"TableTS
The
N3101 in
13.2.1:
of timers used
04.60 isSpecification
as follows: N3101max
shallinbeGPRS
greater
on the8.Network side" of 3GPP TS 04.60. It
than
should
not be modified.
This parameter
should be greater than "Nn of
the coding progress mode". In this way, it can
be avoided that it is forced to be released by
TBF because the coding mode is not adjusted.
If the parameter value is set big, the failure

ratio of the abnormal uplink TBF can be
improved.
If the parameter value is set too small, it is
possible that sometimes several PACKET
CONTROL
When T3169ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
expires, TFI and USF resources
messages
cantonot
received
bynetwork
the network
are released
be be
reused
by the
side.
side
the uplink
TBF
If
theand
parameter
value
is is
tooforced
big, ittoisbe
released.
As afor
result,
the uplink TBF
is
meaningless
data transmission.
That's
abnormally
released
because
when
N3101and
andre-established
N3103 reach
frequently.
Besides,
the user experience
will be
N3101_MAX
and N3103_MAX
respectively,
affected.
the
TBF will be forced to be released. It is
better
to release it
and is
re-establish
than to
If the parameter
value
set big, theit failure
wait
a long
time. More
importantly,
ratio for
of the
abnormal
downlink
TBF andthis
the
may
affect
ratioTBF
of the TFI and
success
ratethe
of utilization
the downlink
USF resources.will both be improved.
establishment
The
value
is defined
in "Table
If therecommended
parameter value
is set
too small,
it is
13.2.1:
Specification
of timersseveral
used invalid
GPRS
quite
possible
that sometimes
on
the T3195
Network
side"
of
3GPP
TSnot
04.60.
When
expires,
TFI
resources
are
RLC/MAC
control
messages
are
received
released
so as toside
be reused
the network
by the network
and theby
downlink
TBFside.
is
If
the parameter
valueinisno
settime.
too big,
is
forced
to be released
As aitresult,
meaningless
data
transmission.
That's and
the downlinkfor
TBF
is abnormally
released
because
TBF will
be forced
to be released
re-established
frequently.
Besides,
the user
when
N3105
reaches
N3105_MAX. It is better
experience
will
be affected.
to release it in time to complete the reestablishment than to wait for a long time.
More
importantly,
affect
utilization
It
is suggested
that itit will
should
be the
enabled.
In this
ratio
of some
the TFI
resources.
way, to
extent,
it is avoided that the
The recommended
is defined
uplink
TBF must bevalue
released
beforeinthe"Table
request
13.2.1:
Specification
of timers
used inthe
GPRS
of resources
is originated
to establish
on the Network
side"
of the
3GPP
TS 04.60.
uplink
TBF.In this
way,
uplink
throughput
is improved.
If the parameter value is set big enough, the
relevant KPIs of the uplink throughput can be
improved.
12.2: Procedure retry counters" of 3GPP TS
08.18 (For details, please refer to the field RACAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES). It should
For
EDGE
network, this parameter should be
not be
modified.
larger than (PDTCH*4*16kbps/Abis
bandwidth).
If it is the GPRS network where CS3/4 is
As
to thethis
waiting
delay of
Gb interface,
is
enabled,
parameter
should
be larger 3s
than
enough.
It is not a networkbandwidth).
optimization
(PDTCH*2*16kbps/Abis
parameter,
and it network
should not
be modified.
If it is the GPRS
where
CS1/2 is
enabled, this parameter should be larger than
(PDTCH*16kbps/Abis bandwidth).
If it is the case that the parameter in a certain
network is smaller than the specified value, it
is suggested that the transmission resources
should be increased or the redundant PDTCH
resources
shouldvalue
be reduced
if possilbe.
is
If the parameter
is set small,
there It
may
not
suggested
that
this
parameter
should
be
be radio resource congestion when the data
modified
a bigger
service is as
busy.
In thisone.
case, the success rate of
If
this
parameter
is not configured
the uplink TBF establishment
may in
beaaffected.
reasonable
way, it
is possible
to have
the to
If the parameter
value
is set big,
the ability
following
consequences.
support the subscribers on PDTCH is not
1.It
fails
to establish
TBF
because
the
Abis
If
the
parameter
value
is set
small,
there
may
limited
artificially.
However,
the user
resources
are
unavailable.
be
radio
resource
congestion
when
the
experience may be affected because of data
an
2.The throughput
affected
duesuccess
to the rate of
service
is busy.
case, the
excessive
reuse In
ofisthis
PDTCH.
inadequate
Abis
resources.
the
downlink
TBF
establishment may be
affected.
If the parameter value is set big, the ability to
If
the parameter
value ison
setPDTCH
big, theisAbis
support
the subscribers
not
resources
of each cell
in the environment
of
limited artificially.
However,
the user
the
dynamicmay
Abisberesource
mayof
notanbe
experience
affectedpool
because
adjusted
time.ofInPDTCH.
this case, the success rate
excessiveinreuse
of TBF establishement and the
relevantthroughput KPIs may be affected.
If the parameter value is set small, the Abis
resources of each cell in the environment of
the dynamic Abis resource pool may be
adjusted too frequently. In this case, the system
load will be increased.
For a newly established network, it is

suggested that the default value should be used
as the original configuration. At the network
optimization phase, it can be slightly adjusted
accoring to the actual situation at the work
field. However, it should be ensured that the
sum
the 7 weight
values
should itbeis100.
For aofnewly
established
network,
If
this
parameter
is
not
configured
in a be used
suggested that the default value should
reasonable
way,configuration.
the success rate
of the
TBF
as the original
At the
network
establishment
may
be
affected
due
to
the
inadequate
resources
allocated
the cell.
accoring to Abis
the actual
situation
at thetowork
sum
the 7 weight
values
should itbeis100.
For aofnewly
established
network,
If this parameter
not configured
in a be used
suggested
that theisdefault
value should
reasonable
way,configuration.
the success rate
of the
TBF
as the original
At the
network
establishment
may
be
affected
due
to
the
inadequate
resources
allocated
the cell.
accoring to Abis
the actual
situation
at thetowork
sum
the 7 weight
values
should itbeis100.
For aofnewly
established
network,
If this parameter
not configured
in a be used
suggested
that theisdefault
value should
reasonable
way,configuration.
the success rate
of the
TBF
as the original
At the
network
establishmentphase,
may be
due to adjusted
the
optimization
it affected
can be slightly
inadequate
resources
allocated
the cell.
accoring to Abis
the actual
situation
at thetowork
sum
the 7 weight
values
should itbeis100.
For aofnewly
established
network,
If this parameter
not configured
in a be used
suggested
that theisdefault
value should
reasonable
way,configuration.
the success rate
of the
TBF
as the original
At the
network
establishmentphase,
may be
due to adjusted
the
optimization
it affected
can be slightly
inadequate
resources
allocated
the cell.
accoring to Abis
the actual
situation
at thetowork
sum
the 7 weight
values
should itbeis100.
For aofnewly
established
network,
If this parameter
not configured
in a be used
suggested
that theisdefault
value should
reasonable
way,configuration.
the success rate
of the
TBF
as the original
At the
network
establishmentphase,
may be
due to adjusted
the
optimization
it affected
can be slightly
inadequate
resources
allocated
the cell.
accoring to Abis
the actual
situation
at thetowork
sum
the 7 weight
values
should itbeis100.
For aofnewly
established
network,
If
this parameter
not configured
in a be used
suggested
that theisdefault
value should
reasonable
way,
the
success
rate
of
TBF
as the original configuration. At thethe
network
establishmentphase,
may be
due to adjusted
the
optimization
it affected
can be slightly
inadequate
resources
allocated
the cell.
accoring to Abis
the actual
situation
at thetowork
sum of the 7 weight values should be 100.
If this parameter is not configured in a
reasonable way, the success rate of the TBF
establishment
mayisbe
affected
due
the
Since the priority
given
to the
CStoservice,
inadequate
Abis
resources
allocated
to
the dynamic channel should keep beingthe
thecell.
TCH type if possible. Since the minimum
configuration of the Timer is 20s. The
recommended
minimum
Since the number
of validvalue
bytesisof20s.
the
signaling block is few, it is not necessary to
transmit through the block of a high coding
scheme. If a low coding scheme is used for the
transmission, there will be some benefits,
including the improvement of the success rate
of the TBF establishment, the success rate of
The
function of
CellKPIs,
Change
transmission,
theNetwork-Assisted
relevant throughput
(NACC)
allowsratio
the BSC
assist theTBF.
and the failure
of thetoabnormal
GPRS/EDGE
which are
the Packet
If this functionMSs
is enabled,
theunder
interruption
Transfer
mode
in completing
cell
update.
interval of
the cell
reselectionthe
data
will
be
The
cell reselection
delay isthe
mainly
influenced
shortened.
To some extent,
testing
by
the time KPIs
needed
collect
the whole set of
throughput
cantobe
improved.
system messages (SI1, 3, 13). With NACC, it
is expected to spend less time in waiting for
SI.When MS needs to have a reselection, the
data transmission will not be interrupted.
Instead, the Packet Cell Change Notification
message is sent to the system to tell the
BCCH/BSIC of the target cell to the system.
The system will deliver the system message of
the target cell to the MS through the Packet
Neighbor Cell Data message at the state of
packet transmission.In this way, the
transmission interruption due to receiving the
system message is shortened.
If this function is enabled, the relevant KPIs of
testing throughput can be improved.
Transfer mode in completing the cell update.

The cell reselection delay is mainly influenced
by the time needed to collect the whole set of
system messages (SI1, 3, 13). With NACC, it
is expected to spend less time in waiting for
SI.When MS needs to have a reselection, the
data transmission will not be interrupted.
Instead, the Packet Cell Change Notification
message is sent to the system to tell the
BCCH/BSIC of the target cell to the system.
The system will deliver the system message of
the target cell to the MS through the Packet
It
is suggested
that the
cell reselection
should
Neighbor
Cell Data
message
at the state
of
be
originated
again when
candidate
cells
packet
transmission.In
thisthe
way,
the
which
satisfyinterruption
the cell reselection
trigger the
transmission
due to receiving
conditions
are found
again after the failure. In
system message
is shortened.
this
way,
it is possible
to trythe
thedata
bestinterruption
candidate
If this
function
is enabled,
cells.
during
the to
celloriginate
reselection
process
can be
It
is better
the cell
reselection
shortened.
extent,cells
the relevant
KPIs
again
whenTo
thesome
candidate
which satisfy
of the
throughput
be improved.
the
celltesting
reselection
triggercan
conditions
are found
again after the failure than to wait for a long
period of time. In this way, it is possible to try
the best candidate cells.Since the retry process
is
notbetter
recommended,
should
It is
to originatethis
theparameter
cell reselection
keep
default
value.
againbeing
when the
the ZTE
candidate
cells
which satisfy
the cell reselection trigger conditions are found
is
notbetter
recommended,
should
It is
to originatethis
theparameter
cell reselection
keep
default
value.
againbeing
when the
the ZTE
candidate
cells
which satisfy
the cell reselection trigger conditions are found
is not recommended, this parameter should
keep being the ZTE default value.
It should be planned according to the
transmission type on Gb interface.
This is a parameter which is left over by

history. At present, "Version of R98 or its
before" no long exists.

BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES.). It should not be
modified.
BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES.).It should not be
modified.


BVC-RESET-RETRIES.). It should not be
modifed.


16/ 3GPP TS 08.16: System counters" of 3GPP
TS 08.16 (For details, please refer to the field
NS-BLOCK-RETRIES.). It should not be
modified.
NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES.).It should not be
modified.



NS-ALIVE-RETRIES.). It should not be
modified.
There is only one value in the value range. It

should not be adjusted.
This is a commissioning parameter, and it does

not need to be adjusted.
There is only one value in the value range. It

should not be adjusted.
It works for E1_Gb, but it does not work for

If
the parameter
value
is set too big,
there isIta
IP_Gb.
It is not an
optimization
parameter.
tendency
thatbeing
the flow
control
can not
be
should keep
the ZTE
default
vaule.
completed in time.
If the parameer value is not set in a reasonable
way, the downloading will be interrupted, and
the relevant throughput KPIs will be affected.
This parameter should be set by making a
reference to the configuraion of SGSN so as to
ensure that they are matched. The value range
of "Minimum interval between sending of
subsequent Flow Control PDUs for a given
BVC or MS" is defined in Table 12.3: Flow
control variables of 3GPP TS 08.18. That is,
1s<C<10s.
If the parameter value is set too small, there

will be an increase of the system load (MS
flow control is for subscribers, while BVC
flow control is for cells.). It is suggested that
this parameter should be set with a slightly
bigger value than BVC flow control period.
If the parameter value is set too large, there
This
function
should
enabled.
In this can
case,
will be
a tendency
thatbethe
flow control
notit
can
be avoided
some LLC data are
be carried
out inthat
time.
abandoned
because
of is
thenot
overtime
BVC
If the parameter
value
set in a of
reasonable
caused
bypossible
the fact that
that the
the downloading
grouping channel
is
way, it is
will be
too
busy (tooand
many
frame
caches). Or
interrupted,
the LLC
relevant
throughput
KPIs
some
downlink LLC data are abandoned
will benew
affected.
due
to
the
limited
memory
resources
(overflow
This function should
be enabled.
In this
case, it
of
frame caches).
canLLC
be avoided
that some LLC data are
If
this parameter
is not
configured
abandoned
because
of the
overtimeinofa MS
reasonable
way,
thethat
downloading
will
be
caused
by the
fact
the grouping
channel
is
interrupted
and
the relevant
throughput
too busy (too
many
LLC frame
caches). KPIs
Or
will benew
affected.
some
downlink LLC data are abandoned
due to the limited memory resources (overflow
of LLC frame caches).
If this parameter is not configured in a
reasonable way, the downloading will be
If
the parameter
is not
set in throughput
a reasonable
way,
interrupted
and the
relevant
KPIs
or
SGSN
is
HW
or
MOTO,
and
the
parameter
will be affected.
is set as 1, the downloading will be interrupted,
and the relevant throughput KPIs will be
affected.
When flow control mode 1 is adopted, the
actual counted value is smaller due to the retransmission on RLC layer, TBF failure, and so
on. So BSC multiplies the actual traffic with a
multiple.
If
the parameter
value
is not
in a reasonable
When
flow control
mode
2 isset
adopted,
the
way,
the
downloading
will
be
interrupted
actual counted value is smaller due to the and
rethe
relevant throughput
KPIsTBF
willfailure,
be affected.
transmission
on RLC layer,
and so
on. Therefore, this parameter should be set
with a slightly bigger value, especially for
EDGE network. It should be larger than the
effective rate of the RLC layer of MCS9.
If the parameter value is not set in a reasonable
way, the downloading will be interrupted, and
It
be throughput
equal to or aKPIs
littlewill
smaller
than the
theshould
relevant
be affected.
effective rate of RLC layer of CS1/MCS1.
If the parameter is not set in a reasonable way,
the downloading will be interrupted and the
relevant throughput KPIs will be affected.
It should be equal to or a little smaller than the
effective rate of RLC layer of CS1/MCS1.
If the parameter is not set in a reasonable way.
The downloading will be interrupted and the
relevant throughput KPIs will be affected.
It is already not valid. It should keep being the

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.

ZTE default value.
The PoC-related optimization parameters are

not recommended except that some radio
resources are planned for the PoC service
separately at the work field.





When the parameter value is set big, the new

subscribers will be allocated to the idle TRX
which is configured with PDTCH if the
reusability of the data service on the carrier
frequency is low. In doing so, it is supposed to
improve the user experience. Besides, the
relevant throughput KPIs can also be
improved.
If the parameter value is set small, it is
possible that the expansion of the dynamic
It
only works
GbPDTCH
interfacemay
is with
thefast.
channel
at thewhen
state of
be too
dynamic IP networking. At present, the Gb
interface is not connected by adopting the
dynamic IP.
It only works when Gb interface is with the

dynamic IP.

dynamic IP.

dynamic IP.

dynamic IP.

dynamic IP.
It has not been tested at the work field yet. It

should keep being the ZTE default value.











Parameter
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
Parameter
Name (EN)
Parameter
Explanation of Parameters (EN)
Code
This is a four-dimensional array, indicating GPRS
Value Range & Unit
uplink
INIT coding scheme, GPRS downlink INIT
EGPRS
coding
Codec mode
EGPRSInit
This
parameter
the default-coding
Phone Init
scheme,
GPRS indicates
uplink MAX
coding scheme,mode 0~8MCS1~MCS9
adjustment
AttSelt
for
Coding
GPRS
GPRS
MSMAX
initialcoding
access,scheme,
under different
Abis
downlink
and the default
interface
coding
link bandwidths. This is a four-dimensional array,
Codec mode GPRS init GPRSInitAt scheme for EGPRS phones.
indicating GPRS uplink init coding scheme,
0~3CS1~CS4
adjustment attach select tSelt
GPRS
downlink init coding scheme, GPRS uplink max
coding
GPRS
This
parameter
indicates
if GPRS
scheme,
and GPRS
downlink
maxphones
coding default
Codec mode phones init InitAttachE
code
Yes/No
scheme.
adjustment code can be xch_0
can be changed dynamically.
changed
EGPRS
It indicates if the coding method of
Codec mode phones init InitAttachE
GPRS/EGPRS MS
adjustment code can be xch_1
in cell could be changed dynamically.
changed
Yes/No
Uplink
Codec mode measure
adjustment report
period
400 ~ 2000, ms
This parameter is used by UPPB, describing

Ulmeasurep uplink
eriod
measurement report period reported by BTS and
handled by BSC.
This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. The
Average
meaning
this parameter
is the same
as in
Network of
broadcasts
this parameter
to MS
Codec mode filter period BEPperiod BEPPeriodGRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 and PSI13.
adjustment for uplink
Up
Down,
but system,
it is to caculate
In EGPRS
EGPRSthe
MSuplink
will determine to
BEP
measurement
report the MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit
This
parameter
is sent to MS in Downlink
data inside
of PCU.
Average
rate
Assignment
filter period
of the radio block) and CV_BEP_AV (variance
Codec mode
BEPperiod message. It indicates the measurement report
for
coefficient of radio block error bit rate) under
mode
adjustment
Down
downlink
the whole TBF, or the measurement data per
of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS measurement
BEP
time slot MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).The
could
EGPRS
specification
theeach
formula
of these
be performeddefines
based on
impulse,
which is to
phone
measurement
data.
There
is
an
oblivion
factor e,
Codec mode
LinkQuame measure by the granularity of BURST. The
quality
whose value is defined by average period of BEP
adjustment
aMode
feature of
measure
filter.
rapid
EGPRS measurement
makes
the network
This parameter
indicates if cell
supports
extended
mode
side
Support
uplink
be able to respond the change of radio
Resource
extended
dynamic allocation. While using this function, the
ExUpDynS environment
Allocation uplink
MS only need listen USF allocation with the least
upport
quickly,
as to choose
most proper
Network
broadcasts
this the
parameter
to MScoding
in
related
dynamic
timeslot,so
mode
GRPS
allocation
so you can determine to send uplink block on all
and
perform
power
CELL
OPTIONS
ofcontrol.
SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. It
allocated
uplink
timeslot.
indicates
DTMSuppo
if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
rt
which
allows A class MS to initialize packet request
Max
flow in
number of
dedicated mode.
DTM
GttpLapdm This parameter indicates the maximum of GTTP
GTTP
This
parameter
related
Num
Lapdm
frames. indicates if the cell supports
Lapdm
extended uplink TBF. After BSS receives CV=0
frame
uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplink
TBF
Is the cell
TBF, it enters into extended uplink TBF status.
establishme support
At this time, it continues assign uplink block
EXT_UTBF
nt and
extendable
resource to MS. If new uplink data is required to
release
uplink TBF
send during extended uplink, re-establishment
It
downlink
TBF delay time. When
ofindicates
uplink TBF
is not required.
TBF
downlink
This function requires extended uplink function
establishme Downlink
DLDelaytim TBF
this
starts, access to delay
shall is
bereleased,
supported
at timer
MS side.
nt and
delay time e
state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame.
release
Release
downlink TBF after timer is timeout.
DTM
related
Support
DTM
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13,14, 15
0MEAN_BEP_TNx00,
1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
7and
I_LEVEL_TN0-7
will not reportedwhich means
TBFMEAN_BEP and CV_BEP
of TBF will be reported1
only I_LEVEL_TN0-7will
be reported2only
MEAN_BEP_TNx0-7will
be reported3both
MEAN_BEP_TNx0-7and
I_LEVEL_TN0-7will
be
Yes/No
reported.
Yes/No
0~7
Yes/No
500 ~ 4000, ms
TBF
Extend
establishme
ExtULTBFT
uplink TBF
nt and
ime
time
release
TBF
establishme
T3192
nt and
release
T3192
TBF
DRX mode
establishme
DrxTimeMa
holding
nt and
x
time
release
TBF
N3102
establishme
decrease
nt and
step
release
PanDec
TBF
N3102
establishme
increase
nt and
step
release
PanInc
TBF
establishme
N3102 Max PanMax
nt and
release
TBF
establishme Uplink
nt and
delay time
release
ULDelayTi
me
TBF
establishme
T3168
T3168
nt and
release
Support
EGPRS
TBF
packet
establishme
EgprsPacket
channel
nt and
Chreq
request
release
access
program
TBF
Max Blocks
establishme Transmissio
BsCvMax
nt and
n in Each
release
TS
Resource
Allocation
related
Initial
Downlink
Allocation info1_1_0
by Multislot
Class 1
TBF
establishme
T3142
nt and
release
TBF
establishme
T3172
nt and
release
TBF
establishme
nt and
release
Single
Block
Assign
Offset
data block is the final downlink data block to be

transmitted, the network sends the RLC data
block
with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as
1. It contains an effective RRBP field to initialize
It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time.
the release of the downlink TBF.
When
For each RLC data block that receives FBI with
uplink
released,
if extended
TBF
value 1TBF
and is
contains
effective
RRBPuplink
domain:
function
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends
is supported, this timer starts, access to extended
PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message
uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink LLC
whose FBI domain is 1 on the uplink block
frame.
Release
TBF
afterThey
timerbelong
is timeout.
Parameter
used
at
the MS
side.
to
specified
theuplink
RRBP
domain.
Parameterby
used
at
the MS
side. It belongs to the
the
cell option parameters,
and they
InGPRS
unacknowledged
mode, MS sends
the are
GPRS
cell
option
parameters,
and
it
is
broadcast
broadcast
to the MS inACKNOWLEDGE
the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
PACKET
to the MS CONTROL
in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages,
messages,
indicating the values of parameters
message
indicatinginthe value of DRX_TIMER_MAX.
of
PAN_DEC,
PAN_INC
andRRBP
PAN_MAX.
the
uplink
block from
specified
as per
field.
When
changing
the packet
transmission
After
Then,
the
MS
will
start
T3192.
Parameter
used
at
the
MS
side.
They
belong
to
mode
each
cell
reselection,
the
MS will
the
initial
T3192
releases
the resources,
stopset
discreet
thethe
GPRS
cellidle
option
parameters,
and
they
are
to
packet
mode,
the
MS
should
first
enter
value
of N3102 as the PanMax value.
listening
broadcast
to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
the
1.
When
the
MSchannel
receives
the PACKET
UPLINK
to
the
PDCCH
it expires,
messages,
indicating
thewhen
values
of parameters
non-DRX
mode.
Minimum
values
of thisand turns
ACK/NACK
message
todiscreet
move
V(S)
forward,
it
to
the
paging
channel
for
listening.
If an
of
PAN_DEC,
PAN_INC
and
PAN_MAX.
parameter
Parameter
used
at the MS
side.
They belong
to
adds
PanInc
to
N3102
(but
the
maximum
value
MS
receives
PACKET
DOWNLINK
After
and
DRX_TIMER_MAX
parameters
the
GPRS
cell option
parameters,
and determine
they are
shall
not exceed
PanMax).
ASSIGNMENT
each
cell
reselection,
the MS will set the initial
the
broadcast
to MS
the MS
in the
PSI1,
PSI13 and(V(S)
SI13
2.
When
the
detects
the
stall condition
or
PACKET
TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE
value
of N3102
as the
PanMax
value.
time
length
for MS
tothe
stay
in theofNon-DRx
mode.
messages,
indicating
values
parameters
=
message
1.
When
the MS receives
the PACKET
UPLINK
of
PAN_DEC,
PAN_INC
and
PAN_MAX.
V(A)
+ W(S)),
T3182
will
start.
When
itperiod
receives
from
the
network
within
protection
ACK/NACK
message
tothe
move
V(S)
forward,
it
After
the
PACKET
UPLINK
ACK/NACK
message
of
the
T3192
timer,
it
stops
T3192
and
transfer
adds PanInc to N3102 (but the maximum value
each
reselection,
the MS will set the initial
that
to
thecell
packet
transmission
shall
not
exceed
PanMax). status.
value
ofV(S)
N3102
as the+PanMax
value.
enables
< V(A)
W(S), T3182
stops. If
2.
When
the
detects
the
stall
condition
(V(S)
1.
When
the MS
MSthe
receives
thesubtract
PACKET
UPLINK
T3182
expires,
MS will
PanDec
from
=
ACK/NACK
message
to
move
V(S)
forward,
it
N3102.
When
the
condition
satisfies
N3102
<
0,
V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receives
adds
PanInc
to N3102
(but the maximum
value
the
MS
will
take
cell
reselection
as
abnormal
the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message
shall
not exceed PanMax).
release.
that
2.
When
MS
detects
the stall
condition
(V(S)
When
onethe
of
PanDec,
PanInc,
and
PanMax
It indicates
uplink
delay
time,
to
describe
enables
V(S)
< V(A)
+ W(S),
T3182
stops.uplink
If
=
is
zero,
N3102
is
invalid.
TBF
T3182
expires,
the
MS
will
subtract
PanDec
from
V(A) + W(S)), T3182 will start. When it receives
delay
time.
When
TBF
is released,
if < 0,
N3102.
When
the uplink
condition
satisfies
N3102
the
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message
extended
the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal
that
GPRS
option
and
it isthis
broadcast
uplink cell
TBF
function
not supported,
timer
release.
When
oneparameters,
ofisPanDec,
PanInc,
and
enables
V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. If
to
starts,
PanMax
is
zero,
N3102
is
invalid.
T3182
expires,
the MS
will subtract
PanDec
from
the MSto
inuplink
the PSI1,
PSI13
SI13for
messages.
access
delay
state,and
to wait
downlink
N3102.
When
the
condition
satisfies
N3102
<
T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for 0,
LLC
the
MS Release
will
takeuplink
cellASSIGNMENT
reselection
abnormal
PACKET
UPLINK
message
after
arrival.
TBF afteras
timer
is timeout.
release.
Network
broadcasts this parameter to MS in
MS
When
one of PanDec,
PanInc,REQUEST
and PanMax
GRPS
sends PACKET
RESOURCE
is
zero,
N3102
is
invalid.
Parameter
used
at
the
MS
side.
belongs
CELL
OPTIONS of SI13, PSI1 Itand
PSI13.toItthe
message
GPRS
cell option
parameters,
and it is broadcast
indicates
(or PACKET
DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK
message
to
the cell
MS supports
in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages,
if
the
with
indicating
the value
of the maximum
EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST
Channel Request
Description
IE). blocks
(BS_CV_MAX)
each timeslot.
access flow. If thesent
cellon
supports
EGPRS and
This
parameter
decidesterminal
the timeisof
T3198
used by
this flow,
the EGPRS
able
to originate
the
MS as
the sending
partyon
(= RACH
time represented
EGPRS
packet
access flow
or PRACH
by
(if BS_CV_MAX), the time of T3200 used by
the
MS inexists).
the non-DRX mode (= 4 x the time
PBCCH
represented by BS_CV_MAX), and the value of
N3104max (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x Number
It
initial downlink
allocation is based
ofindicates
timeslotsifassigned
in the uplink).
on
All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the
multislot
capability
1 (that(CV)
is, uplink
downlink
COUNT DOWN
VALUE
field.1The
1)
or the
network
Parameter used at the MS side.
actual
multislot
brought
by the
MS.
can
thisstarts
fieldcapability
calculate
the data
blocks
Thisuse
timer
iftothe
MS receives
immediate
to
be
sent
on
current
uplink
TBF.
Parameter
at the
MS side.
assignmentused
refusal
or DTM
refusal during packet
0 ~ 3000, ms
500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120,

160, 200ms
0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, s
481216202428
32
481216202428
32
481216202428
32
0 ~ 4000, ms
0.5 ~ 4.0,0.5s
Yes/No
0 ~ 15,block num
0(No) which means multi-slot
will be assigned
1(Yes), Mulit-slot will not
assigned which means 1+1 will
be used.
This
timer
the MS
access.
Thisstarts
timerif does
notreceives
functionPACKET
if the MS in
0~255,s
ACCESS
original cell does not allow to initiate access
REJECT
message
during
packet
access.
The
MS
request
disables
packet
if this timer
is timeout.
but the MS
doesaccess
cell reselection
prior
to the timer
The
timeout.
MS changes to idle status if this timer is timeout
T3172
0~255,s
prior to receiving assignment message. After this
timer timeout, the MS does not disable packet
Uplink
two-phase
The
access in
this cell, access.
but shall
notMS
takeinitiates
channel
channel
request
SBAssOffse request,
network
allocates
single
resource
as pagingand
response
except
the MS
receives
6~12,block
t
block
paging
to
the MS.
This parameter indicates the searching
request
message.
range of this resource block.
T3142
Send polling request to MS from network side. If

no
TBF
any reponse is received from the MS. The system
establishme Polling
PollingRetr
can
3~12
nt and
Retry Time yTime
send the max number of polling. The MS instance
release
is
Interval
released after reaching the max number.
Data
number of GPRSDlRR Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to
transmission GPRS TBF BPINTERV send
3 ~ 20
related
downlinks AL
Packet Downlink Ack/Nack.
RRBP
Interval
number of
Data
Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS
EGPRS
EGPRSDlR
transmission
to
6 ~ 60
TBF
rbpInterVal
related
send EGPRS Packet Donwlink Ack/Nack.
downlinks
RRBP
Interval
Data
number of
transmission GPRS TBF
related
uplinks
ACK
Interval
number of
Data
EGPRS
transmission
TBF
related
uplinks
ACK
Support
Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends

GPRSUlAc
Packet
kInterVal
Downlink Ack/Nack to MS.
Interval that uplink Egprs TBF"Preemptivetrans

network sends
supports "uplink IR quality
EGPRSUlA It indicates if the cell employs
Packet
control".
ckInterVal bit".
Downlink
Ack/Nack
tocould
MS. set the
If the
cell the
supports
that
function,
network
it does,
network
indicates
RESEGMENT
MS
if to sendUPLINK
the RLCACK/NACK,
data of PENDING-ACK
in PACKET
PACKET
Data
uplink
when
UPLINK
transmission LA+IR
IrSupportUp
there
is no data inand
NACK
and no new RLC
ASSIGNMENT
PACKstatus
TIMESLOT
related
quality
data
block to be transmitted or the transmission
RECONFIGURE
control
window
by to inform MS system of using
message isasfull
FALSE
Take
PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
IR
quality
control
mode, and MS uplink
Data
"Preemptive PREEMPTI in
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message.
retransmission
transmission
trans bit"
VETRANS The
as follows:
couldvalues
not beare
segmented.
related
function
1.Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS should
not send the data block in PENDING-ACK
This parameter indicates when dynamic channel
status.
Resource
with But for the last piece of current
Support PS PSPrmpCS TBF, even if its status is PENDING ACK,
Allocation
preferred PDCH is occupied, to determine if the
Prmp CS
Support
it
should be transmitted.
related
channel
2.No:
not use preemptive
transmission. MS
can beDo
preempted
by PS service.
Support of
This
parameter
if in
support
subscriber
should
send the describes
oldest data
PENDING-ACK
subscriber
occupying
status,
then
the
second
oldest
data.
If
all
Resource
occupying HybridOccu other
channel.status
It indicates
this
data inpreference
PENDING-ACK
have been
Allocation
Supp
other
kind
of
preference
channel
isone.
busy, other channels
sent,
repeat
from
the
oldest
related
preference
are idle, to determine if to occupy this preference
Support of
channel
channel.
PS
This parameter describes if support subscriber
Resource
subscriber
moving
AllowPsMo
Allocation moving out
out of other preference channel. It indicates if the
ve
related
of other
user that occupies other channels shall be
During
this application, on the gained preferential
preference
removed.
Congeneric
channel on this side, it is better that existing QoS
channel
Resource
service
quota / total available QoS quota is lower than
SfPreferBus
Allocation threshold
allocated
yThs
related
for PSresult for this percentage, to calculate target
During this application, on the gained preferential
moving
evaluation target function in combination with
Unchannel on opposite side, it is better that existing
un-congeneric occupying threshold.
congeneric
QoS
/ total
available
is indicates
lower
DBS quota
uses this
parameter
onQoS
BSCquota
MP. It
Resource
service
OpPreferBu than
minimum threshold of the number of IDLE
Allocation
threshold
syThs
allocated
result
for this
to calculate
transmission
quality,
andpercentage,
adjusts block
allocation
channels
related
for PStarget
according
to radio
quality.converts
Divide
under the CS
status,transmission
when the network
moving
evaluation
target
function
inand
combination
MEAN_BEP
into
7 grades,
gradewith
the switchable
channel
to the
PSeach
channel.
Minimal
un-congeneric
threshold.
corresponds
a to
weight.
The
weight isswitchable
Resource
System may to
failoccupying
convert
a dynamic
number of
added
to the ifweight
calculated
Allocation
CsChansThs dynamically
channel to a PS
channel,
the number
of idle CS
idle CS
from
UMTS
QoS than
parameters,
as the evidence
related
channels
is lower
the threshold.
When a PS
channel
of
+ allocating shared block.
Allocation
thatstatus
corresponds
to it can be
CS channelweight
in the CS
is released,
Resource
MEAN_BEP
converted and used by PS if the total number of
Allocation C/I
Sc
grade
idle is as follows:
related
MEAN_BEP
grade
MEAN_BEP
channels in the
cell is
greater thanvalue
this threshold.
Allocation weight
0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc
1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc
2 10 ~ 13 -Sc
3 14 ~ 17 0
4 18 ~ 21 Sc
5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc
6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc
3 ~ 20
3 ~ 20
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0~100, %()
0~100, %()
0 ~ 255()
0~8
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
Allocation
related
Resource
Allocation
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
PS Cell
reselection
related
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block

by ARP parameters (priority level).
Allocation weight that corresponds to
THP parameters included in interactive service.
ARP is as follows:
Allocation weight that corresponds to
ARP
Sa
ARP
Allocation
weight
THP is
as follows:
1THP
2*Sa
Allocation weight
2If
0 Sa
0PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resource
3according
0
to signature QoS parameters from user
1 St
side.
THP
St
2 2*StWhen QoS guarantee rate for user signature
is
unsatisfied (including through grabbing), and
3 3*St
the
QoS parameter allows queuing, and if this
4 4*St
parameter
is enabled, iBSC allocates radio
5 5*St
resource
6
6*St
Support PS
PsQueueInd to
user according to Best Effort, and insert the
7 7*St
Queuing
user
into the queue, to wait for allocation of radio
8 8*St
resource. Queuing time can be gotten through
This parameter indicates the number of allowed
PFC
PS
queues in the cell. When the user number in
process; otherwise if this parameter is disabled,
maximum PsMaxQueu queue
access
thisvalue,
service
directlythat
refused.
Queue
eInstNum
reachestothis
theisservice
shall be
When
is Yes,
youallocates
can configure
When
PFCparameter
is supported,
iBSC
radio
number
queuedthis
PsMaxQueueInstNum.
resource
shall be refused to access.
according to signature QoS parameters from user
Support PS PsPreempti side. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't be
Preemption onInd
satisfied
and user own QoS parameter allows preemption.
Support of
This parameter describes if support switching
When
CS
some this parameter is enabled, this user can
preempt
radio resource
withtimeslot,
low priority.
subscriber
CS subscriber
cell to other
to leave
AllowCsMo
moving
blank
ve
Access
for original timeslot for getting larger PS
Persist
available
It is assigned to the MS in PACKET UPLINK
Level
timeslot group.
ASSIGNMENT
parameter
is used
the MS
sideallocation
and on
Selective
USFGranul This
message,
indicating
theatuplink
block
the
BRP. It of
is broadcast
thefrom
MS the
in the
PSI1
granularity arity
granularity
the GPRStoMS
network
message,
indicating if the network supports the
when
PACKET
STATUS
message.
the cell usesPSI
"dynamic
allocation".
This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1,
This parameter indicates if the cell supports CCN
PSI status
MS can send the PACKET PSI STATUS message
PsiStatInd mode. CNN mode refers to cell alternating
supported
to
the network and indicate the current value of
notification.
the
PSIBSS
message
stored
on mode,
it. Later,
the network
When
supports
CCN
if MS
does
sets PSI message for this MS on the PACCH to
cell
reselection
in NC0 and
NC1
modes,
This
parameter
indicates
if
the
cell
supports
speed up the subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise
PACKET
system
Is Support
hasCHANGE
to listen toNOTIFICATION
the PSI messagemessage
only at the
CCNActive MS
CELL
message
status
flow, broadcasted
to MS in SI13
CCN mode
time
points
scheduled
by
the
network.
notification
and
shall be delivered to network in normal case.
PSI13. It describes if the network supports PSI
Is cell
After
(SI)
support
network
receives
message,
itSystem
can send
Parameter
used MS
atthis
the
MS side.
Status process.
informs
its network
side
system
SIStatusInd specific
broadcasts
which
message
system
message
about standby
cellthrough
to MS.
the
information
to for
MS
PSIparameter
(SI) subsets
are required
received PSI (SI)
status flow
SI2Quater
message by sending Packet PSI (SI) Status
and
PSI5 messages. This parameter indicates the
message
Packet Idle
period
of MSThis
reporting
cell reselection
survey in
on PACCH.
parameter
is used in CCN
NcRepPerI
mode
packet
IDLE mode. When Network control order
mode, to
is
assist
NACC
fast cell
When finishing
NC2 network
controls
thereselection
cell reselection,
NC0,
the
parameter
information
is not necessary
The Size of
this
to
broadcast
PSI5the
message.
Test
parameter
is through
used. When
number of
This parameter also can be sent to MS
Report's
Wnd
measurement
through PMO message.
Slip
reports
reaches
this parameter
setting
value,
When NC2
network
controls the
cell reselection,
Window
average processing is done for measurement
Allowed
this
report.
report
parameter is used. When adjacent cell receives
number of AllowedRep average
the
parameter
information
to MS
through
the same
Num
level,
and the number
of valid
measurement
SI2Quater
cell in Slip
report
and
PSI5in
messages.
Thisisparameter
indicates
Window
received
slip window
lower than
setting the
period
of MS
reportingshall
cell be
reselection
value, this
calculation
punished.survey in
Packet idle NCREPPE packet IDLE mode. When Network control order
mode
RI
is
NC0, the parameter information is not necessary
to broadcast through PSI5 message.
This parameter also can be sent to MS
through PMO message.
0~8
0~8
Yes/No
1 ~ 16
Yes/No
Yes/No
0~1
(0: uplink block allocation
granularity is 1; 1: uplink block
allocation granularity is 4)
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0.480.961.923.847.68
15.3630.7261.44s
1~8
1~6
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,

15.36, 30.72, 61.44,s
PS Cell
reselection
related
Packet
NCRERPE
transmission
RT
mode
PS Cell
reselection
related
Extended
measuremen
MeaOrder
t report
order
PS Cell
reselection
related
Network
control
order
PS Cell
reselection
related
NC hold
NcNoDrxPe
time in nonr
drx mode
PS Cell
reselection
related
Extended
measuremen ExMeaOrde
t report
r
order
PS Cell
reselection
related
Type of
extended
ExtRepType
measuremen
t report
PS Cell
reselection
related
Report
period of
extended
ExtRepPer
measuremen
t
Others
GPRS
service
supported
PSSUPPOR
T
Others
SI13
Sending
Position
SI3LOCAT
E
Others
CCCH
SplitPgCycl SpgcSuport
e support
Others
Packet
control
CtraCKType
acknowledg
ment type
Others
Packet
access
priority
threshold
PS power
control
PS power
control
CtrlOrder
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to NC

measurement parameter, which is broadcasted
to MS in system message SI2Quater and PSI5
message. This parameter indicates the period
of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet
transmission mode. When Network control order
Parameter
used at the MS side. It belongs to
is
the
network
control survey
parameters,
and it is
NC0,
the parameter
information
is not necessary
broadcast
to the
MS in
the message.
PSI5, PSI13, SI3, and
to
broadcast
through
PSI5
Parameter
used at theindicating
MS side. the
It isnetwork
broadcast
SI2quater
messages,
This
can
be sent indicating
to MS
to theparameter
MS in thealso
PSI1
message,
the
control
through
PMOcommand
message. of MS in the cell.
survey report
command used in the cell. If the parameter equals
This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.
to NC0, then NC survey parameters (NC hold
time
Parameter
at and
the MS
This parameter
in non-drx used
mode,
Cellside.
Reselection
Survey
belongs
to network
control
survey
andparameter
is used at
Report Period)
can be
ignored;
if the
Parameter
used and
at the
MS
side. It belongs
to the
MS
is NC1 or NC2
NC
measurement
parameters
extended
survey
parameters,
and it is broadcast to
side.
System
broadcasts
the value.
parameter
are ignored,
use
the
default
the
in the
message, indicating the type
information
TheMS
values
arePSI5
as follows:
of
to
MS MS
through
SI2Quater
and PSI5 message.
This
NC0:
controls
cell
reselection,
and
Parameter
used
at thereport
MS
side.
System
the
extended
survey
of MS.
System
sends
parameter
indicates
the
minimal
time
for
an
MS
there
is
no
survey
report;
broadcasts
the
to
stay
in the
non-DRX
mode after
an
NC1:
controls
reselection
and
to
MS MS
through
PSI5cell
message.
This sending
parameter
parameter
information
through
thecontrol
PSI5 message
NC
survey
report.report;
When
Network
order is
sends
the
survey
indicates
if the MS
performs extended
survey.
when
Extended
measurement
report
order
is
NC0,
the
information
is not
necessary
NC2:
Theparameter
network
controls
reselection
In
addition,
it indicates
howcell
to interpret
the
EM1.
to
broadcast
through
PSI5report.
message.
and
MS
sends
the
survey
other
extended
survey
parameters (Type of
The
values
are as
follows:
This
parameter
also
canreport
be sent
to Report
MS period
extended
measurement
and
Type
I: This
type
of report must be extended if
through
PMO
message.
of extended measurement).
the frequency points for the extended survey
The
values the
are six
as follows:
are among
strongest carrier frequencies,
EM0:
MS
performs
no extended
survey The
even if the BSIC decoding
is successful.
EM1:
MS
must
send
the
extended
surveylevel
report should cover the receiving signal
Parameter
used
at the MS side. It belongs to the
report to the
network
and
the
successfully
decoded
BSIC
(if any);
extended
Type
II:
This
type
of
report
must
be
survey parameters and it is broadcastextended
to the
if all the frequency points for the extended
MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the interval
survey are located in the six strongest carrier
of
frequencies, the BSIC decoding is successful
extended
survey
System
sendssending
the
Parameter
used
atreport.
theallowed
MS
side.
and
the NCC
part
is
forSI13
survey. The
parameter
position
It
indicates
if this
cell
supports GPRS
(EDGE)
report
should
cover
the
signal
level
information
thereceiving
PSI5
message
when
indicates
thethrough
scheduling
position
of SI13
on
service.
and the successfully
decoded
BSIC;
Extended
BCCH.
If
selecting
"GPRS
supported",
Type
III: Use
this type
of report "EDGE
to report
measurement
is services.
EM1. SI13 can
SI13
related
to points
theorder
GPRS
supported"
or report
all theisfrequency
for the
extended
be
sent on
of
the following:
BCCHThe
Norm
"EGPRS2-A
supported",
relevant
sub-page
may
survey.
No either
BSIC
decoding
is necessary.
position.
In this
case, it
thesignal
BCCH
block
occur
report should
contain
theoccupies
receiving
level.
with
=the
4;interference
TC =at((FN
DIV
51) and
modthe
(8)).
in
theTC
interface.
Besides,
of each
carrier
A
parameter
used
the MS
side
FUN
BCCH
position.
In this case, it occupies one
frequency
be reported.
side. Extshall
fixed AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is sent with
System broadcasts to MS through PSI3 and SI13
low success rate on the BCCH Ext position,
messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates
because
if
SI13
has tothe
compete
with otherfunction
messages,
to support
SplitPgCycle
onsuch
as
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, for
CCCH.
delivery
Split_Pg_Cycle
means
the PACKET
This parameter
used
onsending
RLC/MAC
layer
of of
opportunity.
Foristhis
case,
the parameter
value
IMMEDIATE
BRP and
Access
Allowed Reserved Blocks must be set
ASSIGNMENT,
PACKET
PAGING
at MS side. System
broadcasts
to MSand
through
greater
PACKET
PSI1,
than
0.
Otherwise,
SI13
will
not
be
sent.
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages
PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet control
on
multiple
acknowledgment
blocks.
Parameter
usedthe
at default
the MSformat
side. Itfor
is broadcast
type indicates
MS to to
the
send PACKET CONTROL
MS
in the PSI13 and SI13 messages,
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
message. indicating
PriAcThr
the
priority
level
of at
MS
access
allowedtobythe
the
Parameter
used
thepacket
MS side.
It belongs
cell.
global power control and GPRS power control
as similar to the function of ACCESS CLASS.
Filter period
parameters,
in the
and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13
T_AVG_W
packet idle
and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the
Parameter
used at the MS side. It belongs to the
mode
filter
global
controlintensity
and GPRS
period power
of the signal
for power control in
Filter period
parameters,
the packet idle mode.
in packet
T_AVG_T
transmission
mode
filter
period of the signal intensity for power control in
the packet transmission mode.
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,

15.36, 30.72, 61.44,s
Yes/No
NC0, NC1, NC2
No non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48,

0.72, 0.96, 1.20, 1.44, 1.92,s
EM0, EM1
Type1, Type2, Type3
60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920,

3840, 7680, s
Don't support GPRS, Support

GPRS, Support EDGE
BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
Yes/No
4 access bursts, RLC/MAC

control block
No package access, Allow
priority 1, Allow priority 1-2,
Allow priority 1-3, Allow
priority 1-4, Allow priority
0 ~ 31
(0: The filter period is 2(0/2)/6
multiframes; 1: The filter period
is 2(1/2)/6 multiframes;
25: The filter period is 2(25/2)/6
0multiframes
~ 31
; The filter period
(0:
The filtermultiframes),
period is 2(0/2)/6
is 2(25/2)/6
s
multiframes; 1: The filter period
is 2(1/2)/6 multiframes;
25: The filter period is 2(25/2)/6
multiframes; 26~31:
Reserved)s
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PS power
control
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
This parameter belongs to global power control

and
is used at MS side. It belongs to the global power
control parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS
PSI4
in
sending
Psi4Send
the PSI1 message. This parameter indicates if the
mark
Parameter
usedmessage
at the MS
side. It belongs
optional PSI4
is broadcasted.
Thisto the
global
power control and GPRS power control
message
Power
parameters,
contains a list of channels that interferes with the
control
PcMeasCha and
it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13
survey.
measuremen n
t channel
position
where
downlink
power
strength
Parameter
usedthe
at the
MS side.
It belongs
to is
the
surveyed
for
uplink power control.
Power
parameters,
control
Alpha
parameter
and SI13 messages. This parameter determines
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the
the
MS transmission power control Alpha.
Filter
parameters,
constant of
N_AVG_I
power
and SI13 messages. This parameter is a filter
control
constant
This
used
for the uplink
open
loop
used parameter
to optimizeisthe
interference
signal
intensity
Receive
power
control.
MS uses GCH parameter for
in
power
control.
Power
calculating uplink transmission power, based
Strength
SS_BTS
on the following formula:
from MS
GCH = G0 -PBTS -SSb -48
Needed
This parameter determines
uplink power
decides the GPRS
SSb parameter.
Uplink
control
power
ULPWCTR strategy, including the following four modes:
control
L
uncontrolled, open-loop control, close-loop
strategy
control,
This parameter determines GPRS downlink
based on quality control.
power
Downlink
control strategy, including the following four
Power
DLPWCTR
modes:
Control
L
This parameteropen-loop
determines
the BTS
downlink
uncontrolled,
control,
close-loop
strategy
power
control,
control
BTS
has two power control modes:
based onmode.
quality
control.
Downlink
A
Power
PwCtrlMod
and B. Mode A may be used for any allocation
Control
e
mode,
Mode
The
selection
MSfixed
depends
whilecell
mode
B can and
onlyreselection
be used forofthe
This
determines
GPRS
power to
control
on
theparameter
C1 and C2
parameters,
according
the
allocation
precision,
definition
in
the
GSM
specification.
Network
Power
mode.
This parameter
an optional
downlink
power
which
describesisnominal
output
power and
Control
PwCtrlLev carriers
control
power
control
precision
(dB)
sent
by MS under
decide
if
to
use
C2
as
the
cell
reselection
Level
parameter
each
parameter. contained in assignment message. If
P0
exists,
power
control
is used. Otherwise,
power
control
level.
Additional
reselection
parameter
indication it is
Power
not used. The value of Power descending of
is to notify MS if C2 criterion is adoptable
descending
PDCH
during the cell reselection.
of PDCH to P0
to
BCCH
in a modethrough
can notRIL3_RR
be modified
in
System
broadcasts
SYSTEM
BCCH in A
packet
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages
mode
transmission
mode unless re-assignment or new
to MS in
attached
assignment
This
parameter
used
process
on BRP.
the cell.
It is oneisof
the for
cellglobal
selection
parameters.
reselection
is established
and
such an assignment does
System
Information
AddResPI2 Packet
The values
are as
follows: Send Speed indicates
parameter
not
contain
PDCH
of any
previous
assignment.
if
various
types
of cell
PSI
messages
are
sent at high
Yes:
MS takes
off
reselection
parameter
indication
rate.
There
is limited packet
messages
PI and
the parameters
relatedsystem
to computing
(16)
sent the
at high
rate, and
the Rest
number
of sent
C2 from
rest bytes
SI7/8
Octets
of
Packet
messages
of
each type variesTYPE
depending
on the
SYSTEM
INFORMATION
7
or
8.
System
SendSpeed length
the message.
Therefore
the user can
No: MSofshould
obtain the
PI parameter
Information
only
settoapproximate
requirements
for sending
related
the
cell
reselection
and
parameters
Send Speed
rate
of each
system
message type.
related
to
the
C2
calculation
from
the
rest
This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs
this
Before
sending
the message,
the global process
octets
of
the
SYSTEM
INFORMATION
TYPE4
parameter
dynamically
the sending rate of each
message
(SI4specifies
Rest
Octets).
Link error
to BTS through
O&M
message, explaining
RLTimeout packet
system
message
type BTS
according
to
theTYPE
user
Generally,
system
information
TYPE
and
counter
measurement counter while
can't7correctly
requirement
and the
limitation.
8decode
are rarely used,
thissystem
parameter
must be set
as
No,data.
otherwise some MS (for example NEC)
GPRS
Parameters
by FUC
BTS side. The
are not ableused
to access
the at
network.
PRACH
interval of
OverLoad
OvLoadPer PRACH overload period reported by BTS and
Report
informed
Period
by BSC.
Yes/No
BCCH, PDCH
0 ~ 10
(Assuming the parameter of MS
transmission power control is
(), 0: = 0.0; 1: = 0.1;
10: = 1.011~15 = 1.0)
0 ~ 15
0 ~ 63
(0: -110 dBm; 1: -109 dBm;
63: -47 dBm)
No control, Open-loop control,
Close-loop control, Control
based on quality
No control, Open-loop control,
Close-loop control, Control
based on quality
A, B
0 ~ 31,dB
0 ~ 15
(0: P0=0 dB; 1: P0=2 dB
15: P0=30 dB)
Yes/No
Yes/No, 9 types (PSI2, PSI3,

PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13,
PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater)
0 ~ 100
0 ~ 255, s
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
BTS uses this parameter. PRACH channel

PRACH
overload is one of the reasons for overload
Receiving
control. The busy ratio of random access burst
signal level
PrachBusyT decides the PRACH overload.
threshold
FUC
on BTS
uses
this parameter
If a bursts
level
exceeds
the valueinformation.
specified byIt
BTS
usesoverload
this parameter.
It indicates
the bursts
for busy
indicates
threshold
PCCCH
PRACH receive
signal
level in
threshold,
the burst
number
burst
(PRACH,
Average
is
considered
as
a
busy
burst.
Paging
message
buffer
is
overloaded
threshold
on
PRACH.
PRACH
overloads
if
PPCH)
threshold.
Thischannel
parameter
is an
array
measuring
for
receiving
with
3
elements,
in
the
unit
of
%.
bursts
MeaAvgSlot packet paging channel PPCH. The judgment
signal
levels of AvgSlots
BPs arebuffer
loweristhan
PccchIndTh[0]:
paging message
number on
scheme
PrachBusyT.
overloaded
for
packet
paging
channel
PPCH. Its
PRACH
is
asafollows:
i. Calculate
the
message
It
is
parameter
usedisbytoBTS.
The BTS
needs to
decision
mechanism
firstpaging
calculate
paging
Buffer
buffer
be
synchronized
whencorresponding
modifying thetoparameter.
message
body buffer
one
threshold of PccchIndTh corresponding to a paging channel. ii. Divide the
paging channel, then message total quantity
paging
_0
message number stored in the buffer by the
saved in this buffer divided by maximum storage
message
maximum
Queue
to gain a percentage, multiplied by 100, then
storage
amount.
iii. threshold,
Multiply the
length
compared
with this
if itobtained
exceeds
percentage
threshold in
it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh by 100. Compare the result with the threshold.
64
PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overload
_1
If the result exceeds the threshold, then the
multiframe
threshold of packet paging channel. Its decision
overload
canquantity
Total
block
this PRACH
paging
mechanism
isbe
to decided.
firston
accumulate
the divided
messageby
0 ~ 63
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm ~
-109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ -108
dBm; 62: -49 dBm ~ -48
dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
0 ~ 100
0 ~ 100, %
0 ~ 100, %
busy
ready to issue in buffer queue for each paging
blocks
on a then
PRACH,
multiplied
by 100, then
group pair,
divided
by accumulation
of
PccchIndTh
compared
maximum storage in buffer queue corresponding 0 ~ 100, %
_2
with
thispaging
threshold,
if itmultiplied
exceeds this
threshold, it
to each
group,
by 100,
will
compared
with this
threshold,
if it exceeds
the
This parameter
indicates
if to support
extended
be
considered
as be
overload.
threshold,
it
will
considered
as
overload;
paging.
Extended
PccchIndTh[2]:
overload
threshold.
Extended
pagingPRACH
means that
MS still
can receive
paging
EpageMode Its decision mechanism is to first divide total
Yes/No
and analyze the message within 3 intervals after
supported
blocks
quantity of this PRACH by busy blocks
the
on
a PRACH,
multiplied
by 100,
compared
blocks
indicated
by its paging
group.
with this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold,
Calculating
This
is usedasbyoverload.
FUC at BTS side,
it willparamter
be considered
period of
LoadPer
describing
0 ~ 16, s
load on
period to calculate PPCH channel load.
PPCH
0 ~ 15s
(0: PSI1 repeat period is 1
This paramter is used by FUC at BTS side,
PSI1 send PSI1REPPE
multiframe; 1: PSI1 repeat
describing
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the period is 2 multiframes;
period
R
period to calculate PPCH channel load.
GPRS cell option parameters, and it is broadcast 15: PSI1 repeat period is 16
to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13 messages, multiframes)
indicating if to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst
Access
in PRACH, PTCCH/U and the PACKET
AccessType Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted 8 bits, 11 bits
burst type
CONTROL
to MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS
ACKNOWLEDGEMNT
system, C32 is used as the message.
standard for cell
The
main difference
two types
reselection.
Similar tobetween
the C2 the
standard
in GSM,
is that the 11-bit access burst can take more
there is a cell reselection offset parameter (ReselOff)
0 ~ 31
Reselection
content than the 8-bit access burst.
ReselOff_0 for
calculation
of
the
C32
standard.
When
the
offset
(0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; 22:
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS on
offset 0
represented by this parameter is 0dB, it need not +12 dB; 31: +48 dB), 2dB
PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as
be indicated in the packet system message.
the standard for cell reselection. Similar to the
This parameter indicates the parameters used
C2 standard in GSM, there is a cell reselection
during
reselection(ReselOff)
on idle status,
which onlyof the 0 ~ 31
Reselection
offset parameter
for calculation
ReselOff_1 functions
(0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; 22:
while
configuring
PBCCH.
Parameter
used
at
the
MS
side.
It
is broadcasted
Offset 1
C32 standard. When the offset represented
by
+12 dB; 31: +48 dB), 2dB
to
via system
message
by not
BTS.
the GPRS
thisMS
parameter
is 0dB,
it need
beInindicated
system,
C32
is
used
as
the
standard
for
cell
in the packet system message.
reselection.
Similar
to thethe
C2parameter
standard in
GSM,
This parameter
indicates
used
Reselection
TempOffset there
a temporary
parameter
TempOffset0102030405060
duringisreselection
inoffset
transmission
state.
temporary
_0
for calculation of the C32 standard and it provides unlimiteddB
Parameter used at the MS side. Inform MS
offset 1
the
C32 standard
a negative
on PACCH.
In thewith
GPRS
system, offset.
C32 is used
This
indicates
the parameters
used
as theparameter
standard for
cell reselection.
Similar
to
during
reselection
on
idle
status,
which
only
Reselection
the C2 standard in GSM, there is a temporary
0102030405060
TempOffset functions while configuring PBCCH.
temporary
offset parameter TempOffset for calculation
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted unlimiteddB
_1
offset 2
of
the C32
standard
and it provides
C32
to MS
via system
message
by BTS. the
In the
GPRS
standard with a negative offset.
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
This parameter indicates the parameter used
Penalty time
reselection. There is a temporary offset in C32
0 ~ 31
during reselection in transmission state.
of cell
PenalTime_ that provides a negative offset, similar to C2
(0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; 1: 320 s)
reselection 0
in GSM system. The effective time depends
, 10s
1
on PenalTime of cell reselection.
during reselection on idle status, which only
functions while configuring PBCCH.
period
PRACH
overload
threshold
ratio
PBCCH
related
Penalty time
of cell
PenalTime_
reselection 1
2
PBCCH
related
Interval of
reselecting
the same
cell 1
T_RESEL_
0
PBCCH
related
Interval of
reselecting
the same
cell 2
T_RESEL_
1
PBCCH
related
Threshold
of HSC
HCS_THR_
signal level 0
1
PBCCH
related
Threshold
of HSC
HCS_THR_
signal level 1
2
PBCCH
related
HCS
Priority 1
PrioClass_0
PBCCH
related
HCS
Priority 2
PrioClass_1
PBCCH
related
C31
C31_HYST
hysteresis 1 _0
PBCCH
related
C31
C31_HYST
hysteresis 2 _1
PBCCH
related
GPRS cell
reselection ReselHys_0
hysteresis 1
PBCCH
related
GPRS cell
reselection ReselHys_1
hysteresis 2
PBCCH
related
Routing
RaReselHys
reselection
_0
hysteresis 1
PBCCH
related
Routing
RaReselHys
reselection
_1
hysteresis 2
PBCCH
related
Random
access
RadAcRetry
attempt
_0
permitted 1

PACCH. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the
standard for cell reselection. There is a temporary
0 ~ 31
offset in C32 that provides a negative offset,
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted to (0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; 1: 320 s)
similar
to
C2
in
GSM
system.
The
effective
time
MS via system message by BTS. When MS performs
, 10s
depends
on PenalTime
of cellabnormal
reselection.
a cell reselection
that causes
release of
This
parameter
indicates
the
parameter
used
this cell, it is not allowed to reselect this cell again
within
the T_RESEL
unless
there
no other
Parameter
used at theperiod,
MS side.
Inform
MSison
5101520306012
cells
for
selection.
When
the
time
represented
PACCH. When MS performs a cell reselectionby 0300,s
this parameter is the default value (5s), it does not
that
need to be broadcast to the MS in the PSI3 message.
causes abnormal release of this cell, it is not
allowed
during
reselection
idlewithin
status,the
which
only
5101520306012
to reselect
this cellon
again
T_RESEL
functions
whilethere
configuring
PBCCH.
period, unless
is no other
cells for selection. 0300,s
When
the time
by this
parameter
Parameter
usedrepresented
at the MS side.
It belongs
to
is
the
default
value
(5s),
it
does
not
need
to bevia 0 ~ 63
HCS parameter, which is broadcasted
to MS
broadcast
to the MS
in theIt PSI3
message.
system message
by BTS.
indicates
the HCS
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm ~
signal strength threshold of the cell.
-109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ -108
dBm; 62: -49 dBm ~ -48
dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs
0 ~ 63
to HCS parameter, which is informed to
(0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm ~
MS on PACCH. It indicates the HCS signal
-109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ -108
strength threshold of the cell.
dBm; 62: -49 dBm ~ -48
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs
dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
during
reselection
in
transmission
state.
to HCS parameter, which is broadcasted to
MS via system message by BTS. It specifies
the HCS priority
theMS
cell.
Parameter
used atofthe
side. It is broadcasted 0 ~ 7
This
indicates
used
to MSparameter
via system
messagethebyparameters
BTS.
during
reselection
on idlelocation
status, which
only
MS
needs
to go through
updating
process
Parameter
used at
theinMS
Itofbelongs
to HCS
functions
while
configuring
PBCCH.
after cell reselection
theside.
case
GPRS cell
parameter,
which
informed
MS
onMS
PACCH.
Parameter
atis
the
MS cell
side.to
Inform
on cell
reselection,used
if the
original
and
destination
It
the HCS
priority
the cell.
PACCH.
arespecifies
in different
locations.
C32ofvalues
obtained at 0 ~ 7
This
parameter
the parameter
used
MS
needs
to go
through
location
updating
the boundary
forindicates
two adjacent
cells
are different
during
reselection
in transmission
process
because
of used
fading
radio
channel.to
Parameter
at characteristic
the
MS side. Itofisstate.
broadcasted
after
cell MS
reselection
incell
the frequently.
case
GPRS
cellindicates
It
causes
to select
MS
through
system
message
by of
BTS,
which
reselection,
theparameter
original
cell
andreselections
destination
cell
The
intervalifbetween
the two
cell
if CellReselHys
functions
on C31 standard.
are
inparameter
different
locations.
C32
values obtained
at Yes/No
of
MS
is not less
than 15 the
s.
However,
15used
s
This
indicates
parameters
the
boundary
for two
cells
are different
is
extremely
short
time
in terms
ofwhich
location
during
reselection
on adjacent
idle
status,
only
because
fading
characteristic
channel.
updating.
This
increases
signaling
flow
onto
the
Parameter
used
at
the MSthe
side.
Itofisradio
informed
functionsofwhile
configuring
PBCCH.
It
causes
MS causes
to select
cellresources
frequently.
network
and
to the
be fully
MS
on PACCH
and radio
specifies
if to use
The
interval
betweenitthe
two cellcall
reselections
utilized.
In addition,
decreases
completion
parameter
Yes/No
of
MS
lesson
than
15
s.
However,
15 sto
rate
of is
thenot
system,
as
cannot
respond
CellReselHys
theMS
C31
standard.
is
extremely
time update.
inthe
terms
of location
paging
duringshort
location
This
parameter
indicates
parameter
used
updating.
This increases
signaling
flow onCell
the
GSM
athe
specific
parameter,
duringspecification
reselection
insets
transmission
state.
network
andHysteresis
causes radio
resources
to bethis
fully
Reselecting
(CRH),
to solve
problem.
utilized.
In addition,
it decreases
callaccording
completion
MS will activate
the cell
reselection
to this
02468101214,
rate
of the only
system,
as MS
cannotlevel
respond
to
parameter
when
the signal
of adjacent
dB
paging
during
location
update.
cell (whose
location
zone
is different from that of
GSM
specification
specific
parameter,
Cell
local cell)
is greatersets
thana that
of local
cell, and
Reselecting
Hysteresis
(CRH), to
solve
meanwhile the
value difference
must
bethis
greater
problem.
02468101214,
than that required by the parameter.
Parameter
used
atthe
thecell
MSreselection
side.
It is broadcasted
MS
will activate
according
to dB
Increase
cell reselection
parameters
of adjacent
to
MSwith
through
system
message
by BTS.
this
cells
different
LAC.
Signaling
trafficThis
overload
parameter
specifies
extra
hysteresis
used in
only
the demand
signal
level
of adjacent
often occurs
duewhen
to large
ofvalue
services.
selecting
a used
cell
in
routing
area
whenthat
MS
cell
(whose
location
from
When
the
adjacent
cells
indifferent
different
location
Parameter
at another
thezone
MS is
side.
It is
informed
toof
is
in IDLE
orgreater
BUSY
mode.
When
thiscell,
parameter
02468101214,
local
cell)
is
than
that
of
local
and
areas
have
large
overlapped
coverage,
it
is
MS
has
the same
value
asdifference
CellReselHys,
itgreater
does not dB
meanwhile
value
must be
suggested
tothe
increase
the
CRH
parameter.
on PACCH.
This
parameter
specifies
extra
need
to be
broadcast
the
PSI3
message.
than
that
required
by in
the
parameter.
If the
adjacent
cells
with
different
LACs are
hysteresis
This
indicates
the parameters
used
Increase
cell
adjacent
poor
inused
overlapped
coverage,
that
is,ofthere
valueparameter
inreselection
selecting
a parameters
cell
in
another
routing
Parameter
used
atorthe
MS
side. Itplace
is traffic
broadcasted
during
reselection
on
idle
status,
which
only
cells
with
different
LAC.
Signaling
is
coverage
gap,
the
adjacent
is
an
area when MS is in IDLE or BUSY mode. When
to
MS through
system
message
by BTS,
02468101214,
functions
while
configuring
PBCCH.
overload
area
slow
moving
objects
such as the
this with few
which
indicates
if
MS
is allowed
to
attempt
to
dB
often
occurs
due
to
large
demand
of
services.
expressway,
the
CRH
parameter
should
be
set
parameter
has the
same
value as CellReselHys,
access
(if~cells
any).
the adjacent
different
location
as
1 ~ 3another
(that
is,cell
2dB
6dBinfor
the CRH
level).
it When
If
there
is abnormal
release
the packet
areas
have
large
overlapped
coverage,
it used
is
This
thein
parameters
does parameter
not
need
toindicates
be broadcast
in the PSI3
transmission,
the MS
will
discard
all running
suggested
to increase
the CRH
parameter.
during reselection
on idle
status,
which
only
message.
TBFs.
Ifadjacent
MS
is allowed
to access
other
cells,areit
If the
cells with
LACs
functions
while
configuring
PBCCH.
Yes/No
This
parameter
indicates
thedifferent
parameter
used
should
perform
abnormal
cell that
reselection,
poor
inreselection
overlapped
coverage,
is,
there and
during
in
transmission
state.
establish
TBF
after
initializing
cell.
If there
is
coverage
gap,
or the
adjacentnew
place
is an
are
the MS
cannot
areaother
with suitable
few slowcells,
moving
objects
suchreselect
as the
the
original cell
withinparameter
T_RESELshould
seconds.
expressway,
the CRH
be set
This
thefor
parameters
as 1 ~parameter
3 (that is,indicates
2dB ~ 6dB
the CRHused
level).
during
reselection
on idlethe
status,
which used
only
This parameter
indicates
parameter
PBCCH
related
Random
access
RadAcRetry
attempt
_1
permitted 2
PBCCH
related
Usage of
cell
reselection
offset 1
C32_QUAL
_0
PBCCH
related
Usage of
cell
reselection
offset 2
C32_QUAL
_1
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
GPRS
access
minimum
signal level
1
GPRS
access
minimum
signal level
2
RxLevAsMi
n_0
RxLevAsMi
n_1
PBCCH
related
Priority
threshold
PRIO_THR
PBCCH
related
HCS exist 1
HCS_EXIS
T_0
PBCCH
related
HCS exist 2
HCS_EXIS
T_1
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
GPRS
MAX initial
access
signal level
1
GPRS
MAX initial
access
signal level
2
MsTxMaxC
ch_0
MsTxMaxC
ch_1
PBCCH
related
LSA Mark
PBCCH
related
LSA Offset LSA_Offset
PBCCH
related
PAGCH
reserved
blocks
PagBlkRes
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
reserved
blocks
PbcchBlks
LSA_Id
Parameter used at the MS side. It is informed to

MS on PACCH, which indicates if MS is allowed
to
attempt to access another cell (if it exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet
transmission, the MS will discard all running
TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells, it
Yes/No
should perform abnormal cell reselection, and
establish TBF after initializing new cell. If there
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted to
are
suitable
cells,
the MS
reselect
MSother
through
system
message
bycannot
BTS, which
indicates
the
within T_RESEL
if tooriginal
use the cell
exceptional
rule whenseconds.
adopting ReselOff.
Yes/No
This
parameter
parameters
used
Parameter
used indicates
at the
MSthe
side.
It isstate.
broadcasted
during reselection
in transmission
during
reselection
on
idle
status,
which
only
to MS via system message by BTS.
functions
configuring
PBCCH.
It
indicateswhile
the minimum
for the
Parameter
used
at
the MSreceiving
side.
It islevel
informed
MS
to
access
the
GPRS
system.
To prevent
the
to the MS on PACCH, and it specifies
if to use
MS
from
accessing
the
system
at
a
low
receiving
the
exceptional
rule
for
ReselOff.
Yes/No
signal
level
(usually,
the
poor
communication
quality
This
parameter
indicates
the
parameter
used
PACCH.
cannot
guarantee normal
communications
after
during
reselection
in transmission
It indicates
the minimum
receivingstate.
level for the
accessing) and from unreasonably wasting radio 0 ~ 63
MS to access the GPRS system. To prevent the
sources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM (0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm ~
MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
system
that the
receiving
levelcommunication
be more than a
-109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ -108
signal level
(usually,
the poor
threshold
quality level for MS to access the network, that dBm; 62: -49 dBm ~ -48
is, Min RxLev Needed (the minimum receiving dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
cannot guarantee normal communications after
0 ~ 63
level that allows MS to access the cell).
accessing) and from unreasonably wasting radio
In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS (0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm ~
sources of the network, it is stipulated in the
to
make the cell selection and the cell reselection -109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ -108
GSM
dBm; 62: -49 dBm ~ -48
(a
parameter
to receiving
calculate C31
C32).than a
system that the
leveland
be more
System
broadcasts
the parameter
information
This parameter
indicates
the parameters
used to dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
threshold
level
for
MS
to
access
the
network,
that
MS
is,
Min RxLev
Needed
(the
minimum
receiving
through
SI4,
SI6
and SI7
messages.
This
functions
while
configuring
PBCCH.
Parameter
used at
thetoMS
side.
This
parameter
061218243036
level
that
allows
MS
access
the
cell).
parameter
Parameter
theone
MS
It
is broadcasted
belongs
to used
Hierarchical
Cell
Structure
(HCS)
and unlimited,dB
In
addition,
it is at
also
ofside.
the
standards
for MS
relates
to GPRS
access
minimal
signal level
in
to
message
by BTS.
broadcasted
to MS
via system
message
by BTS.
to MS
makevia
thesystem
cell
selection
and
the
cell reselection
calculation
The
transmission
power of
MS
is controlled
by
This
parameter
theand
HCS
parameters
(a
parameter
to indicates
calculate
C31
C32).
Parameter
used
at the MSif
side.
Inform
MS on
of
C4
standard.
the
network
during
its communications
with
BTS.
(PriorityClass
and
HCSTHr)
exist
in
the
cell.
This
parameter
indicates
the
parameter
used
PACCH.
Parameter used at the MS side. This parameterIf
The
network
controls
the
MS
power
by
the
power
the
local
cell
does
not
use
HCS
parameters,
during
reselection
in
transmission
state.
The
transmission
powerCell
of MS
is controlled
belongs
to Hierarchical
Structure
(HCS)by
and Yes/No
command
and
the MS
must
thewill
transmission
the
parameters
otheruse
cells
also
the
network
during
itsofcommunications
withbeBTS.
be HCS
power
specified
by thethe
network
as
itsHCS
output
power.
ignored,
that
is, all
cells
theparameter
signal
The
network
controls
MSuse
power
by
the
power
informed
to MS
on PACCH.
This
If
the MSthreshold
cannot
output
thatuse
power
value,
it will
strength
of infinity.
command
and
the
MS
must
the
transmission
indicates
use the
power that
is closest
the specified
This
indicates
the to
parameters
used
power
specified
by the (PriorityClass
network
as its and
output
if theparameter
HCS
parameters
value
asreselection
its transmission
power.
during
on
idle
status,
which
only
power.
HCSTHr)
Yes/No
This
is output
also a parameter
for cell itselection
functions
PBCCH.
If
theparameter
MS
cannot
thatcell
power
exist
in
thewhile
cell. configuring
If the local
doesvalue,
not usewill
HCS
and
reselection
by
MS,
involved
in
calculation
of
use
the power
is closest
to the
parameters,
thethat
HCS
parameters
ofspecified
other cells
C1
andasC2
values.
If this power.
parameter is set too
value
its
transmission
will
also
be
ignored,
that
is,
all
the
cells
the
large, the MS near BTS will interfere
theuse
adjacent
This
is alsothreshold
a parameter
for cell
HCS parameter
signal strength
of infinity.
channels.
If it is too small, the MS at the cell
selection
0 ~ 31
boundaries
will by
have
low
access success
rate. of
and
reselection
MS,
involved
instate.
calculation
during
reselection
in
transmission
To
observe
following
principle:
Under the
C1 set
andit,C2
values.the
If this
parameter
is set too
precondition
that
the
MS
at
the
cell
boundary
is
large, the MS near BTS will interfere the adjacent
guaranteed with certain access success rate, the MS
channels. If it is too small, the MS at the cell
access level should be reduced as much as possible.
boundaries will have low access success rate.
0 ~ 31
Generally,
it is recommended
toprinciple:
set
System
thefollowing
parameter
to this
MS parameter
inUnder
SI4,
To set it,broadcasts
observe
the
as
SI6,
the5 (for GSM900MS) and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
In
actual
application,
after
SI7,
and PSI3
messages
ofatthe
serving
Inis set,is
precondition
that
the MS
theparameter
cellcell.
boundary
make
a
dial
test
at
the
cell
boundary,
and
test MS
addition,
guaranteed with certain access success rate, the
access
success
ratethe
andparameter
access time
with different
system
broadcasts
information
in
0 ~ 16777215
MS
parameter
if much
to increase
PSI3
access levelsettings
shouldtobedetermine
reduced as
as or
decrease
themessages
value of
parameter.
System
broadcasts
thethe
parameter
information
and
Psi3bis
of
the
neighboring
cells.to
possible.
This
parameter
indicates
the
parameters
Parameter
at the MS side.
belongs
to
MS
LSA
Generally, used
it is recommended
toItset
this used
during
reselection
on SI7
idlemessages.
status,
only
the
PCCCH
parameters,
and
it is
through
SI4, organization
SI6 and
This
ID
specifies
LSA
identifier
of thewhich
cell.
parameter
04816243248
functions
while
PBCCH.
broadcast
to the configuring
MS in and
the PSI1
parameter
as 5 (for GSM900MS)
2 (formessage.
GSM1800MS). 64
This
parameter
indicates
the
number
of
blocks
defines
the
offset
value
for
LSA
reselection
In actual application, after the parameter is set,
where
packet
nor PBCCH
can MS
between
make
aneither
dialused
test
at the
thepaging
cell side.
boundary,
and test
Parameter
at
MS
It belongs
to the
appear
in with
a 52-frame
multiframe.
Onwith
these
two
cells
the
same
LSA priority.
access
success
rateparameters,
and
access
time
different
PCCCH
structure
and
it is broadcast
blocks,
parameter
settings
to determine
if to increase
or
to the MS in
the PSI1
message. This
parameter
only
PAGCH,
PDTCH
and
PACCH can appear. 0 ~ 10
decrease
the
of of
the
parameter.
indicates
the value
number
blocks
assigned as
The
UPLINK
message
will be
This
parameter ASSIGNMENT
indicates the parameter
used
PBCCH
sent
in reselection
priority on these
fixed blocks
to speed
during
in
transmission
state.
in a 52-frame multiframe (altogether 12 blocks).
up establishment of the uplink TBF.
PBCCH blocks are used at the same time by the
After sending the channel request on PRACH
packet system messages sent at high rate and
0, 1, 2, 3
channel, MS waits for the uplink assignment
low rate. A message that is sent at high rate has
message
on
all
PCCCH
channels
of
the
same
higher priority. This parameter must be
timeslot as the PRACH channel.
configured
together with the PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD
parameter
in the PSI1 message to ensure that the block
resources are available for the packet system
messages, sent both at high and low rates.
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
PBCCH
related
Not valid
Not valid
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the

PRACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to
Parameter
usedPSI1
at the
MS side.
belongs
the MS in the
message.
In Itestablishment
of
to
a the PCCCH organization parameters, and it
is
broadcast MS
to the
MS inwill
thesend
PSI1the
message.
connection,
usually
channel
This parameter indicates the number of fixed
request
PRACH
blocks reserved
forthe
theMS
PRACH
in the
at
side. channel
message inused
the PRACH
channel
to the network.
reserved
PrachBlks Parameter
PDCH
channel
that
bears control
PCCCH.
It
belongs
to
the
PRACH
parameters,
and
As
PRACH
is
an
ALOHA
channel,
to
improve
blocks
These
blocks must
identified
by USF
=
it
to thebeMS
in the PSI1
message.
theis broadcast
FREE.
In
establishment
of access,
a connection,
MS usually
Interval
success
rate of MS
the network
allows
MS
can use this parameter or USF = FREE to
will
range of
MS send the channel request message in the
carry
out channel
the PRACH
PRACH
to theassignment.
network.
packet
TxInt
to send multiple
channel
request messages before
As
PRACHthe
is packet
an ALOHA
channel,
to improve
access
it receives
assignment
message.
If MS
the
attempt
does not get any response for the previous
Interval
success
channel rate of MS access, the network allows the
period of
MS
to send
multiple
channel
messages
request
message,
it can
resendrequest
a channel
request
packet
S
before
receiving
the packet
assignment
message.
message
after waiting
for a random
period.
Parameter
used at the
MS side.
It belongs
to the
access
When
channel
request
message
Intervalthe previous
PRACH
controlaccess
parameters,
and
broadcast
attempt
is
not responded,
MS will
wait
foritused
aisrandom
range
of packet
attempt
is
to
to
the MS
in the PSI1
message.
indicating
the
period
to re-send
the channel
request
message.
determine
Parameter
used
at random
the
MS
side.
Itwaiting
belongs
to the
maximum
attempts
ofthe
random
access
allowed
on
S decides
random
time.
the time length
of
waiting.
It is
the
MAX Times
control
parameters,
andpriorities
it istimeslot
broadcast
MaxRetrans PRACH
for
the MSs
with
radio
1 ~ 4.
It
is
used
to
calculate
the
minimum
number
of Attempt
to
MS
in theisPSI1
message.
networkThe
This
parameter
an array
with
4The
elements.
number
between
two
channel
requests.
of the
delay
timeslot
randomly
connected.
sets
level threshold
I (I = 1,
2, 3, attempt
4) for
first
Bothainterval
range ofPpacket
access
MS
ofelement
variouscorresponds
radio priorities.
array
to maximum number
(TxInt)
Access
For
each
attempt
of of
packet
access,
MS
of
allowed
forpacket
radio
priority
1.abstracts
andattempts
Interval
period
access
attempt
(S) a
Persist
PersistLev random
value
R with even
distribution
probability
commonly
determine
access
time.
System broadcasts
thisrandom
parameter
to MS
in SI4,
Level
from
SI6, the set {0, 1 15}. System allows MS to
initiate
attempt of
access
only when
and SI7an
messages.
In packet
addition,
the parameter
P I is lower than or equal to R.
information
Allow
This parameter is an array with 4 elements.
is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of
SOLSA MS EXC_ACC The first element corresponds to the access and
local and neighboring cells. The network uses
to access
persisting
level of radio priority 1.
Allow
0 ~ 15
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14,

16, 20, 25, 32, 50
12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109,

163, 217s
1, 2, 4, 7
4bits;0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Yes/No
SOLSA MS to access to prevent MS from

8PSK
residing in
modulating
Tn7LowerL the cell.
power
It indicates 8PSK modulating power attenuation le 050,0.2dB
evel
attenuation
level
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended
Value for Network
Optimization
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
1800M

1800M
900M
1800M
Rural
Co-BCCH
900M
5588 2288
2288 2288 2288 2288 2288 2288 2288
1133 1133
1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133
Yes
Yes
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
No
No
Need to
enable
Need to enable
DTM:
DTM: choose Yes; choose Yes;
No need to enable No need to
DTM: choose No. enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
15
3
Need to
enable
Need to enable
EDGE
EDGE service:
service:
choose Yes;
choose Yes;
Only enable GPRS
Only enable
service: choose
GPRS
No.
service:
choose No.
12
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
No
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Need to
support PS
Need to support
preempting
PS preempting CS:
CS: choose
choose Yes;
Yes;
Need not to
Need not to
support PS
support PS
preempting CS:
preempting
choose No..
CS: choose
No..
No
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Need to support
PS preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Need to
Need to enable
enable
NACC: choose
NACC:
Yes;
choose Yes;
Need not to enable Need not to
Need
NACC: choose
enableto
Need
enable
No. to enable
NACC:
NACC: choose
NACC:
choose No.
Yes;
choose Yes;
Need not to enable Need not to
NACC: choose
enable
No.
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
No
No
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
Need
1920 not to
1920
support
support PS: choose
GPRS";
"Don't support
Only
GPRS";
support
Only support
GPRS:choo
GPRS:choose
se "Support
"Support GPRS";
GPRS";
Need to support
Need to
both GPRS and
support both
EDGE: choose
BCCH
GPRS and
BCCH Norm
"Support
EDGE". Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
RLC/MAC control
control
block
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
Allow
priority
Allow priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
1920
Dont
support
GPRS
BCCH
Norm
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
fferent Scenes
Wide Coverage
900M
Indoor Coverage/Tunnel
1800M
900M
1800M
Non-V2
80W sites:2,
2, 8, 8;
V2 80W
sites:5,
Non-V25, 8,
880W
Non-V2
80Wsites:2,
2, 8, 8;
5588 5588
V2 80W
sites:5,
Non-V25, 8,
880W
sites:11
33;
V2 80W
sites:11
11
sites::11
33;
V2 80W
sites:11
11
800
800
800
800
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Need to
enable
DTM:
choose Yes;
No need to
enable
DTM:
choose No.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2000
2000
2000
2000
1133 1133
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
32
32
32
32
1000
1000
1000
1000
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
3
Need to
enable
EDGE
service:
choose Yes;
Only enable
GPRS
service:
choose No.
12
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
No
No
No
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
Yes
Need to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preempting
CS: choose
No..
No
No
No
No
No
100
100
100
100
No
No
No
No
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
Need to
support PS
preemption:
choose Yes;
Need not to
support PS
preemption:
choose No.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
Need to
enable
NACC:
choose Yes;
Need not to
Need
enableto
enable
NACC:
NACC:
choose No.
choose Yes;
Need not to
enable
NACC:
choose No.
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
61.44
3.84
3.84
3.84
3.84
No
No
No
No
NC0
NC0
NC0
NC0
0.48
0.48
0.48
0.48
EM0
EM0
EM0
EM0
Type1
Type1
Type1
Type1
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Need not to
support PS:
choose
"Don't
1920
support
GPRS";
Only
support
GPRS:choo
se "Support
GPRS";
Need to
support both
BCCH
GPRS and
Norm
EDGE:
choose
"Support
EDGE".
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
RLC/MAC
control
block
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
Allow
priority
No
No
No
No
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
BCCH
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No control
No
No
No
No
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
63
63
63
63
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
No
No
No
No
10
10
10
10
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
8 bits
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
14
14
14
14
55
55
55
55
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
4, 4, 4, 4
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0
No
No
No
No
Performance Indicat
If value of the parameter is set too large, FBF establishment success rate will be affected, which
indirectly influences the coverage radius; if the parameter is set too small, the initial access rate
near BTS will be influenced, but the samll value may have positive effects on the relevant
indicators like accessibility, mobility and reliability and coverage rate. /Adjustment of EGPRS
coding scheme can be fexible and swift. Low coding mode may affect the initial access rate; it has
little
onisthe
rate
andestablishment
customer perception,
since
thebecoding
scheme
canindirectly
be raised
If theinfluence
parameter
setaverage
too high,
TBF
success rate
will
affected,
which
quickly;
and
it
may
help
increase
TBF
establishment
success
rate./Adoption
of
MAX
coding
influences the coverage radius;/ if the parameter is set too small, the initial access rate near BTS
scheme
is NOT recommended./For
V 2may
80Whave
sites,
only GPRS
enabled.indicators like
will be influenced,
but the samll value
positive
effectsservice
on theisrelevant
accessibility, mobility and reliability and coverage rate./It's proper to use CS2 in the initial access
coding scheme; adjustment is not needed. If there is no need to adopt CS3/4 in the field, this
parameter shall be set as 1, 1, 1, 1./ It's not recommended to set restriction to the use MAX coding
scheme./For V2 80W sites, CS3/4 is not supported.
Dynamic change of coding method should be permitted, which helps change coding methods
according to the radio environments,thus enable the users to use the most favorable coding method
during services and increase user's data throughput.
Dynamic change of coding method should be permitted, which helps change coding methods
according to the radio environments,thus enable the users to use the most favorable coding method
during services and increase user's data throughput.
We need to, on one hand ensure that the coding method does not change too frequently, and on the
other hand ensure the flexibility and balance of adjustment of coding method. /Improper setting of
weight may lead to improper adjustment of coding method, which may affect TBF establishment
success rate. /ZTE Default Value is comparatively suitable in the field, so adjustment of the default
value is NOT recommended.
If the parameter is set with a large value, the weight of the previous measurement report will be
increased, which makes the calcualted BEP more reliable; in addition, this may bring positive
effects to the indicators related to throughput. /If the parameter is set with a small value, it enables
in-time adjustment of coding method in case of sudden change in radio environment.
If the parameter is set with a large value, the weight of the previous measurement report will be
increased, which makes the calcualted BEP more reliable; in addition, this may bring positive
effects to the indicators related to throughput. /If the parameter is set with a small value, it enables
in-time
adjustment
casemeasurement
of sudden change
in radio
environment.
In one aspect,
modeof1,coding
2, 3 is method
to reportinMS
according
to timeslot.
When report based
on timeslot is adopted, omitted report or wrong report may occur to some terminals, which may
seriously influence the dynamic adjustment of coding method./ In another aspect, adoption of
mean_BEP and CV_BEP method is more reasonable. Therefore, we recommend the use of mode 0
and report based on TBF. If the terminals can report mean_BEP and CV_BEP correctly in the
tests, the indicators related to throughput will be positively affected. Therefore, mode 2 is
recommended
in such
case. supports one downlink PDTCH to schedule several uplink PDTCH,
Extended dynamic
allocation
which helps improve the uploading rate at EDA terminal (R4 or higher protocol terminals) and
provides better support for the services focusing on uplinks.
Setting of this parameter depends on the need on site. If there is no need to enable DTM, we may
set the parameter closed.
Setting the parameter to be 3 may sufficiently satisfy the common PS services like RAU and
ATTACH. Setting it with a larger number may slightly affect customer's perception of CS services.
For the demands which can not be satisfied with the max number of GTTP Lapdm frame, we may
With
this parameter
enabled,mode
we may
only adopt
the transmission
withrealize
TBF. the following fuctions: When the countdown
process starts and there is new data to be transmitted, there is no need to wait for the release of all
the current TBF and re-establish new uplink TBF, instead we may quickly restart the data
transmission and improve the uplink data rate. If there is downlink data to be transmitted during
the time of uplink extended TBF, we may directly establish downlink TBF on PACCH to shorten
If there are upper layer LLC frames to be transmitted before the expiration of the timer, we may
the time of downlink TBF establishment. / This parameter may help increase uplink and downlink
directly use the existing TBF to transmit the downlink data without having to establish new TBF,
throughput,
but
it may
negative
effects to time./
downlink
/ Onlythe
theTBF
as a result we
may
savebring
the TBF
establishment
The TBF
largerabnormal
the timerfailure
is set, rate.
the longer
terminals
that
support
R99
or
higher
versions
may
support
this
function.
-related esources (incl. TFI and timeslot) will be reserved; if the timer is set with a small value, it
will go against with the discontinuous transmission of downlink data. / When setting this
parameter, we should fully consider the traffic load of the cell. In the case of rich network
resources, this timer should be set with a larger value, in order to reduce the establishment time of
new TBF and the average uplink/downlink data transmission rate during the intermittent
uplink/downlink data transmission.
Accessibility
With this parameter enabled, we may realize the following fuctions: When the countdown
process starts and there is new data to be transmitted, there is no need to wait for the release of all
the current TBF and re-establish new uplink TBF, instead we may quickly restart the data
transmission and improve the uplink data rate. If there is downlink data to be transmitted during
the time of uplink extended TBF, we may directly establish downlink TBF on PACCH to shorten
the time of downlink TBF establishment. / When setting this parameter, we should fully consider
For
T3192/T3193,
thecell.
delay
cause
wasteresources,
of downlink
to some
the traffic
load of the
In strategy
the casemay
of rich
network
thisresource
timer should
be degree,
set with a
however,
before
T3192/T3193
the network
may
newthe
downlink
larger value,
in order
to reduce expires,
the establishment
time
of establish
new TBFaand
averageTBF and reduce
the
TBF establishment
time by directly
theintermittent
PACKET DOWNLINK
ASSIGNMENT
uplink/downlink
data transmission
rate sending
during the
uplink/downlink
data
message.
If T3192/T3193
network
maythe
only
establish TBF through
originating
paging
transmission.
/However, ifexpires,
the timethe
is set
too long,
uplink/downlink
TBF abnormal
failure
rate
messages
or the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT
(MS staying
suchsupport
case,
will be negatively
affected. / Only
the terminalsflow
that support
R99 in
or Ready
higher status);
versionsinmay
downlink
establishment
takesmode,
longerthe
time.
/ When settingT3192/T3193
, we should fully
this
function.
When
MSTBF
is under
the non-DRX
IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
can be
consider
traffic
load
of the cell.
In the
case of rich
network
timer should while
be set
sent on allthePCHs
and
AGCHs,
and the
assignment
process
onlyresources,
takes tens this
of milliseconds;
with
a
larger
value,
in
order
to
reduce
the
establishment
time
of
new
TBF
and
raise
data
being under the DRX mode, MS may only monitor paging messages on the home paging group
transmission
ratethe
andIMMEDIATE
downlink throughput.
/ Since T3193
is from
the parameter
at theblocks
network
and then receive
ASSIGNMENT
message
all the paging
andside,
the its
value
must
be
larger
than
that
of
T3192.
reserved AGCH blocks. The processing of receiving paging messages is long (due to the influence
from the settings of paging channel multiframes and the number of reserved AGCH blocks). /
On
one hand,
to increase
PanIncincreases
and PanMax
may lower
possibility of
However,
battery
consumption
whenand
MSdecrease
is under PanDec
the non-DRX
mode.the
/ It's
abnormal
TBF to
release
cell reselection
when value
MS fails
to receive
Packet
Uplink
Ack, but on the
recommended
set theand
parameter
with a larger
(26s),
in order
to raise
downlink
other
hand when
throughput
rate. the transmission window stops transmitting data, it makes MS continue to occupy
the radio resource, which causes low utilization rate of resources. It's recommended to avoid the
concurrence of abnormal TBF release and cell reselection. Set PanMax with the maximum value,
On
hand, towith
increase
PanInc and
PanMax
and decrease
PanDec
maydouble
lower that
the possibility
and one
set PanDec
the minimum
value,
and make
the value
of PanInc
of PanDec,of
abnormal
release and
when
to receive Packet Uplink Ack, but on the
simulatingTBF
the principle
of cell
RLTreselection
plus 2 minus
1 inMS
CSfails
service.
other hand when the transmission window stops transmitting data, it makes MS continue to occupy
concurrence of abnormal TBF release and cell reselection. Set PanMax with the maximum value,
On
hand, towith
increase
PanInc and
PanMax
and decrease
PanDec
maydouble
lower that
the possibility
and one
set PanDec
the minimum
value,
and make
the value
of PanInc
of PanDec,of
abnormal
release and
when
to receive Packet Uplink Ack, but on the
simulatingTBF
the principle
of cell
RLTreselection
plus 2 minus
1 inMS
CSfails
service.
other hand when the transmission window stops transmitting data, it makes MS continue to occupy
If there are downlink data to be transmitted before the expiration of the timer, we may directly
concurrence
of abnormal
TBF
releaseand
andrelease
cell reselection.
PanMax
the to
maximum
establish downlink
TBF on
PACCH
the uplinkSet
TBF
withoutwith
having
establishvalue,
new
and
set
PanDec
with
the
minimum
value,
and
make
the
value
of
PanInc
double
that
of PanDec,
downlink TBF through Pollling or Paging./ When there is no uplink data being transmitted,
to set
simulating the principle of RLT plus 2 minus 1 in CS service.
the timer with a larger value contributes to the establishment of downlink TBF and the
improvement of downlink throughput rate; however, this function is inferior to uplink extended
TBF, which means if there is uplink data to be transmitted before the timer expires, the system to
wait until the timer expires and then re-establish uplink TBF to transmit the uplink data, which
The
T3168
may affect/ TBF
establishmenttosuccess
the value of T3168 is
may value
affect of
uplink
throughput.
It's recommended
set the rate.
timer/ The
withsmaller
the default
set,
the shorter
is left
forthe
TBF
establishment,
thus the
lower TBF,
TBF establishment
success
rate
1000ms./
If the time
terminal
and
system
support uplink
extended
this timer becomes
invalid,
becomes
whenone
theofradio
is unfavorable;
conversely, the larger the value of T3168 is
because only
theseenvironment
two functions
may be enabled.
set, the longer period it takes MS to judge TBF establishment failure, and thus packet access delay
increases and the system performance deteriorates. / It's recommended to set this timer within the
MultislotClassGroup
in EGPRSaccording
Packet Channel
Request)///
If forced two-step access can not be
value range 1000ms2000ms
to the cell's
radio environment.
When
setting
this parameter,
we need
comprehensively
considerthe
thefield
definition
of BsCvMax,
adopted,
the uplink
access method
willtodepend
on MS. However,
application
effect shows
T3198
and N3104max.
/ For rate
BsCvMax,
if thewhen
extended
TBF is not
enabled, since
the new
that rate
that one-step
access success
is increased
this function
is enabled;
thedata
success
arrives
afteraccess
the timer
starts can
transmitted
in new
if the extended
TBF isEGPRS,
enabled,this
of one-step
is higher
thanonly
that be
of two-step
access,
forTBF;
the networks
that support
the
system
maypromote
recalculate
CVTBF
to have
the new data
that arrives
the timer
starts transmitted
in
function
helps
uplink
establishment
success
rate. / after
In addition,
EGPRS
channel
the
current
TBF. (channel
Therefore,
if this isparameter
setcarry
too large,
when the MS that does
not (please
support
request
is 11bits
request
8bits), it is
may
the MultislotClassGroup
of MS
extended
uplink
TBF
performs intermittent
uplink data, it has to re-establish uplink
refer to the
Annex
L (informative)
of 3GPP transmission
TS44. 060 forofdetails.).
TBF after CV=0 and the TBF is released and transmits the new data. / If this parameter is set too
small, TBF establishment success rate may be negatively affected. // Reasonable setting of this
parameter may promote the average transmission rate. / The reasonable setting of time length of
waiting for Packet Ack/Nack For T3198 may improve the window sliding of PS service. / For
As
a newly-added
function,
the realization
of its
algorithm
not considerately
yet. To set
N3104max,
when N3104
reaches
N3104max,
it restarts
theispacket
access flow.designed
If the contention
the
parameter
may
lead
to a decrease
TBF establishment
success
rate; but
resolution
has 0not
been
completed
afterin
thedownlink
packet access
has been restarted
4 times,
the itTBF
contributes
to improving
throughput
of download,
especially
the improvement
establishment
is regardedthe
as aaverage
failure.data
Reasonale
setting
of this parameter
maytoshorten
the
of
average throughput
rate and
of small
amount
of data
contention
resolution time
enable
MS restart
thedownloading.
packet access flow.
If the parameter's value is set too large, it may make the users unable to restart access attempt
during a long time, which will affect users' perception of service; if the parameter's value is set too
small, it may cause frequent failures of PDTCH application attempt during a short time (due to
PDTCH congestion or channel activation failure, etc.), which will affect the performance
indicators related to accessibility. / To set the parameter with a suitable large value may help to
If
the parameter
is TBF
set too
large, MS has
to waitrate.
for a long time before it receives the PACKET
increase
of uplink
establishment
success
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message. In such case, the MS may as well just return to the idle mode
and restart packet access attempt and improve users' perception. / If the parameter is set too small,
there may not be enough time left for MS to receive the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT
message, which may affect access success rate. / To set the parameter with a suitable large value
may help to increase of uplink TBF establishment success rate.
If the parameter is set too large, the access delay will be increased;/ if the parameter is set too
small, access success rate may drop. / It's reasonable to set the parameter with 10.
Setting the parameter with a large value may help to improve Polling success rate and thus lower
TBF abnormal failure rate.
If the parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink resources;/ if the
parameter is set too large, MS won't be able to send the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message in
time, which may further affect the transmission rate and result in abnormal TBF release./ Setting
the parameter with a reasonable value helps to improve the average transmission rate. / GPRS
window is fixed to be 64, which is easy to get stagnated, so this parameter shall not be set with a
large
If the value.
parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink resources;/ if the
the parameter with a reasonable value helps to improve the average transmission rate. / EDGE
window is larger than that of GPRS, so this parameter can be set with a comparatively large value.
If the parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink resources;/ if the
the parameter with a reasonable value helps to improve the average transmission rate. / GPRS
window is fixed to be 64, which is easy to get stagnated, so this parameter shall not be set with a
large
If the value.
parameter is set too small, there will be a serious waste of uplink/ downlink resources;/ if the
the parameter with a reasonable value helps to improve the average transmission rate. / EDGE
window is larger than that of GPRS, so this parameter can be set with a comparatively large value.
The current equipment version does not support this function. Please adopt ZTE default value.
If the cell supports this function, network indicates MS whether to send the RLC data of
PENDING-ACK when there is no data in NACK status and no new RLC data block to be
transmitted or the transmission window is full through PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION in
PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message. When "Preemptivetrans bit" function is enabled, data
throughput rate may be improved to some degree.
If there is need to use this function, choose Yes; if no, choose No. / If this function is enabled, all
indicators
related
to accessibility,
reliability
throughput
will beand
improved.
This parameter
works
only when both
GPRSand
preference
channels
EDGE preference channels
are configured. To choose No is to define GPRS preference channels and EDGE preference
channels as GPRS dedicated channels and EDGE dedicated channels to prevent EGE users and
GPRS users from reusing PDTCH, which may improve EDGE throughput rate to some degree. To
choose Yes means when some preference channel is not sufficient, other types of preference
channels may be occupied instead; the throughput rate in such case may be improved. ///Note: The
precondition of enabling this function is that both GPRS preference channels and EDGE
This
parameter
worksare
only
when both
GPRS
preference
channels
and EDGE
preference
channels
preference
channels
sufficient;
if not,
we need
to make
adjustment
according
to the actual
are
configured. To set the parameter Yes may increase the times of resource adjustment; and the
situations.
adjsutment may not necessarily result in assignment of channels which are sufficient in quantity. To
set the parameter No may result in GPRS users and EDGE users reusing channels, which may
This parameter works only when both GPRS preference channels and EDGE preference channels
influence the transmission rate for EDGE users and the indicators related to throughput rate.
are configured. It's suggested that other preference channels may be assigned only when there is no
idle granularity available, in order to prevent GPRS users and EDGE users from reusing channels
which may influence transmission rate for EDGE users. // Setting the parameter with 100% helps
to prevent EDGE users and GPRS users from reusing channels, which may improve indicators
realted to EDGE throughput. ///Note: The precondition of enabling this function is that both GPRS
This
parameter
worksand
only
whenpreference
both GPRS
preference
channels and
EDGE
preference
channels
preference
channels
EDGE
channels
are sufficient;
if not,
we need
to make
are
configured.
When to
it is
with situations.
0, assignment of other preference channels is not
adjustment
according
thesetactual
recommended,
order toisavoid
GPRS and
users reusingtochannels
and then improve
If TCH queuinginfunction
not enabled,
it's EDGE
not recommended
set this parameter
0. If the the
indicators
theneeds
throughput
users.
//Note:
precondition
of enabling
parameter related
is set 0,toMS
to waitrate
for for
the EDGE
dynamic
channels
to The
switch
from PDTCH
to TCH this
function
is
that
both
GPRS
preference
channels
and
EDGE
preference
channels
are
sufficient;
when no dynamic channels of TCH are available, which may result in TCH allocation failure. if
// If
not,
we need toismake
adjustment
according
to the
situations.
the parameter
set too
large, PS service
users
thatactual
have reserved
overmany idle dynamic channels
may be unable to occupy the rich radio resources, which may result in packet access failures. //If
the parameter is set too small, the indicators related to MS throughput rate may be improved to
some degree when PDTCH resource is not rich. //Note: The suggested value for this parameter is
the reference value used under the common configuration (24 TRXs). It's recommended to set it
as
when there
is only granularity
one TRX; and
as 4,facing
when heavy
there are
many TRXs.
above
The1,resource
allocation
for set
the itusers
interference
shall//The
not be
restricted,
suggestion
is
based
on
the
condition
that
certain
number
of
static
PDTCHs
are
configured
thenot
or the transmission rate for these users may become too low due to lack of radio resources.inIt's
cell.
recommended to allocate different PDTCH granularities to different non-GBR users based on
MEAN-BEP, in order to improve user throughput rate in bad radio environment.
We need to set certain weight for users with high priority to ensure that they
are allocated with more granularities and are served with services of better
quality.
We need to set certain weight for users with high priority to ensure that they
are allocated with more granularities and are served with services of better
quality.
On one hand, when packet access fails due to lack of resource, packet access request may keep
trying; on the other hand, PDTCH may be reused by many PS service users and
PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP congestion rate is very low in networks; even if PDTCH/Abis/UPPBDSP congestion occurs, we should deal with it from the perspective of congestion, but not enable
Support PS Queuing. //Based on the two points mentioned above, it's not recommended to enable
Support PS Queuing. //If this function is enabled, packet access success rate may be improved to
some degree when there is no PDTCH/Abis/UPPB-DSP available.
Since Support PS Queuing function is not suggested, the PS Maximum Queue Number shall be set
with ZTE default value.
Setting of this parameter depends on the needs in field. If there is need to enable the preemption
function for users of different priorities, choose Yes. With this function enabled, TBF call drop rate
for users of low priority may increase.
It's not recommended to use this parameter, because CS calll drops may increase when this
function is enabled.
To set this parameter with a small value may help to avoid waste of resource and increase
flexibility of resource allocation. If we choose to allocate four granularities each time while there
aren't four consecutive granularities available, the allocation may end up a failure. Therefore, we
recommend to set the parameter 0 and allocate one granularity to users each time, in order to
improve uplink access success rate when PDTCH resource isn't sufficient.
Theres is no need to use PBCCH currently.
The cell reselection system information sent by the serving cell is not the the whole set of system
information, but part of the whole set, which is very important for MS to access the target
reselection cell. However, this part of system information can not ensure that MS may access the
If
therereselection
is need to cell
enable
NACC in The
the field,
choose Yes,
in order
to support access
the transmission
of
target
immediately.
precondition
for MS
to immediately
targe
PACKET
CELL
CHANGE
NOTIFICATION;
if
there
is
no
need
to
enable
NACC,
choose
No.
treselection cell is that the target reselection cell supports PSI Status (configured with PBCCH) or
SI Status. If the target reselection cell supports PSI Status (configured with PBCCH) or SI Status,
MS can be ensured to receive the whole set of system information when it is in packet transmission
status. Therefore, MS may enter packet transmission status in the target reselection cell without
having to spend extra time on monitoring system information. //MS sends PSI(SI)Status message
to network in PACCH after it accesses to the target reselection cell; BSC sends Packet Serving
Cell SI according to the message it receives, so as to make MS obtain the necessary system
information in packet transmission status without having to return to PBCCH (BCCH) and
mornitor, as a result service interruption time may be shortened. //If the target reselection cell does
Being related to NCCR, the parameter currently is not in need in the field, so please maintain the
not
support
PSISIStatus,
setting
of ZTE
default value. MS has to attempt to receive the whole system information set of the
target reselction cell for one time after it enters the cell, therefore, a comparatively long time of
service interruption will be unavoidable. If PBCCH is configured, use information of PSI Status; if
not, use information of SI Status.
setting of ZTE default value.
Currently the function of network controlling cell reselction is not applied in the field, besides
BSC does not require MS to send measurement reports. Please set this parameter as NC0.
For cells that do not support PS services, set the parameter as "Don't support GPRS"
For cells that only support GPRS, set the parameter as "Support GPRS";
For cells that support both GPRS and EDGE at the same time, set the parameter as"Support
EDGE";
V2 80 sites only support CS1/2.
Currently extended BCCH can not be applied in the field.
Support this function to map the information on several CCCH blocks, so as that MS may receive
the information as soon as possible.
Packet control acknowledgment type indicates the default format for MS to send PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message. The former one uses Access Burst and the latter
one uses Normal Burst, both of which have no enfluence on the transmission success rate of
PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message, so there is no need to make adjustment
and the default value is acceptable.
Make adjustments accordingly, if service priority is needed to set limitations
to MS packet access.
Application of this parameter is not recommended, because PS power control speed is seriously
lagged, compared with one block 20ms.
Currently there is no need of PBCCH.
This parameter has become invalid. Please maintain the setting of ZTE default value.
Currently the system does not support this function, but decreases the mudulation power of BCCH
Ts17 by 2dB when it uses 8PSK. This parameter works only when TLV format is supported.

Mobility
Reliability
Throughput
Coverage Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Param
Param
eter
Category
eter
Name
Code
(EN)
HR
HR
HR
HR
HR
Explanation of
Parameters (EN)
Dynami DynaH
If this cell supports
c HR
REnabl
dynamic HR.
Enable e
Thresh
old for
When channel occupation
TRX
exceeds this threshold, it
switche HRThs will apply for half-rate
d from
channel directly to increase
FR to
the user capacity.
HR
When busy timeslot/general
timeslot >=
AmrHRThs/100, and carrier
and cell support AMR,
AMR
subsequent service prefers
Dynami
AMR voice rate.
c HR
This threshold value can be
AmrHR
Conver
configured on BSC and
Ths
sion
BTS, when "User cell
Thresh
dynamic HR parameter"
old
(UseCellDynHRPara) is
yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be
used,
AmrHRThs
Whenotherwise
HR timeslot
in the
configured
bytimeslot
BSC is used.
cell / general
in the
cell < HRTsPercentage/100,
the cell can generate new
HR
HR channel.
channel
HRTsP This parameter can be
percent
ercenta configured on BSC and
age
ge
BTS. If the proportion of
thresho
HR timeslot in the cell is
ld
lower than
It
is a switch to support
HRTsPercentage/100
of HR
channel
finishing
BSC andfrag
BTS,
the cell can
functions,
which
be
generate new
HRcan
channel.
configured both on BSC
Support
and BTS.
HR
Only when both BSC and
HRDfra
channel
BTS are enabled, and
gSuppo
frag
finished HR frags / idle HR
rt
finishin
channel in the cell is no
g
more than HRDefragThs,
HR channel
defragmentation function is
enabled, otherwise it is
disabled.
Value Range
& Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended Value for Different S

Recommen
ded Value
Dense
for
Rural
Urban/Urban
Network
CoOptimizati 900 180
900 180
BC
on
M 0M
M 0M
CH
Yes/No
No
No
YES YES YES No
No
0 ~ 100,%
()
60
60
50
50
50
60
60
0 ~ 100,%
()
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
0 ~ 100,% (<) 50
50
70
70
70
50
50
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
HO
Related
HO
Related
HO
Related
HO
Related
According to GSM
specifications, intra-BSC
inter-cell handover is
implemented by the
following methods: BSC
controlled inter-cell
handover without MSC
Interinvolvement. MSC
Cell
InHoEn controlled inter-cell intrahandov
Yes/No
able
BSC handover whose
er
handover flow is similar to
allowed
that of inter-BSC handover.
This parameter decides the
choice of method for interT9113
timer monitors
cell intra-BSC
handover.
external
Do selecthandover
No for in
thisthe
target
cell. if it is not
parameter
Timer Start: T9113 timer

necessary.
starts when BSC sends
Externa
HANDOVER
l
REQUEST ACK message
handov
to MSC.
er
Timer Stop: T9113 timer
protecti
stop when BSC receives
0~
T9113
on
HANDOVER COMPLETE 300,100ms
Timer
message from MS or
in
CLEAR COMMAND
target
message from MSC.
cell
Overtime Action: T9113
timer stops when BSC
sends CLEAR
REQUEST message to
MSC.
Protecti
ve time
that PO
1 Timer start: it starts when
respons
RANCS sends the
es
HANDOVER REQUIRED
external
message to MSC.
50 ~
rmsT7
handov
2 Timer stop: it stops when 200,100ms
er
RANCS instance receives
complet
HANDOVER COMMAND
ion
response from MSC.
messag
e
Externa
l
handov
rmsT8
er
protecti
on time
This parameter is timer

rmsT8, monitoring external
handover process.
1 Timer start: rmsT8 starts
after handover command is
sent in Serve state while
RANCS instance shall be 50 ~
handovered externally.
650,100ms
2 Timer stop: rmsT8 timer
stops if RANCS instance
receives HO COMCLEAR
CMD (handover success)
or UM HO FAIL (handover
failed).
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
110
110
110 110 110 110 110
150
150
150 150 150 150 150
100
100
100 100 100 100 100
HO
Related
Time of
MicroMicro Tmicro
handov
er delay
HO
Related
Handov
er
protecti
ng
rmsT31
timer to 21
WCD
MA/FD
D
HO
Related
Handov
er
period rmsT31
of
03
source
cell
eMLPP
User
PriThre
Priority shold
eMLPP
Reserve
d
RsvCha
Channe nFirst
l First
eMLPP
eMLPP
channel EMLP
Reserve PThs
d time
DR
Waiting
time for
rmsT16
oriente
d retry
DR
Send
assign ExDRS
ment
endAss
failure Fail
allowed
TFO
TFO
TFOCo
Enable ntrol_0
TFO
Coding/
decodin
g type TFOCo
optimiz ntrol_1
ation
enable
In micro-micro handover
control, a delay time value
is required (the timer
value). Timer Start:
relevant timer starts
instantly when a call enters
a micro cell.
Timer Stop: relevant timer
stops when it reaches the
set value. Existing call can
use neighboring micro cell
in the same layer only when
Timer
T3121,
the timer
stops.protection
In this way,
time
after
sending
interit could
prevent
fast
system
utran handover
movingtomobiles
staying in
command
(UM)
to UE.
the micro cell
layer.
1 Timer Start: The timer
starts when BSC sends
"inter-system to utran
handover command"
This
timertoindicates
the
message
MS.
time
period
internal
2 Timer
stop:forthe
timer
handover
of BSC.
stops whenprocess
BSC receives
1"CLEAR
Timer
Start:
The timer
COMMAND"
This
parameter
starts
when
BSC
sends
message
from
MSC
or
(PriThreshold)
uses
the
HANDOVER
COMMAND
"HANDOVER
FAILURE"
service
of preferred
access
message
to
MS.
from
MS.
for high-priority
subscriber,
23that
Timer
Stop:
The
timer
Overtime
Action:
If this
is eMLPP
service,
the
suspends
when
timer ismay
overtime,
BSC will
system
set BSC
some
receives
HANDOVER
send
CLEAR
REQUEST
reserved
channels
COMPLETE
message
message toonly
MSC.
(currently,
full rateon a
new
channel
or
TCH channels are
HANDOVER
supported
to beFAILURE
the
message
an old channel
reserved on
channels).
from MS.
When
CS instance calls
3database
Overtime
Action:
to apply
forIf the
timer is overtime,
the BSC
channels,
the subscriber's
will
send a CLEAR
PriorityLevel
information
REQUEST
message and
to is
reaches
to database,
MSC,
and with
the new channel
compared
is released. in the
PriThreshold
database and BSC table.
When
If PriorityLevel
The selection
order of <=
PriThreshold
(the
lessnonthe
reserved channel and
subscriber's
priority
level
reserved channel
value, the higher the
priority level, that is the
When
using priority
high priority
subscriber's
level is
user
to
access
that
When
attempting
oriented
not lower thanservice,
is,
EMLPP
service,
thenot
retry,
if target
cell has
PriThreshold
priority),
the
system
may
configure
been
gained
through
reserved
channel
can be
certain
channels
inspection,
you shall
used. remained
configure rmsT16 to wait
for receiving measurement
report, and then check if
oriented retry is conducted
at target cell after rmsT16
is timeout. This process can
It describes
if external
This
parameter
is one of
be repeated
for several
redirection
allows
TFO
control
parameters,
to
times.
assignment
failure.
describe
if TFO
is enabled.
0 represents NO, 1 for Yes.
0: disable;
1: enable.
When TFO is not enabled,
or value of TFOControl_0
is 0, other
switch
This
parameter
is is
one of
disabled
and parameters,
values of to
TFO
control
TFOControl_1,
describe
if coding/decoding
TFOControl_2
and
type
can be optimized.
0
TFOControl_3
0 Yes.
too.
represents
NO, are
1 for
0: disable;
1: enable.
50 ~
200,100ms
80
50
50
1~
650,100ms
100
100
100 100 100 100 100
0~
300,100ms
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
1 ~ 15
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0 ~ 100,%
()
20 ~
60,100ms
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
No
TCBSC
Yes
TC
BSC
Y
es
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
50
50
50
50
TFO
TFO
Coding/
decodin
g type
unmatc
hed
enable
AMR
Optimi
zation
Mode
TFOCo
ntrol_2
TFOCo
ntrol_3
Assign
Assignme
rmsT31
ment
nt
07
period
AMR
Preferr
ed
PreferS
speech peechV
version er
(half)
AMR
Preferr
ed
PreferS
speech peechV
version er
(full)
AMR
AMR
full
Active
Codec
Set
AMR
Thresh AmrTh
olds of reshold
AMR s
AMR
Hystere
AmrHy
sis of
steresis
AMR
AMR
Initial
codec
mode
AMR
Startmo
de
AmrSta
codec rtMode
mode
AMR
AMR
Half
Active
Codec
Set
AMR
Thresh AmrTh
olds of reshold
AMR s
AmrFul
lAcs
IsAmrI
CM
AmrHa
lfAcs
This parameter is one of

TFO control parameters, to
describe if unmatched
coding/decoding type can
This
indicates
the
not betimer
solved.
0 represents
time
period
for
assignment
NO, 1 for Yes.
This parameter
is one of
period
and internal
0: disable;
TFO control
parameters,
to
handover
of
a
cell..
1: enable.
describe
if it isThe
AMR
1 Timer Start:
timer
optimization
mode.
starts
when BSC
sends
0:
don't support
ACS
RIL3_RR
ASSIGNMENT
variations; message to
COMMAND
1:
support ACS variations.
MS.
2 Timer Stop: The timer
stops when BSC receives
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
COMPLETE message or
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE message.
3 Overtime Action: If this
time isimplementing
overtime, in the
When
thecase
CS
of
assignment,
the former
channel
allocation
policy,
and new the
channel
will be
describe
preferred
halfreleased;
in version.
the case of cell
rate speech
internal
the BSC
Halfrate handover,
version 1 refers
to
will send
a CLEAR
HR,
and version
3 for
REQUEST
message to the
AMR.
The
threshold of changing
MSC.
AMR
includes the
seven
When mode
implementing
CS
factors:
channel AmrThresholds1,
allocation policy, it
AmrThresholds2,
describe the preferred fullAmrThresholds3,
rate voice version. Full-rate
AmrThresholds4,
version 1 refers to FR,
AmrThresholds5,
version
for EFR,
The code2 has
8 bits.and
The
AmrThresholds6,
version
3
for
AMR.
code has 8 bits. Bit 8: 12.2
Also,
the
1AmrThresholds7.
When
values
are Bit
kbps;
Bitfour
7: 10.2
The
hysteresis
of kbps;
changing
following restricted
configured
as
"No"
within
6: 7.95mode
kbps;includes
Bit 5: 6.70
AMR
seven8
conditionsinshall
be full
met:
elements
"AMR
kbps
...
Bit
2:
5.15
kbps;
factors: AmrHysteresis1,
AmrThresholds1
=<
Active
Codec
SetYes
Bit 1: 4.75
kbps.
AmrHysteresis2,
AmrThresholds2
=<
(AmrFullAcs)"
interface,
represents
1
and
AmrHysteresis3, No
AmrThresholds3
=<
value
range
is
1~4;
represents 0. Default code
AmrHysteresis4,
AmrThresholds4
=<
2is
When
five
values
10101010
(that
170).
AmrHysteresis5, is are
AmrThresholds5
=<
configured
as
"No"
AmrHysteresis6, within 8
AmrThresholds6=<
elements
in "AMR
full the
AmrHysteresis7.
Also,
AmrThresholds7,
Active
Codec
Set
following
restricted
AmrThresholds1
(AmrFullAcs)"
conditions shallinterface,
be met:
+AmrHysteresis1
=<
value
range is 1~3;
AmrThresholds1
+
AmrThresholds2
3AmrHysteresis1
When six values
=<are
+AmrHysteresis2
=<
configured
as "No"
AmrThresholds2
+ within 8
AmrThresholds3
+ full
elements
in
"AMR
AmrHysteresis2 =<
AmrHysteresis3
Active
Codec Set=<
AmrThresholds3
+
AmrThresholds4interface,
+
(AmrFullAcs)"
AmrHysteresis3 =<
AmrHysteresis4
=<
Use
the
coding
mode
value
range
is 1~2;
AmrThresholds4
+
AmrThresholds5
by Startmode
4specified
When seven
values
AmrHysteresis4
=< are
+AmrHysteresis5
=<
configured
as "No"
AmrThresholds5
+ within 8
AmrThresholds6
+ full
elements
in
"AMR
AmrHysteresis5 =<
AmrHysteresis6
Active
Codec Set
The
threshold
of =<
changing
AmrThresholds6
+
AmrThresholds7
+
(AmrFullAcs)"
AMR
mode
includes
AmrHysteresis6interface,
=< four
AmrHysteresis7
value
range
is
1;
The
code
has
8
bits.
factors:
AmrThresholds1,
AmrThresholds7 + Bit 6~
5AmrHysteresis7
When
all values
Bit
8: reserved;
Bitare
5: 7.40
AmrThresholds2,
configured
"No"
for...
8
kbps;
Bit 4:as6.70
kbps
AmrThresholds3,
elements
"AMR
Bit
2: 5.15inkbps;
Bitfull
1: 4.75
AmrThresholds4,
Active Codec Set Also, the
kbps.
AmrThresholds5.
(AmrFullAcs)"
interface,
Yes
represents
1 and
following
restricted
valuerepresents
rangeshall
is null;
No
0.
Four
conditions
be met:
The values
arecould
as =<
follows:
coding
modes
be set
AmrThresholds1
1: the
Select
theDefault
coding
modeis
at
most.
AmrThresholds2
=<code
with
lowest(that
bit rate
as the
00011110
is =<
30).
AmrThresholds3
initial coding mode.
AmrThresholds4
=<
2:
Select the coding mode
AmrThresholds5
with the second lowest
bit
AmrThresholds1
+
rate,
if there is more
AmrHysteresis1
=< than
one coding mode.+
AmrThresholds2
3: Select the coding
AmrHysteresis2
=< mode
with the third lowest
AmrThresholds3
+ bit
rate, if there is more
AmrHysteresis3
=< than
two coding modes.
AmrThresholds4
+
AmrHysteresis4
=< mode
with the fourth lowest
AmrThresholds5
+ bit
rate, if there are more than
AmrHysteresis5
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
don't
Support,don't
support
support ACS
ACS
variations
variations
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0~
300,100ms
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Not specify
the preferred
version, Halfrate version
1, Half-rate
version 3
Not specify
the
Half-rate
preferred
version 1
version
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Not specify
the preferred
version, Fullrate version
1, full-rate
version 2,
full-rate
4.75kbit/s,5.1
version
3
5kbit/s,5.90k
Not specify
the
full-rate
preferred
version 2
version
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
bit/s,6.70kbit/
NYN NYN
s,7.4kbit/s,7.9
Y
YN YN
5kbit/s,10.2k
N
6
0~630~63
bit/s,12.2kbit/ YNY YNY Y
9
s
0~630~6
N
13
30~630~ 6913 6913 Y
1
630~63;
1: Select the 182431 182431 8
0: 0.0 dB,1:
24
39
coding
mode 39
0~150~15
0.5 dB,2: 1.0
3
3
with
lowest
0~150~1
dB,,63:
4
bit rate as the
1
50~150~
31.5 dB
initial coding 3435 3435 3
39
150~15;
5
mode;
0: 0.0 dB,1: 556 556
2: Select the
5
0.5 dB,2: 1.0
coding mode
5
dB,,15:
Start
with the
6
7.5
dB
Startmode
mod
second
lowest
Startmode Startmode
codec,
e
bit
rate,Initial
if
codec
codec
codecismode
code
there
more
c
than one
coding mode;
3: Select the
coding mode 1
1
1
with the third
lowest bit
N
rate, if there
4.75kbit/s,5.1
Y
is
more
than
NYY
NYY
5kbit/s,5.90k
Y
two coding
bit/s,6.70kbit/
YY YY
Y
modes;
s,7.4kbit/s,7.9 N
N
Y
22
4: Select the
0~630~63
5kbit/s
N
coding mode
2
0~630~6
with the
5
30~63;
222529
222529
fourth
lowest
29
0:
0.0 dB,1:
3440
3440
bit
3
0.5 rate,
dB,2:if 1.0
there are
dB,,63:
4
more
than
31.5 dB
40
three coding
modes.
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
AMR
Hystere
AmrHy
sis of
steresis
AMR
AMR
Initial
codec
mode
AMR
Startmo
de
AmrSta
codec rtMode
mode
AMR
Enable
IsAmr
noise
Nscb
control
AMR
Enable
IsAmr
noise
Nscb
control
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
Timer
for
CCM
waiting
RLSD
messag
e
receive
protecti
on
Channe
ltimer
activati
on
protecti
on
timer
Protecti
ve time
waiting
for
access
Mode
modific
ation
process
time
Immedi
ate
assign
ment
period
IsAmrl
CM
CcmWa
itTimer
T9101
rmsT91
03
rmsT1
rmsT13
rmsT31
01
Channe
l
rmsT31
release 09
period
Channe
l
Availab
deactiv
le time
ation
to wait
delay
for
resourc
es by
the
target
instanc
e in
forced
release
rmsT31
11
RMST1
5
AMR mode includes five

factors: AmrHysteresis1,
AmrHysteresis2,
AmrHysteresis3,
AmrHysteresis4, and
AmrHysteresis5. Also, the
following restricted
conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1 +
AmrHysteresis1 =<
AmrThresholds2 +
The
values are as=<
follows:
AmrHysteresis2
1:
Select the coding
AmrThresholds3
+ mode
Use the
coding
mode
with
lowest
bit rate
AmrHysteresis3
=< as the
specified
by Startmode
initial
coding
mode.
AmrThresholds4
+
2:
Select the coding
AmrHysteresis4
=< mode
with
the second lowest
bit
AmrThresholds5
+
rate,
if
there
is
more
than
AmrHysteresis5
one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode
This parameter defines if
with the third lowest bit
AMR noise control is
rate, if there is more than
enabled, that is, to suppress
two coding modes.
background noise and keep
4: Select the coding mode
original voice quality.
with the fourth lowest bit
No: Enable
noise
This
parameter
if
rate, if
there aredefines
more than
suppression;
AMR
noise
control
is
three coding modes.
Yes: Disable
enabled,
that noise
is, to suppress
suppression;noise and keep
background
original voice quality.
Timer that is waiting for
No: Enable noise
disconnecting and disabling
suppression;
BTS parameter
during dynamic
This
is timer
Yes: Disable noise
channelsupervising
conversion.the
T9101,
suppression;
Start if CCM
starts channel
reception
of RLSD.
if
1conversion,
Timer startstop
condition:
receiving
successive
T9101
starts
when BSC
This
parameter
is response,
timer
module
BTS
sends
theand
BSSAP
CLEAR
T9103,
monitoring
and send message
tochannel
BTS
COMPLETE
message
to
activation
process.
again if timeout.
MSC.
1 Timer
Start: T9103
timer
This
parameter
is rmsT1
2 Timer
stop condition:
This
T13
startsparameter
when
BSCissends
timer.
Itstops
indicates
T9101
when
the
timer.
It supervises
BTS
CHANNEL
ACTIVATION
protection
waiting
time
for
RLSD
from
MSC
and
MSmessage
modes
message
to during
BTS.
MS
access
is
received.
modification
process.timer
Mode
2 Timer Stop:
assignment
or T9103
handover,
3 Overtime Action:
If this
modification
refers
suspends
when
BSCto
after
channel
activation
timer is channel
overtime,
BSC will
modify
mode.
receives CHANNEL
process.
send RLSD
to
When
there message
is not
SDCCH
ACTIVATION
ACK
or The
1release
TimerSCCP
start condition:
connection.
and
FACCH
is
allocated,
CHANNELchannel
ACTIVATION
destination
new
channel
is not
NACK
message.
receives
the CHL
allocated
after
assignment,
3 Overtime Action:
If this
ACITIVATION
ACK
but
modify
the
modes. will
timer is overtime,
message
and sendsBSC
the
1send
Timer
condition:
RF start
CHANNEL
RADIO
AVAILABLE
This
timer
indicates the
When
BSC
sends
theto BTS
RELEASE
message
to message
the
time
period
for source
the instant
MODE MODIFY
channel. process.
assigning
message to BTS and sends
stop: In
MS
access,
12 Timer Start:
The
timer
the CHANNEL MODE
the
destination
channel
starts
when BSC
sends
MODIFY message to MS.
receives the
IMMEDIATE
2 Timer
stop
condition:
This
timer
supervises
the
ASSIGNMENT
ASSIGNMENT COM or
When BSC
receives
the
channel
release
process.
HANDOVERmessage.
COM
COMMAND
MODIFY
1MODE
Timer Start:
The timer
message.
ACK/NACK
message
starts
when BSC
sends
stops when
BSCthe
receives
After
releasing
UM
from
BTS
and the
RIL3_RR
CHANNEL
ESTABLISH
INDICATION
interface
radio
link
layer, in
CHANNEL
MODE
RELEASE
message
to MS.
message.
order
to make
sure the
MODIFY
message
from
3 Overtime
If the
radio
isAction:
disconnected,
MS. link
stops
when BSC receives
timer sets
is overtime,
the
BSC
a period
ofIf BSC
3RELEASE
Overtime
Action:
the
INDICATION
will send CHANNEL
protection
time rmsT3111.
timer is overtime,
BSC
message
from BTSthe
(when
RELEASE
message
Releases
the
wirelessto
will send
BSSAP
BTS
receives
DISC frame
BTS. and deactivates it
channel
ASSIGNMENT
from
MS).
This
parameter
isFAILURE
T15
after
rmsT3111
timer stops.
to MSC.
3message
Overtime
Action: If this
timer.
1 Timer start: rmsT3111
timer
is overtime,
BSC
1 Timer
start: When
thewill
timer starts when BSC
send CHANNEL
target
instance decides
receives RELEASE
RELEASE
message
MS.
forced release,
it willtosend
INDICATION message.
the "PREEMPT APPLY" to
2 Overtime Action: If
the released object.
rmsT3111 timer is
2 Timer stop: The target
overtime, the BSC will
instance receives the
send RF CHANNEL
"RESOURCE
RELEASE message to
AVAILABLE" message
BTS.
from the released object,
indicating that the
resources are available.
1: Select the
coding mode
0~150~15
with lowest
0~150~1
bit
rate as the
50~15;
initial
coding
0: 0.0 dB,1:
mode;
0.5Select
dB,2:the
1.0
2:
dB,,15:
coding
mode
7.5 dB
with
the
Startmode
second
lowest
codec,
bit
rate,Initial
if
codec
there ismode
more
than one
coding mode;
3: Select the
coding mode
with the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
two
coding
True/False
modes;
4: Select the
coding mode
with the
fourth
lowest
True/False
bit rate, if
there are
more than
three coding
45
~
modes.
55,100ms
4
5
4556 4556
5
6
6
6
6
Start
mod
Startmode Startmode
e
codec
codec
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
20 ~
50,100ms
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20,100ms
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
0~
300,100ms
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
35 ~
100,100ms
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
10 ~
50,100ms
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
0~
400,100ms
50
320
320 320 320 320 320
1 ~ 5,100ms
30
30
30
30
30
30
10~50,100ms 30
MultiPL
MN
MultiPL
MN
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
This parameter is a switch

to support multi PLMN, to
Support MPLM
determine whether multi
Multi NSupp
Yes/No
PLMNs are supported. One
PLMN ort
iBSC can support up to 16
operators.
Support
BTS of
differen InterNe Support handover between
Yes/No
t net
tHO
the cells with different net
handov
er
This parameter is a switch
to support FLEX A, to
Support
FlexAS determine whether FlexA
FLEX
Yes/No
upport function is supported. One
A
MSCs.
This
parameter is a switch
to support FLEX GB, to
Support FLEXG
determine whether Flex GB
FLEX BSupp This parameter is a switch Yes/No
function is supported. One
GB
ort
to support MSP, to
determine whether MSP
SGSNs.
function is supported.
One signaling point can
MSP
MSPSu
configure up to 16 links. To Yes/No
Support pport
have more bandwidth at
port A and implement
multi-signaling point
Support
function, you can configure
GE
GESup Switch to support GE
more links at port A.
Yes/No
platfor port
platform
m
Is TC
Type
Switch to support outer TC

function, which can not be Inner and
TCType
modified after
outer TC
configuration.
Report VoiceQ
Determine whether voice
voice
ualityR
quality is reported
quality eport
Confusion message is
bidirectional. If the
Send
received message could not
confusi
be processed properly for
Confusi
on
some reason, and there is
messag onMsg
no other proper fault
e
message to send, the system
allowed
will send confusion
message.
User
This interface is identified
Label
by the user.
MCC consists of three
digits of decimal number. It
is used to uniquely identify
the home country of the
mobile user (or system).
The
For mobile network code,
max
the user can select whether
length MNC3
supporting 2 or 3 digits
Digits
to
MNC, which is not
support
modifiable on creation.
MNC
MNC consists of three
digits of decimal number. It
Mobile
uniquely identifies a
Networ MNC
specific PLMN network in
k Code
a country (determined by
MCC).
OMP board is used as the
IP address to establish a
OMP OMP_I
link. This parameter shall
IP
P
be consistent with O&M
board IP configuration.
Mobile
Countr MCC
y Code
No
No
No
No
No
No
Inner TC
Yes/No
No
Yes/No
No
Character
string with
the maximum
length of 40
0 ~ 999
460
When
2 Digits, 3
MNC3Digits 2 digits
Digits
is selected as
2 digits,
MNC value
will be 0~99;
When
0
MNC3Digits
is selected
as
Input
IP with
digits,
43 bytes,
MNC value
xxx.xxx.xxx.x
will(xxx
be is
xx
129.0.31.1
0~999. x is
0~255),
decimal
number.
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
Not RF
related
OMP
MAC
Not RF
related
OMC
subnet
mask
Not RF
related
OMC
Gatewa
y
Not RF
related
OMC
SERVE
R IP
Not RF
related
OMCB
IP
Not RF
related
Net
Type
Not RF
related
SP
Type
Not RF
related
Restart
Flag
Not RF
related
Office
Code
Not RF
related
Signali
ng
point
restart
time as
STP
Not RF
related
Test
code
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
CPU
Thread
Tracing
Alarm
value
of
commu
nicate
flux of
module
control
Longitu
de
0.208.208.161.0.254. If 0 is
filled in, MAC address for
OMP is generated based on
default foreground rule,
which is
0.208.208.161.0.BUREAU
NO.
It is the subnet mask of the
In single OS environment,
OMP IP address.
you can use default value,
In single OS environment,
no further setting required;
you can use default value,
but for multiple OS
no further setting required;
environment (such as in a
but for multiple OS
lab), default value may
environment (such as in a
cause conflict (multiple OS
lab), default value may
environment
refers
to the
Infor5 is the IP
address
of
cause conflict (multiple OS
environment
above
gateway
fromwith
OMP
to 2
environment refers to the
OS
environment connected
iOMCR.
environment with above 2
to a same
HUB,can
so address
This
parameter
be kept
OS environment
connected
Info6
is may
the IPbeaddress
that
conflict
caused).
unchanged,
default
value is
to a sameuses
HUB,
so address
iOMCR
to setup
link
ok. Only when other access
conflict
may be caused).
with OMP.
shall be shielded by setting
This parameter can be kept
gateway, user can configure
unchanged. If configuring
it.
it, it shall be consistent with
IP address of userdefinedzxgsmomcr-ftpip = *.*.*.*
in deployOMCB
IP address
gsmomcr001_properties
Not
required normally, in
background
that is,
default
valueServer,
is ok. When
Type
of signaling
point
cell connected
address.
site
with
BSCisis
selected
according
to actual
SDR, user
shall configure
network
condition, which is
it.
consistent with the
The network
type side.
belonging
demands
at MSC
to this office
is defined
Normal
equipment
is theby
users
on demands.
signaling
node, such as
BSC and MSC. If
application at upper layer
of signaling exists, signal is
not transitted. Signaling
transit point (STP) is used
to aggregated and
It is used to determine
forwarded. The equipment
whether the signaling point
integrated with SEP and
restart function shall be
STEP functions is STEP.
enabled.
For peer office, select SEP;
Not required normally,
for
transit
It issignaling
defined by
the point,
default value is ok.
select STP;
forset
both
peer
customer
and
according
office
and signaling transit
to the network
point, select STEP.
configuration,
keeping
different in whole topology
tree, which can't be
modified after creation.
xx.xx.xx.xx.x
x.xx. xx is
hexadecimal
number,
value range is
Input IP with
0~F.
4 bytes,
xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx (xxx is
0~255), x is
decimal
Input
IP with
number.
4 bytes,
xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx (xxx is
0~255), x is
decimal
Input
IP with
4number.
bytes,
xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx (xxx is
0~255), x is
decimal
Input IP with
4number.
bytes,
xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx (xxx is
0~255), x is
decimal
number.
CTCN,CMC
N,CUCN,RL
TN,CNC,NF
TN,Network7
Signaling
,Network8.
End
Point
(SEP),
Signaling
Transit Point
(STP),
Signaling
Transit End
Point (STEP)
Yes/No
According
to actual
OMP_
00 00 00 00
situations of
MAC
00 00
the current
network
According
to actual
Info4
255.0.0.0
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
Info5
0.0.0.0
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
Info6
0.0.0.0
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
0.0.0.0
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
Net
CTCN
situations of
the current
network
According
Signaling
to actual
SpType
End Point
situations of
(SEP)
the current
network
According
to actual
Restart
Yes
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
Bureau
1 ~ 253
1
situations of
No
the current
network
According
to actual
stpT18, Restart time when local
0 ~ 65535,ms 10000
situations of
ms
signaling pint is STP
the current
network
Test code functions as link
test, MTP sends test
According
message (with test code)
to actual
TestCo
No more than
timely to verify availability
situations of
de
15 characters.
of the link, and you shall
the current
If CPU occupancy exceeds
use same test code while
network
this threshold, signaling
responding to the office.
According
trace is automatically
to actual
enabled to analyze network,
Info2
0 ~ 100,%
50
situations of
mainly including
MTP and
Depend
on the actual
the current
SCCP signaling
configuration
of trace,
the users.
network
excluding
signaling
It
is the alarm
value trace
of at
According
Abis.
communication
flux of
to actual
module control. If actual
1~13107200,
Info16
1048576
situations of
Byte
communication flux
the current
Identify BSC geographical
exceeds configured value, it
network
longitude (longitude in
triggers alarm. Default
BSC managed element
According
value is 1M Byte, and you
parameter is not
to actual
Longitu don't modify it normally.
-180.0000 ~
synchronized to
180
situations of
de
180.0000
foreground, and property of
the current
BSC global resource may
network
be synchronized to
foreground).
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Identify BSC geographical

latitude (latitude in BSC
managed element
parameter is not
Latitud Latitud
synchronized to
e
e
foreground, and property of
BSC global resource may
be synchronized to
foreground).
SNTP
BSC
periodically performs
SYNC Info10 time synchronization with
cycle
the server by SNTP.
Not RF
related
SNTP
Server
Info9
Addres
s
Not RF
related
Global Global
time
TimeZo
zone
ne
Not RF
related
Summe Summe
r time rTimeFl
flag
ag
Not RF
related
Summe Summe
r Start rStartTi
Time
me
Not RF
related
Summe Summe
r End rEndTi
Time
me
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Timer
for
MSG
Waiting
Timer
for
RANC
SCLEC
OM
waiting
Timer
for
RANC
SEST
Waiting
MSC
clear
comma
nd
protecti
on
timer
SCCP
Connec
tion
Timer
TWait
Msg
TWaitR
ancsCle
Com
TWaitR
ancsEst
T9104
T9105
Protecti
on time
for
rmsT2
channel
request
Protecti
on time
for link
establis rmsT3
hment
respons
e
It is IP address of SNTP
server. It synchronizes the
clock of each NE. Not
required normally, default
value is ok.
It is Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT), configured
according to the local time
zone, and China is GMT +
08:00.
Defined according to user
requirement. If summer
time system is used at local,
select Yes, otherwise select
No.
-90.0000 ~
90.0000
90
16000 ~
1800000
16284000,ms
Input IP with
4 bytes,
xxx.xxx.xxx.x
xx (xxx is
129.0.31.1
0~255), x is
decimal
number.
According
to actual
situations of the current
network
According
to the
default
value
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
According
to actual
All valid
GMT+08:00 situations of
time zone
the current
network
According
to actual
Yes/No
No
situations of
the current
network
Month: 1 ~
According
Set the time to enable
12;Day: 1 ~
to actual
summer time in local based 31;Time: 0 ~ 1, 1, 0, 0
situations of
on user demands.
23;Minute: 0
the current
~ 59.
network
Month: 1 ~
According
Set the time to disable
12;Day: 1 ~
to actual
summer time in local based 31;Time: 0 ~ 1, 1, 0, 0
situations of
on userfor
demands.
the current
Timer
MSG Waiting on 23;Minute: 0
~ 59.
network
RanAWorker process.
RanAWorker process is the
According
working process of RANA
to the
module. for
Start
if RANA
5 ~ 20,100ms 20
Interval
RanAWorker
default
instancewaiting
is created,
if
process
for stop
RANCS
value
message
is
received,
and
process responding
instance is released
if
ClearCom.
RanAWorker
According
timeout.
process
thefor
working
Time
to is
wait
RANCS
10 ~
to the
of RANAfor
module.
30
process applying
30,100ms
default
Start if sending
clear
resource
protection.
value
command
to RANCS,
RANCS
process
to stop
This
parameter
isisT9104
if receiving
RANCSCLEAR
process
service.
This
timer.
It CS
supervises
According
response,
and from
continue
timer
is started
if RANA
COMMAND
MSC.
10 ~
to the
release
if handover
timeout.
external
100
1receives
Timerprocess
Start:
T9104
timer
100,100ms
default
request
and
applying
for
startsparameter
when BSCissends
This
T9105a
value
channel
from
RANCS;
CLEAR
REQUEST
timer,
monitoring
SCCPstop
if
receiving
RANCS
message to process.
MSC.
connection
According
and fail
to send
Stop:
T9104
timer
12response,
Timer Start:
T9105
20 ~
to the
handover
toBSC
interface
suspends
when
BSC
30
starts
when
sendsA if
50,100ms
default
timeout. CLEAR
receives
BSSAP
value
COMMAND message from
SCCP_CONNECTION_RE
MSC.
Q
message
to MSC.
This
parameter
is T2 timer.
According
Overtime
Action:
Stop:
T9105If this
123 Timer
start
condition:
The
20 ~
to the
timerchannel
is overtime,
CLEAR
suspends
when
BSC
30
new
sends
the
60,100ms
default
REQUEST
message
will be
receives
RADIO
APPLY
message.
value
resent
(four
times
at
the
SCCP_CONNECTION_C
2 Timer stop: Channel
most). succeeds and the
ONFIRM/SCCP_CONN
request
According
ECTION_REFUSED
new
channel receives the
20 ~
to the
This
parameter
is
T3
timer.
message. AVAILABLE
RADIO
40
50,100ms
default
13 Timer
start:
RANCS
Overtime
If this
message;
orAction:
the channel
value
instance
sends
timer is fails
overtime,
BSC will
request
and the
"ESTABLISH
IND"
to
send CHANNEL
RADIO
UNAVAILABLE
RANA
instance.
According
RELEASE
message to
message
is received;
orMS.
the
2 Timer stop: RANCS
30 ~
to the
RAIO PROCEEDING
60
100,100ms
default
instance receives the
message is received in
value
"CONNECT CONF" sent
queuing.
by RANA instance, or the
"CONNECT FAIL" when
RANA fails to establish the
link.
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Encrypt
ion
mode
modific
ation
time
SAPI3
link
establis
hment
time
Protecti
ve time
for RF
channel
release
Ackno
wledgm
ent
interval
for
periodi
Contin
c status
ue
Timer
for
Protecti
mode
ng
time
modify
of FUC
respons
e to
system
messag
e
broadca
Blockin
st
g/unblo
cking
period
rmsT5
rmsT6
rmsT9
rmsT12
TMode
Modify
Conn
BcProt
ect
T1
Global
Resetti
T4
ng
Period
BSC
Max
Reset
Num
Protecti
ve
period
for
global
resettin
Circuit
g
resettin
g
period
on BSS
side
Circuit
group
blockin
g/unblo
cking
Protecti
Period
ve
time
for No7
signal
instanta
neous
disconn
Ater
ection
wait
SCCP
connect
ion
timer
BSCM
axReset
Num
T13
T19
T20
T3
TAterW
aitConn
encryption mode, that is,

the timer that waits for MS
response after configuring
radio encryption mode.
1 Timer Start: T5 timer
Timer T6 supervises link
starts when BSC receives
establishment of SAPI3.
CIPHER MODE
1 Timer start: timer T6
COMMAND message from
starts when BSC receives
MSC.
the DTAP (SAPI = 3)
2 Timer Stop: T5 timer
message from MSC and
suspends when BSC
there is no SAPI3 link.
receives CIPHER MODE
2 Timer stop: timer T6
COMPLETE
from
This
parametermessage
is T9 timer.
stops when BSC receives
1MS.
Timer start: T9 starts
the ESTABLISH
3 Overtime
Action: If this
when
RF CHANNEL
CONFIRM message from
timer is overtime,
will
RELEASE
is sent BSC
to BTS
BTS.
send parameter
BSSAP
when
RANCSCIPHER
instance
is
This
is
T12
3 Overtime action: When
MODE REJECT message
released.
timer.
timer T6 expires, the
MSC.Start:
stop: T9
12to
Timer
T12stops
timer
BSSMAP
SAPI"n"
when
RANCS instance
starts
periodically
when
REJECT message will be
receives RF
CHANNEL
RANCS
receives
sent to MSC.
RELEASE CONF message
CONNECT
ACKNOWLEDGE
from
RANA. Timer decides
response
BTS.check at
to
performfrom
activity
peer end. Laterly, it is
Connection delay timer.
periodical start.
This timer is used to wait
2 Timer Stop: T12 timer
for connection finished
stops when RANCS
after sending connection
instance receives
request,
including
Abis
This
parameter
is T1
timer.
RELEASE
TYPE
message.
connection
and TC a
BSS
blocks/unblocks
protection timer for system
connection.
terrestrial
circuit and sends
message broadcast to wait
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
for the response of FUC.
message to MSC due to
FUC response is used to
various reasons (such as 0;
ensure BTS correctly
equipment failure/recovery;
receives system message.
radioparameter
resources is T4 timer,
This
unavailable/available).
monitoring
the BSSAP
T1 timermessage
sets the sent
time from
RESET
interval
between
BSC
to MSC.
1BLOCK/UNBLOCK
Timer
start condition:
The
maximum
allowableT4
ACKNOWLEDGE
starts
when
a global
resets
to BSC.
After BSC
message
from
MSC to
resetting
occurs
inRESET
BSC.
sends
thesent
BSSAP
andstop
2BSC
Timer
condition:
The
message
to MSC,
if BSSAP
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
BSSAP
RESET
RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE
message.
T1 istoused
to
ACKNOWLEDGE
message
fails
This
parameter
is T13
identify
itfrom
during
thisis
message
reach
BSC
from
timer,
which
isMSC
a MSC
protection
period.
received.
within
GSM-specified
time
period
for a local T4
call
3 Timeout
action:
If T4
time
interval,
the resetting
clearing
process.
expires,
BSC will
be repeated.
1will
Timer
Start:
T13repeat
timer is
If
BSC
SCCP
connection
the whole
process.
BSSAP
RESET
message
starts
when
BSCthe
receives
abnormal
while
circuits
repeats
to N times.
BSSAP
HANDOVER
must
beup
released
to idleMSC
ends the
reset
process
and
COMMAND
message.
status,
BSS
will
send the
incase
of no
2notifies
Timer OMS
Stop:
T13 timer
BSSAP
CIRCUIT
reply
frommessage
BSCSCCP
after
N
suspends
when
RESET
to MSC
For
some
reasons
(0;
times.
N aT19.
receives
SSP/SPI
and
start
After MSC
intervention;
equipment
depends
on this
parameter.
message.
receives this
message,
it
fault/recovery;
radioIf this
3 Overtime
will
release Action:
the
resources
timer is overtime,
BSS will
corresponding
services
and
unavailable/available),
BSS
This
timer
istoconfigured
to
sendcircuits
BSSAP
RESET
the
the idle status
will
block
a
group
of
prevent
from
signal
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
and
send the BSSAP
terrestrial
instantaneous
message tocircuits,
MSC. then
CIRCUIT
RESET
send the BSSAP
disconnection
and wrong
ACKNOWLEDGE
CIRCIUIT GROUP
actions.
message to BSC. T19 timer
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
If
disconnection
stops
when MSCduration
receivesof
message
to
MSC. timer
After
no.7
linkCIRCUIT
exceeds
RESET
receiving this
message,
protective
time,
global
ACKNOWLEDGE
MSC willissend
the BSSAP
resetting
issued.
message from
BSC.If no
CIRCIUITpoint
GROUP
signaling
reachable
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
event
is received during
ACKNOWKEDGE
delay
time, no.7 link is
message to as
BSS
for
considered
disconnection
This
parameter describes
notification.
and
global resetting process
SCCP CONNECT
begins; if reachable
CONFIRM message used
signaling point is received
to wait for iTC after iBSC
during delay time, no.7 link
configures this timer.
is considered as
instantaneous
disconnection.
100
According
to the
default
value
100
According
to the
default
value
20
According
to the
default
value
50 ~
50
18000,100ms
According
to the
default
value
50~70,100ms 50
According
to the
default
value
30~100,100m
50
s
According
to the
default
value
30 ~
150,100ms
80
According
to the
default
value
60 ~
150,100ms
100
According
to the
default
value
According
to the
default
value
40
According
to the
default
value
30 ~
150,100ms
80
According
to the
default
value
30 ~
150,100ms
80
According
to the
default
value
100
According
to the
default
value
15
According
to the
default
value
30 ~
120,100ms
10 ~
300,100ms
10 ~
50,100ms
1 ~ 255
30 ~
60,100ms
10 ~
200,100ms
5 ~ 20,
100ms
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Ater
wait
resourc
e timer
Ater
wait
resourc
e
release
timer
Ater
handov
er
monitor
timer
Ater
wait
resourc
e
acknow
ledge
timer
Ater
block
circuit
timer
Not RF
related
Ater
wait
resourc
e timer
Not RF
related
Ater
reset
circuit
timer
Not RF
related
Ater
reset
timer
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Ater
reset
guard
timer
Ater
block a
interfac
e
circuit
Ater
timer
block a
interfac
e
circuit
group
timer
Length
of
super
vision
Not RF
related
Length
of radio
Not RF
related
Length
of timer
waiting
intra
BSS
handov
er
TWaitA
terRes
TAterW
aitRel
TAterM
oniterH
O
This parameter describes

RESOURCE REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE
message used to wait for
iTC after iBSC configures
this
Thistimer.
parameter describes
RESOURCE RELEASE
ACKNOWLEDGE
this timer.
monitor handover process
when iBSC configures this
timer to use outer iTC.

TWaitA the response to apply for
terRes resource from iTC, to
Ack
configure
this timer
wait for
This
parameter
describes
iTC
during iBSC handover.
BLOCKING
ACKNOWLEDGE
message or
TAterC
UNBLOCKING
This
parameter describes
icBlk
ACKNOWLEDGE
BLOCKING
CIRCUIT
GROUP
ACKNOWLEDGE
this timer.or
TAterB message
lkCicGr UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT
p
GROUP
ACKNOWLEDGE
RESET CIRCUIT
TAterR ACKNOWLEDGE
this timer.
stCic
this timer.
RESET ACKNOWLEDGE
TAterR
st
iTC when iBSC configures
this timer.
iBSC configures this timer
TITCR
to delay when resetting
st
globally,
to release
This
parameter
describes
resource.
BLOCKING
A CIRCUIT
ACKNOWLEDGE
message or
TBlkA
UNBLOCKING
CIRCUIT
This
parameter describes
Cic
ACKNOWLEDGE
BLOCKING A CIRCUIT
GROUP
iTC
when iBSC configures
ACKNOWLEDGE
this timer.or
message
TBlkA
UNBLOCKING A
CicGrp
CIRCUIT GROUP
Supervise
the timer length
ACKNOWLEDGE
in
whole locating process.
message
to sends
wait for
iTC
After
BSC
locating
after iBSC
configures
LcsSup request
to SMLC,
this this
timer
timer.
erVisio is
configured and shall
Supervise the timer length
n
receives locating response
to transmit radio
prior to timeout, otherwise
information.
locating process is
This timer supervises the
terminated.
LcsRad process to deliver MS the
io
message related with
locating.ofStart
Length
timerwhile
waiting
sending
message
to MS,
intra BSS
handover
and stop while receiving
completed.
LcsWai
response from
MS.process
Continue
locating
tInTraH
after handover is finished,
O
with a length threshold for
waiting. Stop while this
timer length is exceeded.
20
According
to the
default
value
20
According
to the
default
value
120
According
to the
default
value
5 ~25, 100ms 15
According
to the
default
value
30 ~ 150,
100ms
80
According
to the
default
value
80
According
to the
default
value
30 ~ 150,
100ms
80
According
to the
default
value
60 ~ 150,
100ms
100
According
to the
default
value
40
According
to the
default
value
100
According
to the
default
value
30 ~150,
100ms
100
According
to the
default
value
100 ~ 1000
250
According
to the
default
value
50
According
to the
default
value
60
According
to the
default
value
10 ~ 30,
100ms
20~50,
100ms
70 ~ 170,
100ms
30 ~ 150,
100ms
30 ~60,
100ms
30 ~ 150,
100ms
10 ~ 100
20 ~ 100
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
First
Overloa
d
Period MT11
of Flow
Traffic
Second
Control
Overloa
d
Period MT12
of Flow
Traffic
Control
Flow
control
reason
Emerge
ncy call
Not RF
related
Call
Rebuilt
Not RF
related
Call
Respon
se
Not RF
related
Calling
Not RF
related
Locatio
n
Update
Not RF
related
GPRS
access
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Restore
Flow
control
map
slim
adjust
(bit)
Load
indicati LoadIn
on
d
allowed
Not RF
related
Load
Valid
Time
Not RF
related
Load
Indicati LoadIn
on
dPrd
Period
LoadVa
lidTime
Overload
with
mT11contains
timer modifies
overloads CONTROL
of CPU, MSC
ACCESS
signaling point,
parameter
in theMSC
cell. BSC
service, the
andMS
CCCH.
notifies
to achieve
In cellcontrol
overload
conditions,
flow
through
system
BSC adopts a timer mT11
information.
for traffic
control.
The
value flow
of timer
mustThis
be
clock than
is used
with
more
thattogether
of mT11
mT12
to modify
the
timer. The
two clocks
parameter
control
theACCESS
cell flow as
CONTROL
for
follows: Whenconfigured
the network
the cell and
MS via
receives
the notify
overload
the system
for
message
forinformation
the first time,
flowsystem
control.
The value
the
decreases
theof
timerby
must
less and
thanstarts
that
flow
onebe
level,
of mT12
mT11
andtimer.
mT12. The
OVERLOAD message
FUC flow control level.
during mT11 period will be
The parameter value
ignored. If the
corresponding to level 0
OVERLOAD message is
cant parameter
be modified.
This
describes
received between
mT11 and
hurry
mT12,call
thepercentage
flow will be
corresponding
to certain
decreased by another
level
FUC
flowmT11
control
and both
andlevel.
mT12
The
parameter
value
will be
restarted.
If BSC
corresponding
to
level 0
This
parameter
does not receivedescribes
cant
be
modified.
call
rebuilt
percentage
OVERLOAD message after
corresponding
to certain
mT12 timer stops,
the flow
FUC
flowtocontrol
level.
increases
one more
level,
The
parameter
value
and the
mT12 timer
corresponding
leveland
0
This
parameter
describes
restarts.
Lowerto
grade
cant
be
modified.
call
response
percentage
higher grade represent
corresponding
to certain
different proportion
to
FUC
flow
control
level.
reject service.
The parameter value
corresponding
level 0
This
parametertodescribes
cant
modified.
callingbepercentage
corresponding to certain
The parameter value
corresponding
level 0
This
cantrefresh
be modified.
site
percentage
The parameter value
corresponding
level 0
This parametertodescribes
cantrefresh
be modified.
site
percentage
The parameter value
corresponding
level 0
This
cantrefresh
be modified.
site
percentage
flow controla level.
FUC establishes
channel
The
parameter
valueAfter
request
map.
loadrefuse
indication
process
corresponding
level
0you
flow
control
is to
started,
informs
the adjacent
BSC
cant
modified.
canthe
bebe
based
onatthis
bitmap
of
cell
load
border
to
to determine
certain
provide
moreifreference
access can beinrefused.
information
normal
Each bit inand
thisthe
map
handover
internal
represents
if to allow
traffic
ofprocess,
BSC.
In
loadhandover
indication
channel
access
due
to
this
This
parameter
determines
BSC
sends
BSSAP
LOAD
reason:
1 represents
if
load indication
is refusal,
INDICATION
message
to
0 represents
available,
anallowance.
also notifying
MSC
periodically,
determines
the status.
validityThe
of
about
the load
In
load indication
process,
parameter
Load valid
message includes
time time
BSC
sendsindication
BSSAP LOAD
and Load
indication
information
INDICATION
to
period.indicates
If this message
parameter
which
the valid is
MSC
periodically,
notifying
No length
(load indication
time
of the service
about
theis load
status.the
The
process
disabled),
load
information.
MSC
message
includes timeare
latter two
relays
the parameters
BSSAP LOAD
indication
information
invalid. Otherwise
they are
INDICATION
message
to
which
the valid
valid. indicates
neighboring
BSCs. This
time length of the service
parameter represents the
load information. MSC
valid time length of the
relays the BSSAP LOAD
load message. 255 means
INDICATION message to
valid permanently.
neighboring BSCs. When
the load indication message
is sent periodically, this
parameter decides the
period for BSC to send the
load indication message.
80
According
to the
default
value
50 ~
200,100ms
150
According
to the
default
value
Level 0~10
According
to the
Level 0~10
default
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
According
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, to the
0, 0, 0, 0, 0 default
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
0, 50, 75,
100, 100,
100, 100,
100, 100,
100, 100
According
to the
default
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
According
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
to the
25, 50, 50,
default
75, 75, 75
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
0, 0, 0, 0,
25, 25, 40,
78, 100,
100, 100
According
to the
default
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
According
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
to the
0, 0, 25, 25,
default
50, 75
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
0, 0, 0, 20,
46, 73, 100,
100, 100,
100, 100
According
to the
default
value
Level 0~10,
value range
is: 0~100,%
According
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
to the
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
default
0
value
30 ~
150,100ms
bit
None
According
to the
default
value
Yes/No
No
According
to the
default
value
18
According
to the
default
value
According
to the
default
value
0 ~ 255,10s
0~
1500
65530,100ms
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not RF
related
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
Automa
tic
resourc
e
indicati
on
thresho
Timer
ld
for
RANC
SEST
Protecti
Waiting
ve
time
for P0
confirm
s the
messag
e
HO/AS
HO
S COM
perform
ed ack
timer
Protecti
ve time
of UM
assign
ment
complet
ion
BSIC
decodin
g
period
Resour
ceIndT
hs
TWaitR
ancsEst
rmsT4
TwaitH
oPFM
Ack
rmsT14
Tbsic
DCS18
00/PCS
FuncEx
1900
t
Support
ed
Range
of
BARA
NG
MR
Availab
report
le time
enable
to wait
for
resourc
es by
the
target
instanc
e in
forced
Virtual
release
IP
The
protecti
ve
period
for
handov
Source
er
BSC
request
handov
er
executi
Protecti
on
on of
period
resourc
es on
external
inHandov
er
MrRpt
Enable
rmsT15
VIRTU
ALIP
T7
T8
aisT4
received, BSC immediately

returns a BSSAP
RESOURCE
INDICATION message
with resource information.
BSC stops sending and
waits for next BSSAP
When
carrier
at if
RESOURCE
REQUEST
Time
tousing
waitIP
for
RANCS
user
plane
ofRESOURCE
interface
the BSSAP
process
applying
for A,
because
TC
is placeddoes
at
REQUEST
message
resource
protection.
MGW,
CN
shall
be
not contain
Extended
RANCS
process
is to
informed
to
replace This
codec
ResourceCS
Indication
IE. If
process
service.
during
handover.
there is
Extended
Resource
timer
isintra-BSC
started if RANA
CN
replacement
codec
Indication
IE, BSC
shallis
receives
external
handover
This
parameter
is T4 timer.
triggered
by
HANDOVER
follow
the
regulations
of
request
and
applying
for
1Subsequent
Timer start: After
PERFORMED
message.
To
element
channel fromMode
RANCS;
stop
RANCS
receives
the "HO
ensure
MSC
hassame
received
in receiving
the message,
as
if
RANCS
COM"
"ASS
COM" one
this
message
mode
4.orIfand
theand
previous
response,
fail
to send
message
oforMS
and you
successfully
command
is
mode
1
3,
then
handover to interface A if
forwards
it to RANA.
MGS
tomode
replace
codec
can use
1 or
3,
timeout.
2against
Timer
stop:
RANCS
obstacles
speech
otherwise you canatuse
receives
acknowledgement
aspect,
mode 4.HANDOVER
of
"HO COM"
"ASS
PERFORMED
ACK
3 Period
mode:or
After
BSC
COM"
byThis
RANA.
message
is added.
receivesmessage
the
BSSAP
timer
is used to
wait for
RESOURCE
REQUEST
HANDOVER
message,
it
will
PERFORMED
ACK
The
parameter
Tbsic
immediately
T14.
It is the return
perioda
message
MSC.
defines
a from
period,
which is
BSSAP
RESOURCE
between sending of
1INDICATION
Timer start:
it message
starts
calculated
from
call when
ASS/HO COM and
BSC
sends HANDOVER
establishment
or resource
handover
that
contains
the
receiving
of ASS/HO
COM
PERFORMED
message
completion
(inter-cell
or to
information.
After
ACK
messages
at that,
MSC.
intra-cell).
TC/I evaluation
BSC
periodically
sends
destination instance. the
2BSSAP
Timer
stop:
it stops
when
is
considered
as
unreliable
RESOURCE
BSC
receives
during
this period,
thus, If
INDICATION
message.
HANDOVER
handover
to aIE
special
Periodicity
in theTRX
PERFORMED
ACK this
is
not allowed.
During
BSSAP
RESOURCE
Value
includes
single
message
from
MSC.
period,
MS
can
decodeis not
REQUEST
message
frequency
or
frequency
30,Timeout
action:
release
BSIC
that
interferes
with
Specify
the
frequency
thensent
the period
to
send
range,
to MS before
in
call
while sending
CLEAR
neighboring
supported.
Itcells
is the value
the
message
is
of
CHANNEL
RELEASE.
REQUEST
message
to
handover
procedure
starts.
unmodifiable
after
being
Periodicity
IE
multiplied
Certain
frequency
can
be
MSC.
This
parameter
is only valid
created
successfully.
by
100ms.
If Periodicity
IE
firstly
inspected
while
MS
in
concentric
circle
case.
is 0, then
the message
is
selects
cell.
wrong
andminimum
the wholeand
Input the
BSSAP RESOURCE
maximum
value of
REQUEST
message
broadcast range
in theisleft
This
parameter
determines
regarded
wrong.
and
right as
blank
and click
if
data report
function
4Add
Stop
After
theis
to mode:
save this
range.
supported
for measurement
This
parameter
is
T15
BSSAP
RESOURCE
Range of BARANG can be
report,
in combination
timer.
REQUEST
message
iswith
same for different
global
MrRptTimap.
Ifimmediately
enable,
and
1received,
Timer
start:
When
the
BSC
resource.
place
itinstance
atBSSAP
this time,
report
target
decides
returns
a
Note: input frequency range
function
of measurement
forced
RESOURCE
can't berelease,
crossed.it will send
data
is supported.
the
"PREEMPT
APPLY" to
INDICATION
message
the
released
object.
without
any resource
2information
Timer stop:asThe
an target
instance
receives the
acknowledgement.
And
"RESOURCE
then,
it
will
no
longer
It indicates the externalsend
IP
AVAILABLE"
message
the
cell resource
address
of special lucid
from
the
released
object,
information
MSC.BSC
channel usedtowhile
indicating that the
provides it to OMCB and
resources
areit available.
Timer start:
starts when
SDR for link establishment.
RANCS sends the
HANDOVER
This
parameterREQUIRED
is timer
messagemonitoring
to MSC. external
rmsT8,
Timer stop:
it stops when
handover
process.
RANCS
instance
Timer
start:
rmsT8receives
starts
HANDOVER
after
handover COMMAND
command is
response
fromstate
MSC.
sent
in Serve
while
RANCS instance shall be
handovered
externally.
This parameter
is T4 timer.
stop: rmsT8
timer
Timer start:
After RANCS
stops
if RANCS
receives
the "HOinstance
COM" or
receives
HO COMCLEAR
"ASS
COM"
message of
CMD
(handover
MS
and
forwardssuccess)
it to
or UM HO FAIL (handover
RANA.
failed).stop: RANCS
Timer
receives acknowledgement
of "HO COM" or "ASS
COM" message by RANA.
According
to the
default
value
10 ~ 100,100
100
ms
According
to the
default
value
10 ~
80,100ms
30
According
to the
default
value
50 ~
70,100ms
60
According
to the
default
value
20
According
to the
default
value
50
According
to the
default
value
According
to actual
network
Leave it
blank
0 ~ 100,%
10 ~
50,100ms
20 ~
640,100ms
30
DCS1800,
PGSM1 ~ DCS1800
PCS1900
124;EGSM
0 ~
124975 ~
1023;DCS
1800512 ~ 0&&0
885;GSM1
900512 ~
810;GSM8
50128 ~
Yes/No
No
251.
According
to actual
network
According
to the
system
default
value
According
to the
system
default
value
10 ~
50,100ms
30
100 ~
200,100ms
100
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
120
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
40
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
50 ~
700,100ms
30 ~
150,100ms
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
Not valid
parameter
HO
Related
HO
Related
HANDOVER REQUIRED
to MSC, where target cell is
UTRAN cell, waiting for
response from MSC.
1 Timer start: this timer
Handov
starts if BSC sends
er
HANDOVER REQUIRED
protecti
to MSC, where target cell is
ng time mT7
UTRAN cell.
to
2 Timer stop: it stops when
UTRA
BSC receives
N
HANDOVER COMMAND
Starting
from parameter
MSC.
time for
This
is T10
rmsT10
3 Timeout action: configure
oriente
timer.
penalty for UTRAN target
d retry
cell carried in
HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Assign
ment
T10
period
Monito
r
physica
l
context
request
Serving
status
protecti
on
Regular
timer
timer
for
system
messag
e
broadca
st

This parameter is T12
T9108. Currently, the
rmsT91 timer.
process to monitor physical
08
Timer Start: T12 timer
context request is not used,
starts periodically when
reserved for later use.
RANCS receives
CONNECT CONF message
from RANA. Timer decides
aisT12
to perform activity check at
peer end. Laterly, it is
periodical start.
Timer Stop: T12 timer
BcRegu stops when RANCS
instance receives
lar
RELEASE TYPE message.
Level
thresho
info_0_ Level threshold of target
ld of
15
cell
target
cell
Externa
l cell
Info_0
load
notify
It describes if the load

information in this cell is
filled in the unit of "New
BSS to old BSS
information" for handover
request while the cell
service under current BSC
is switched to the cell under
other BSCs.
1~65535,100
100
ms
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
50 ~
200,100ms
130
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
0~
300,100ms
80
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
20,100ms
20
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
100 ~
3000
18000,100ms
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
6000~864000
18000
,100ms
Invalid.
Keep the
default
value.
0 ~ 63;0<
-110
dBm,1-110
dBm ~ -109
dBm,2-109
dBm ~ -108 27
dBm,
,62-49
dBm ~ -48
dBm,63>
-48 dBm (>)
0(No)
;
No
1(Yes)
40
NO
37
Yes
40
Yes
40
Yes
37
NO
40
NO
HO
Related
Neighb
or cell
load
Info_0_ It describes the valid time
valid
17
of the load information.
duratio
n
0 ~ 255,10s
HO
Related
MS
power
It indicates if MS power
hold in info_0_
hold in handover option is
handov 9
supported.
er
option
0(No)(MS
with
Maximum
output power)
0
1(Yes)(MS
with
optimized
output power)
Statistic
Statistic
PingPo
ng
handov
er
duratio
n
Numbe
r of
measur
ement
reports
for
droppe
d
connect
ions
ping pong handover counter

that measures the number
PingPo
of handovers out and in the 0-60,s
ngDura
original cell within this
period.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
10
10
10
20
20
0 ~ 63(0:<110dBm;1:110dBm~109dBm;
12
62:49dBm~48dBm;63:>48dBm)(<)
12
14
14
14
12
12
On call drops, you shall

determine which reason
Latest
causes the call drop based 1
Measur
on average level and
10,measurem 4
eRptNu
quality. This parameter is
ent report
m,num
used to control the average
number.
Statistic
On call drops, if the

distance (represented by TA
Excessi
DropEx value) between MS and
ve TA
cessive network is not less than this 063
thresho
TAThs threshold, it measures as
ld
call drop due to too distant
TA.
Statistic
Downli
On call drops, if downlink
nk
DropLo level is not more than this
signal
wSigStr threshold, it measures as
strength
DLThs call drop due to low
thresho
downlink level.
ld
Statistic
0 ~ 63(0:<110dBm;1:Uplink
On call drops, if uplink
110dBm~signal DropLo level is not more than this
109dBm;
strength wSigStr threshold, it measures as
12
62:thresho ULThs call drop due to low uplink
49dBm~ld
level.
48dBm;63:>48dBm)(<)
10
10
10
Statistic
Downli
On call drops, if downlink
nk
DropBa quality is better than this
quality dQualD threshold, it measures as
thresho LThs
call drop due to poor
ld
downlink quality.
07
Statistic
On call drops, if uplink

Uplink
DropBa quality is better than this
quality
dQualU threshold, it measures as
07
thresho
LThs
call drop due to poor uplink
ld
quality.
TDHO Determine whether to allow 0:Allow;1:Un

1
Enable TDD cell handover
allowd
According
to actual
network
DWOR
It indicates if frequency
D[0]BI
offset correction is
T3
supported.
Info_2
TDD
cell
UTRAN
handov
handover
er
enable
Support
frequen
BB
cy
Hopping
offset
Baseba
Correct
nd
frequen
cy
BB
Hoppin
Hopping Baseba
g TRX
nd
Exchan
frequen
ge Scan
cy
Timer
BB
Hoppin
Baseba
Hopping g TRX
nd
Exchan
frequen
ge
cy
Config
Hoppin
Timer
BB
g TRX
Hopping
Exchan
ge
Check
Delay
Timer
It identifies the exchange

period requried by
INFO3 periodically scanning the
TRX of baseband
frequency hopping.
After baseband hopping
exchange, you shall update
the configuration for the
INFO4
site. This parameter defines
the timer
to waitthe
for
When
detecting
response from
the site.
exchange
is required
for
baseband hopping TRX, the
system may delay for a
INFO5
period to check whether the
exchange is required again.
This parameter defines the
delay period.
0: 1:
503000,100ms
3000
3000
3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
503000,100ms
1800
1800
1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
1001800,100ms
300
300
300 300 300 300 300
Que
ue
allo
Queue
Queue
wed
forbiden
allowed
whe
when assign when assign
n
assig
n
Que
ue
Queue
Queue
forbi
forbiden
forbiden
den
when
when
whe
handover
handover
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
According
Forced
to actual
release
situations of forbiden
the current
when assign
network
Forced
release
forbiden
when
handover
According
to actual
network
Forced
It determines if forced
handov
Forced handover is allowed or set
er
HoInd it per cell if there are no
indicati
Ass
available channels in the
on for
cell during assignment.
assign
Forced
handover
forbiden
when assign
Forced
handover
allowed when
assign
According to
the Cell
According
Forced
to actual
handover
situations of forbiden
the current
when assign
network
eMLPP
Forced
handov
er
Forced handover is allowed or set
indicati HoInd it per cell if there are no
on for Ho
handov
cell during handover.
er
Forced
handover
forbiden
when
handover
Forced
handover
allowed when
handover
According to
the Cell
Forced
handover
forbiden
when
handover
eMLPP
Strateg
y for
AssPre
preemp
preemption policy if there
emptstr
tion
is no available channel on
ategy
when
assginment.
assign
Only forced
handover
First forced
handover
First forced
release
Only
forc
Only forced Only forced
ed
handover
handover
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
eMLPP
It determines if queue is
Queue
allowed or set it per cell if
indicate QueueI
there are no available
when
ndAss
channels in the cell during
assign
assignment.
eMLPP
Queue
It determines if queue is
allowed
allowed or set it per cell if
QueueI
when
there are no available
ndHo
handov
channels in the cell during
er
handover.
eMLPP
Forced
release Preemp release is allowed or set it
indicate tionInd per cell if there are no
when
Ass
assign
cell during assignment.
eMLPP
Forced
release
Preemp release is allowed or set it
allowed
tionInd per cell if there are no
when
Ho
handov
cell during handover.
er
eMLPP
Queue
forbiden
when assign
Queue
allowed when
assign
According to
the Cell
Queue
forbiden
when
handover
Queue
allowed when
handover
According to
the Cell
Forced
release
forbiden
when assign
Forced
release
allowed when
assign
According to
the Cell
Forced
release
forbiden
when
handover
Forced
release
allowed when
handover
According to
the Cell
According
to actual
network
eMLPP
Strateg
y for
preemp HoPree
preemption policy if there
tion
mptstra
is no available channel on
when
tegy
handover.
handov
er
eMLPP
Queue
timer
for
assign
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
Only forced
handover
First forced
handover
First forced
release
Only
forc
Only forced Only forced
ed
handover
handover
hand
over
It determines the max time

of waiting for queue if there
is no available channel in
10 ~ 150 ,100
rmsT11
60
the cell during assignment. ms
The assignment fails if no
any resource is gotten.
It determines the max time

Queue
of waiting for queue if there
timer
rmsTqh is no available channel in
for
o
the cell on handover. The
handov
handover fails if no any
er
resource is gotten.
It determines the period of
forced handover or forced
Preemp
release if there is no
tion
AssPre available channel during
duratio empTi assignment. If the period
n when mer
elapses,
only queue
is of
It
determines
the period
assign
allowed,
and neworforced
forced
handover
forced
Preemp
handover
or forced
release
if there
is norelease
tion
not required.
HoPree available
channel during
duratio
mpTim handover. If the period
n when
er
elapses, only queue is
handov
allowed, and new forced
Maxim
er
handover
or forced
release
um
It
determines
the max
not required.
forced AssFor number
of retry for forced
handov cedHoT handover if there is no
er times ry
available channel during
when
assignment.
Maxim
assign
um
It determines the max
forced AssFor number of retry for forced
release cedRel release if there is no
times
Try
Maxim
when
assignment.
um
assign
forced
HoForc number of retry for forced
handov
edHoTr handover if there is no
er times
y
when
Maxim
handover.
handov
um
er
forced
It determines the time of
HoForc number of retry for forced
release
waiting for resource after
edRelT release if there is no
times
forced handover. If getting
ry
when
the resource within this
handover.
Wait
handov
period, do not initiate
resourc
er
forced handover or forced
e timer
It determines the time of
ForceH release and quit from the
after
waiting for resource after
oWait queue. If can not get it,
forced
forced release. If getting the
initiate forced handover,
handov
resource within this period,
forced release, or queue.
Wait
er
do not initiate forced
This parameter is
resourc
release and quit from the
e timer ForceR configured according to the
queue. If can not get it,
after
elWait time requird to finish
initiate forced release or
Interval
handover.
forced
queue.
for
release
the waiting time for
This parameter is
search
searching forced handover
forced AssFor configured according to the
target again if forced
handov ceHoInt time requird to finish
handover target can not be
handover.
er
erval
found when there is no
target
available channel in the cell
when
during assignment.
assign
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
60
80
80
80
60
60
10 ~ 150 ,100
50
ms
50
50
50
50
50
50
25 ~ 130,100
40
ms
40
40
40
40
40
40
25 ~ 130,100
30
ms
30
30
30
30
30
30
1~5
1~3
1~5
1~3
10 ~ 40,100
ms
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
10 ~ 40,100
ms
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
5 ~ 20 ,100
ms
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
eMLPP
Interval
for
search
forced
release
Interval
target
for
when
search
assign
forced
handov
er
Interval
target
for
when
search
handov
forced
er
release
target
when
Timer
handov
for start
er
forced
release
when
Timer
assign
for start
forced
release
when
handov
Enough
er
low
priotity
for
preemp
tion
Enough
call
duratio
n for
preemp
tion
Forced
handov
er
target
penalty
time
priority
of
emerge
ncy
service
AssFor
ceRelIn
terval
HoForc
eHoInte
rval
HoForc
eRelInt
erval
AssFor
ceRelTi
mer
HoForc
eRelTi
mer
Lowest
Priority
LongCa
llDurati
on
ForceH
oPenalt
y
EmergS
ervicel
Prio
eMLPP
User
PriThre
Priority shold
eMLPP
Reserve
d
RsvCha
Channe nFirst
l First
eMLPP
eMLPP
channel EMLP
Reserve PThs
d time
HBTSS
CANSI
TENU
M
S8001
related
S8001
related
SITE
ID
SiteId

the waiting time for
searching forced release
release target can not be
foundparameter
when there
is no
This
determines
available
channel
in the cell
the waiting
time for
during assignment.
searching
forced handover
handover target can not be
foundparameter
when there
is no
This
determines
available
channel
in the cell
the
waiting
time for
on handover.
searching
forced release
release
target if
can
be
It
determines
to not
do forced
found
when
thereforced
is no
handover
if both
available channel
in the cell
handover
and forced
on handover.
release
are allowed when
there is no available
channel
in theifcell
during
It
determines
to do
forced
assignment,
or toforced
do forced
handover
if both
release and
doforced
not forced
handover
and
handover
no any
release
areafter
allowed
when
channel
is gotten.
there
is no
available
channel
in the
the search
cell during
To reduce
times
handover,
or to do
when
searching
forforced
the
release
do not
forced
target ofand
forced
handover
handover
no any
and
forcedafter
release,
if target
channel is
is not
gotten.
priority
higher than
To reduce search times
this priority, it is considered
while searching for the
that the priority of this
target of forced handover
target is low enough, and
and forced release, if the
do not search for the lowest
duration of target call is
priority. 1: highest priority
longer than this parameter
value,parameter
it is considered that
This
the duration of target
call is
(PriThreshold)
uses the
sufficient
do not
search
It
determines
this
instance
service
of and
preferred
access
the high-priority
target
longest
can
not bewith
usedthe
as
forced
for
subscriber,
call
handover
targetservice,
within this
that duration.
is eMLPP
the
period after
system
may forced
set some
handover
fails.
reserved channels
(currently, only full rate
It determines if the call
TCH channels are
with higher or equivalent
supported to be the
priority is emergency call.
reserved channels).
1: highest priority
When CS instance calls
database to apply for
channels, the subscriber's
PriorityLevel information
reaches to database, and is
compared with
PriThreshold in the
database
and BSC
The
selection
ordertable.
of
When If PriorityLevel
<=
reserved
channel and nonPriThreshold
(the less the
reserved
channel
subscriber's priority level
value, using
the higher
When
high the
priority
priority
level, that
is thethat
user
to access
service,
subscriber's
priority the
level is
is,
EMLPP service,
not lower
than
system
may
configure
PriThreshold
priority),
the
certain
remained
channels
reserved
channel
can beof
It
indicates
the number
used.
HBTS scanning sites at
each time. 0 indicates the
periodical scanning
function is disabled.
SiteId
5 ~ 20,100
ms
5 ~ 20,100
ms
5 ~ 20,100
ms
20 ~ 125,100
30
ms
30
30
30
30
30
30
20 ~ 125,100
25
ms
25
25
25
25
25
25
1 ~ 15
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
0~
65535,480ms 50
50
50
50
50
50
50
0~
255,480ms
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
1 ~ 15
1 ~ 15
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0 ~ 100,%
010
10
1-1536
It belongs to
adjustment
parameter.
Keep the
default
value.
According
to actual
network
S8001
related
BTS ID BtsId
Serial number of this cell.
16
According
to actual
network
100
According
to actual
network
S8001
related
RSSITh
RSSI threshold
rd
10-120
S8001
related
HBTSS
It indicates the switch of
canSup
searching frequency.
port
0:;1:
S8001
related
GSM19 It indicates if GSM900

00Supp frequency band is
ort
supported.
0:;1:
0~300
0~124,
128~251,
512~885,
975~1023
0~124,
128~251,
512~885,
975~1023
S8001
related
S8001
related
S8001
related
HBTS
Arfcn HBTSR
Range angeNu
Numbe m
r
HBTSRangeLow and
HBTSRangeHigh are
HBTS HBTSR
configured in pair. You can
rang
angeLo
set multiple ranges.
low
w
HBTSRangeLow: the lower
HBTSRangeLow and
absolute RF channel id
HBTSRangeHigh are
HBTS HBTSR configured in pair. You can
rang
angeHi set multiple ranges.
high
gh
HBTSRangeHigh: the
upper absolute RF channel
id.
According
to actual
situations of
the current
network
It belongs to
adjustment
parameter.
Keep the
default
value.
It
belongs to
adjustment
parameter.
Keep the
default
value.
It
belongs to
adjustment
parameter.
Keep the
default
value.
It
belongs to
adjustment
parameter.
Keep the
default
value.
mmended Value for Different Scenes

Express
Indoor
Way/High
Wide
Coverage/
-speed Coverage
Tunnel
Railway
900 180 900 180 900 180
M 0M M 0M M 0M
No
No
No
No
No
No
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
No
No
No
No
No
No

Enabling this function may

improve network capacity,
accessibility and throughput,
but will decrease mobility and
reliability.
The lower the value, the more
HR requests there will be, and
network capacity will be
increased. To BSCs with high
traffic and heavy congestion,
this parameter may be set a
lower value.
A reasonable setting of this
parameter helps to improve
reliability.
The lower the value, the more
HR requests there will be, and
network capacity will be
increased. To BSCs with high
traffic and heavy congestion,
this parameter may be set a
lower value.
This
parameter is used to
reliability.
limit the maximum
percentage of usable HR
timeslots. The lower the
value, the lower percentage of
HR timeslots is used. To
BSCs with high traffic and
heavy congestion, this
parameter may be set a higher
value.
Enabling this parameter will
reliability.
increase intra-cell handover
greatly.
reliability.
CN Side
Accessibi
Reliabilit Through Coverage
Mobility
Indicator
lity
y
put
Rate
s
Yes: means inter-cell

handover is controlled by
BSC;
No: means inter-cell handover
is controlled by MSC, and
shares the same handover
flow with inter-BSC
handover.
If this parameter is set as
No, all handovers excepting
intra-cell handover take interYes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
BSC handover flow,
increasing the duration of
handover flow and
introducing extra A interface
signaling traffic. At this time,
the counted number of BSC
controlled incominghandovers and outgoing
handovers is 0, affecting
handover
success
rate
call
The protection
time
forand
target
drop
rate.
cell resources
in inter-BSC
handover. This timer should
be set a higher value than
rmsT3103, rmsT8, rmsT3107
110 110 110 110 110 110 and rmsT1.
A higher value setting for
both T9113 and rmsT8 helps
to improve handover success
rate, but will affect TCH
If
BSC siderate.
need receive
congestion
handover required reject
message from MSC, a global
variable switch need be
enabled at BSC side;
When queuing function is
enabled, the value of this
timer should be greater than
the queuing duration; when
queuing function is disabled,
this timer may be set a shorter
150 150 150 150 150 150
duration, so that BSC can
initiate the second handover
request as soon as possible.
If this parameter is set longer
duration, handover delay may
occur at the first response
failure to handover request,
and may cause call drop.
This
parameter
coverage
rate. displays the
handover protection time of
the original cell in inter-BSC
handover. It functions the
same as rmsT3103 but should
100 100 100 100 100 100 be set a higher value than
T3103. Higher value for this
handover success rate and
reduce call drop rate, but may
cause TCH congestion.
Before Tmicro expires, interlayer handovers have

precedence over handovers
into the upper layer; after
Tmicor expires, inter-layer
handovers have precedence
over handovers at the same
layer. Please refer to
Guidebook for Hanover
50 50 50 50 50 50 Algorithm Application for
details.
This parameter is applicable
to layered network, and is
recommended to be set a
lower value.
Higher value setting for this
parameter may affect the
This
displays
the
trafficparameter
splitting of
doublehandover
protection time of
layer network.
the source cell in 2/3G
handover, and functions
similar to rmsT3103 and
rmsT8.
100 100 100 100 100 100
If this parameter is set a
higher value, it helps to
improve handover success
rate and reduce call drop rate,
This
parameter
displays the
but may
cause TCH
handover
protection time of
congestion.
the source cell in intra-cell
handover.
If this parameter is set a
60 60 60 60 60 60
higher value, it helps to
improve handover success
rate and reduce call drop rate,
but
cause
TCH the
Themay
lower
the value,
congestion.
higher level and the fewer the
high-priority users who can
be accessed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Reasonable setting can
improve wireless
accessibility.
For users with
PriorityLevelPriThreshold,
reserved channel can be used
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes in priority.
improve wireless
accessibility.
It is not recommended to
reserve channels.
0
0
0
0
0
0
improve wireless
If
this parameter is set too
accessibility.
high a value, the period for
inspecting target cells will be
20 20 20 20 20 20 prolonged.
improve wireless
accessibility.
No
No
No
No
No
No
It is recommended to keep the

default value.
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BS
C
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
TC
BSC
Y
es
Enabling this function helps

to improve the MOS of calls
between MSs and improve
customers perception.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes

Too high the value will waste
wireless resource and cause
bad user perception.
Too low the value will reduce
MS access success rate.
parameter will improve
wireless accessibility.
It is found in the field that
there are defects in some
MSs, and that using half-rate
version 3 will cause
assignment failure, call drops
due to handover, and etc.
Therefore, it is recommended
to enable half-rate version 1.
It is found in the field that
there are defects in some
MSs, and that using half-rate
version 3 will cause
assignment failure, call drops
due to handover, and etc.
Therefore, it is recommended
to enable full-rate version 2.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
60
60
60
60
60
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Half
-rate
versi
on 1
Half
Half
Half Half
-rate
-rate
-rate -rate
vers
versi
versi versi
ion
on 1
on 1 on 1
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
vers
ion
2N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Star
6
tmo
de
cod
ec
8
24
3
3
4
1
3
39
5
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
code
c
fullrate
versi
on 2
N
Y
N
Y It is recommended to keep the
N
6 default value.
Y
9
N
13
Y
1
8
default value.
24
3
3
4
1
3
39 It is recommended to keep the
5
default value.
5
5
Start
6
mod
e
default value.
code
c
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
22
N
2
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
3
4
40
5
29
default value.
3
4
40
60

default value.
The rate 7.95K can only be

realized in IP environment.
This rate cannot be enabled in
DTM networking.
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Star
tmo
de
cod
ec
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
4
5
5
6
6
Start
mod
e
code
c
45
45
20
20

default value.

default value.

default value.

default value.

default value.
45
45
45
45

default value.
20
20
20
20

default value.
Too low the value will cause

low channel activation
20 20 20 20 20 20 success rate. It is
recommended to set this
parameter as 20.
low handover success rate and
70 70 70 70 70 70 low assignment success rate.
default value.
low mode modification
parameter as 60.
low immediate assignment
parameter as 30.
The value of rmsT3109
should be greater than that of
320 320 320 320 320 320 RADIO Timeout +rms T3111.
Otherwise, crosstalk will
occur.
3

default value.
30
30
30
30
30
30

default value.
In networks with different

PLMN, this function should
be enabled.
Some mobiles do not support

the limited range of broadcast
frequency, and thus cannot
access network.
For network evaluation in
which MR data is necessary,
this function should be
enabled in auto frequency
planning.
This parameter is one of the

parameters related to power
optimization after handover. It
means that MS adopts the
optimal power (the minimum
power before and after
handover) when the level in
target cell exceeds this value.
This value should be set
higher than
PCULINCLLEVTHSThs,
otherwise, uplink power
45 45 37 40 37 40 control will be triggered off
even if optimal power is used
after handover.
This parameter is a BSC level
parameter. If there are more
scenes or multi-band
networks under this BSC, the
maximum value should be
adopted.
parameter can reduce uplink
interference, and affect
When dynamic priority is
network indicator positively.
enabled, this parameter
should be set as Yes.
Otherwise, cells between
different BSCs cannot acquire
effective load information,
reducing the accuracy of
NO NO NO NO NO NO dynamic priority.
When dynamic priority
handover is started, the load
of the target cell is
considered. This can balance
traffic dynamically, reduce
TCH congestion and increase
handover success rate.
This parameter is valid when

dynamic priority is enabled,
and displays the valid time of
the load information in
neighbor cells. If there is no
update after this parameter
expires, this means the load
information of this neighbor
6
6
6
6
6
6
cell is invalid.
If the set time is too long or
too short, the load
information of neighbor cells
cannot be referenced and will
affect the results of dynamic
priority and reduce handover
success
Enablingrate.
this parameter may
suppress interference to a
certain extent. The switch of
0
0
0
0
0
0
this function is a BSC level
switch, and is not
recommended to be enabled.
The value of this parameter
affects the statistical number
of Ping Pong handovers. The
higher the value, the more the
10 10 10 10 10 10 handovers counted; the lower
the value, the fewer the
handovers counted. It is
parameter
above 5s.value is 4.
The
recommended
There have been more MRs
involved in the averaging
4
4
4
4
4
4
calculation, thus, more
accurate data such as average
level and average quality
couldvalue
be obtained.
The
of this parameter
can be set according to the
coverage of the network.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, site
coverage is small, this
20 20 20 20 20 20 parameter could be set a
lower value, and 10 is
recommended;
In rural areas, site coverage is
large, this parameter could be
set a higher value, and 20 is
The
value of this parameter
recommended.
Generally speaking:
In dense urban areas, network
coverage is strong, this
parameter could be set a
12 12 12 12 12 12
higher value, and 14 is
recommended;
In rural areas, network
coverage is weak, this
recommended.

Generally speaking:
coverage is strong, this
recommended;
coverage is weak, this
recommended.
quality of the network.
Generally speaking:
interference is strong and
network quality is poor, this
recommended;
interference is weak and
network quality is good, this
lower
value,
is
The value
of and
this 5parameter
recommended.
can
be set according to the
quality of the network.
Generally speaking:
interference is strong and
network quality is poor, this
recommended;
interference is weak and
network quality is good, this
recommended.
In 2/3G networking, when
handover into 3G (TDSDCMA) cell is necessary,
this parameter should be
enabled.
Under base band frequencyhopping, frequency offset
correction is supported.
3000 3000 3000 ### 3000 3000

default value.
1800 1800 1800 ### 1800 1800

default value.
300 300 300 300 300 300

default value.
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assi
gn
Que
ue
forb
iden
whe
n
han
dov
er
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Que
ue
allo
wed
whe
n
assig
n
Que
ue
forbi
den
whe
n
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Onl
y
forc
ed
han
dov
er
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Enabling Queue function

helps to reduce TCH
congestion rate, and improve
call completion rate; but
longer time will be cost for
resource acquisition, call
completion and call
connection, affecting
It is not recommended to
enable Queue allowed when
handover, because wireless
environment is complicated
and signals in neighbor cells
may have changed with the
fast moving of MS during the
queuing & waiting time.
This function enables highpriority users to complete
their calls through forced
release of low-priority users
channels, when there is no
channel resource available
when high-priority users are
initiating calls. This may
improve high-priority users
perception, but will reduce
low-priority
perception.
This functionusers
enables
highpriority users to complete
their calls through forced
release of low-priority users
channels, when there is no
channel resource available in
the target cell when highpriority users are initiating
calls. This may improve highpriority users perception, but
will reduce low-priority users
This function enables highperception.
priority users to acquire
channel to complete their
calls through forced handover
of low-priority users channels
occupied, when there is no
This function enables highperception.
priority users to acquire
channel to complete their
calls through forced handover
of low-priority users channels
occupied, when there is no
perception.
Set
this parameter as Only
forced handover to acquire
channel & finish calling, thus,
high-priority users calling
can be completed, without
interrupting low-priority
users service.
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Onl
y
forc
ed
han
dov
er
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Only
forc
ed
hand
over
Set this parameter as Only

forced handover to acquire
channel & finish calling, thus,
high-priority users calling
can be completed, without
interrupting low-priority
usersparameter
service defines the
This
duration for assignment
queuing. The higher the
value, the longer the queuing
will last. This helps to reduce
congestion rate but will cause
longer call completion time.
And, the duration defined by
this parameter should be
shorter than that defined at
core network side.
duration for handover
queuing. The higher the
value, the longer the queuing
will last. This helps to reduce
congestion rate but should not
be set too long. Otherwise,
problems such as handover
failure may occur even
though signals in the neighbor
cell have been changed.
60
60
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
40
40
40
40
40

default value.
30
30
30
30
30
30

default value.

default value.

default value.

default value.

default value.
25
25
25
25
25
25

default value.
25
25
25
25
25
25

default value.

default value.

default value.

default value.

default value.
30
30
30
30
30
30

default value.
25
25
25
25
25
25

default value.
14
14
14
14
14
14

default value.
50
50
50
50
50
50

default value.
60
60
60
60
60
60

default value.

default value.

default value.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
If eMLPP is enabled, this

parameter should be set. It is
parameter as Yes.
If eMLPP is enabled, this

parameter should be set. It is
parameter as 5%.
This is a commissioning
parameter. It is recommended
to keep the default value for
this parameter.
this parameter.
This is a test parameter. It is

recommended to keep the
default value for this
parameter.
This parameter is used to set

level threshold for the
channel to be checked, during
frequency searching.
this parameter.
this parameter.
this parameter.
This function can realize

automatical frequency
planning of S8001 equipment.
this parameter.
Remarks
Category
Parameter Parameter
Name (EN)
Code
Cell
Selection
MIN
received
RxLevAcce
signal level ssMin
to access
Cell
Selection
Cell bar
qualify
CellBarQua
lify
Cell
Selection
Cell bar
access
CellBarAcc
ess
Cell
Selection
Cell
Selection
Cell
Selection
Access
AccCtrlClas
control level s
Minimal
level
threshold of RachAccess
MS uplink Min
RACH
access
Minimal
level
threshold of
TAMIN
MS uplink
RACH
access
Idle
Interference
InterfBound
measuremen Band
ary
t
Boundary
Idle
Interference
InterfAvgPr
measuremen averaging
d
t
period
DTX
DTX
Downlink
discontinuo
us
DtxDwlink
transmission
allowed
Uplink
discontinuo DtxUplinkB
us
cch
transmission
the cell. The

capacity,
and
parametertraffic
will be
functional
difference
broadcast to
all MSs
in
overlapping
It
MSareas.
in indicates
a cell through
the
This
function
can
be
access
control
level
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
implemented
by
to
access
cell.
INFORMATION
configuring
Common
MS has the
TYPE3 and
CellBarQualify.
class
0 ~ 9messages.
and
TYPE4
CellBarQualify
isof
special
MS
hassignal
the
Explanation
MIN received
used
to
limit
cell
class
11
~
15.
Class
Parameters
level
to access (EN)
is one
priority
in
special
10
does
notselection
exist.
of the
cell
case.
Network
System
can prohibit
parameters.
broadcasts
the value
MS
with
some
Recommended
parameter
access
class to enter
is usually
information
to all to
the
cell according
approximated
MSs
in thetocell
this
parameter.
according
MS
through
RIL3_RR
System
allows
access
receiving
sensitivity.
SYSTEM
of
a mobile
with
When
network
INFORMATION
access
class,
N = 0,
observes
uneven
TYPE3
and
TYPE4
1traffic
...9,
11
...15.
Itcanin
distribution
PLMN
carriers
messages.
It isMIN
one of
allows
certain emergency
cells,
determine
if
to
allow
the
cell
selection
calls
when
the
received
signal
level
MS
to
access
a
parameters.
The
eleventh
digit
= EC.
to accesscell
increases
specific
(for
validity
of this
(For
convenient
the resulting
C1 and
example
the
cell
in
parameter
depends
programming,
C10
C2 to
decrease
the is
test
orneeds
thereselection
cell
for
BTS
to
upon
cell
always
0) If
the Nth
cell
effective
absorbing
traffic
measure
interference
parameter
indication.
bit
of access
control
coverage
range.
only).
on
theis'No'
unallocated
Select
for
Cell
level
0
(0
However,broadcasts
the value
Network
traffic
channels.
BTS
Bar
Access
and No
represents
access
of
this
parameter
Cell
bar bar
access
calculates
the
for
Cell
qualify,
allowed,
1
cannot be tootolarge.
information
MS in
average
of access
recent
that
is, the
cell
represents
Otherwise,
large
the
cell
through
interference
values
priority
is defined
as
not
allowed),
it will
value
change
can
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
on
periodic
basisof
and
Normal.
MS
allow
the
access
bring
void
area
INFORMATION
converts
it enter
into
preferably
MS
with
across
cell
TYPE1,
2, 2bis,
3
corresponding
some
types
of =N
cells.
AccCtrlClass
boundaries
to
result
and
4
messages.
interference
band
Set
the1,priority
of ...
(N=0,
...call
9, 11,
in sudden
drop
information.
BTS
this
typeEC
as
15). cell
Bit 11=
problem.
then,
transfers
tothe
Normal,
while
represent
that
With this measure
BSC
in the
RF
priorities
of
otheris it
Emergency
Call
Minimal
for
trafficlevel
balance,
RESOURCE
cells
to Low.
Inthe
available.
threshold
of MS
is suggested
that
INDICATION
some
cases,
such
This
parameter
uplink
RACH
access
level value shouldas
message
to two
consider
micro
cellular
consists
of
bytes
not exceed
-90dBm.
it
asbits).
a factor and
in
application,
(16
Define the parameter
channel
allocation
dual-frequency
The
first
bit:(that
C15,is,
value
to 10
It
indicates
the
strategy.
networking,
this
C14,
C13,
C12,
The
Discontinuous
from
-101 TA
dBm
~C11,
minimum
The
interface
setting
will
not
DTX
mode
is granted
anaffect
C10,
C9,
C8;
Transmission
(DTX)
-100
dBm)
at
initial
to
becell
accessed
into
boundaries
are
used
BTS
needs
to
the
reselection.
optional
downlink
The
second
bit:
mode
means
thatC7,
the
network
rollout
stage
the
cell.
to
help
the
measure
interference
feature
of
GSM
C6,
C5,does
C4,
C3,
system
not isC2,
or lower,
which
conversion
of
the
on
the
System.
C1,
C0unallocated
transmit
signals
higher
than
the
interference
level
traffic
channels.
BTS
The
Discontinuous
1receiving
Parameter
allows
during
thesensitivity
speech
(average)
value
into
calculates
the
Transmission
(DTX)
cell
access
when
Cn
intermission
of-102
the
of MS (that is,
corresponding
average
of indicates
recent
mode
means
that the
the
is
0,which
subscriber
dBm).
However,
band
interference
values
system
does
not
that
MS
with
access
conversation.
2 dB increase in
information.
on
periodic
transmit
class
of Nsignals
isbasis
not isand
This
parameter
parameter
value
Altogether
six=0,1,...,
converts
it
into
during
the
speech
forbidden
(N
controls
allowablehow
in MS
boundaries
corresponding
intermission
ofmode.
the
9,
11,...,
15)
uses
the DTX
situations
where
determine
five
interference
band
subscriber
2System
Parameter
forbids
networkbroadcasts
coverage is
interference
bands.
information.
conversation.
ThisCn
cell
when
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
not aaccess
problem.
In
fact,
it istransfers
BTS
then,
parameter
is
1,
which
indicates
INFORMATION
unnecessary
toaccess
set
to
the
RF
participates
in
thatBSC
MSinwith
TYPE3
message
to
interference
RESOURCE
determining
to
use
class
of
N
is
all MSs in the cell.
boundary
0(Nand
INDICATION
DTX
mode
in
forbidden
0, be
In
addition,
it =may
interference
message
to
downlink
direction.
1,...,
9,
11,...,
15)
necessary toconsider
notify
boundary
5. One
it
as aoffactor
in DTX
Actually,
using
3MSs
C10
isolder
always
0.of
them
represents
channel
allocation
in
downlink
versions (of the first
infinity
and
other
strategy.
This
direction
(inthethe
stage) through
represents is
negative
parameter
one
of
CHANNEL
RIL3_RR SYSTEM
infinity.
This
the
BTS
ACTIVATION
INFORMATION
parameter,
configuration
message
and MODE
TYPE6 message
on
describingmessage
the
parameters.
MODIFY
SACCH. For MSs of
remaining
four
sent
to versions,
BTS)
is the
newer
boundaries, together
is one of
determined
RIL3_RR SYSTEM
thethis
BTSparameter
by
INFORMATION
configuration
and
the DTX
TYPE6
message
parameters.
indicationUplink
in
contains
Generally,direction
-85 dBm
downlink
discontinuous
~
dBm is used
in-115
ASSIGNMENT
transmission.
This
for interference
REQUEST
parameter ismessage
one of
boundaries
1 ~ 4.
and
HANDOVER
the network
function
REQUEST
parameters. message
of
TheMSC.
values are as
Yes:
enable;
follows:
No:
disable
MS could use
Value
Default
0 ~ 63;0<
Range &
Value in
-110
Unit
OMCR
dBm,1110 dBm ~
-109
dBm,2109 dBm ~
10
-108 dBm,
,6249 dBm ~
-48
dBm,63>
-48 dBm
Yes/No
No
()
Recommended Value for Di

Recommen
ded Value
Dense
for
Rural
Urban/Urban
Network
CoOptimizati
1800
900M
BCC 900M
on
M
H
10
10
15
10
10
No
No
No
No
No
No,
No,
No
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
125
No,
No
No,
No,
No
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
125
No,
No
No,
No,
No
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
125
No,
No
No,
No,
No
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
125
No,
No
(0~5)
0-110
dBm,1- [0,10,15,20, [0,10,15,20,
25,63]
25,63]
109 dBm,
,6347 dBm
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
1~31,
SACCH
multiframe
31
31
31
31
31
31
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
No
No
16bits,
Yes/No
No, No, No,

No, No, No,
No, No, No,
No, No, No,
No, No, No,
No
No, No, No,

No, No, No,
No, No, No,
No, No, No,
No, No, No,
No
90125,dBm
125
125
Extend
Cell:0~219
0
Normal:0~6
3
0:MS could
use
DTX;1:MS
should use 1
DTX;2:MS
should not
use DTX
Channel
related
Parameters
Number of
BsPaMfram
multiframes
s
of the PCH
Dynamic
SDCCH
SDCCH
dynamic
CanSdcchD
configuratio yn
n allowed
Dynamic
HR
Dynamic
HR Enable
Dynamic
HR
Use cell
UseCellDyn
dynamic HR
HRPara
parameter
Dynamic
HR
Threshold
for a single
trx switched HRThs
from FR to
HR
Dynamic
HR
AMR
Dynamic
AMRHRTh
HR
s
Conversion
Threshold
Dynamic
HR
Percentage
of HR Ts
HRTsPercen
tage(<)
Dynamic
HR
FR-HR
HandOver
Based On
Cell Load
FRTHRHO
Support
Dynamic
HR
New setup
cause
indication
NECI
DynaHREn
able
HR
Support HR
HRDfragSu
Concentrati channel frag
pport
on
collected
HR
Threshold
Concentrati of HR
on
Defrag
HRDefragT
hs
belongs and ignores

the contents of other
paging sub-channels,
and shuts off the
power supply of
some hardware
equipment in the MS
to save the power
overhead of MS.
In other IDLE time,
MS shuts off the
hardware equipment
power supply to save
This
parameter
power.
Number of
decides
if theofcell
multiframes
the
allows
SDCCH
PCH determines the
dynamic
number of paging
configuration.
sub-channels of the
paging channel in a
cell.
MS
usecell
thissupports
If
this
parameterHR.
to find out
dynamic
its home paging
group, so as to
monitor
corresponding
It
indicates
use cell
paging
sub-channel.
When
BSC
and cell
dynamic
HR
Network
broadcasts
enables
dynamic HR
parameter.
the
parameter
functions,
When
busyand
information
all
percentage oftoTCH/F
timeslot/general
MSs
in
the
cell
channel used
timeslot
>= in the
through
RIL3_RRand
cell (TCH/F
AmrHRThs/100,
SYSTEM
channels
occupied
in
carrier
and
cell
INFORMATION
the cell /AMR,
all available
support
TYPE3
message.
TCH channels
in the
subsequent
service
Number
of voice
cell
(including
IDLE
prefers
AMR
multiframes
the
and BUSY))of
exceeds
rate.
When
HR
timeslot
PCH
is
this
threshold,
This threshold valuein
the
cell
/TCH/F
general
one
of the
system
convert
-> on
can
be
configured
timeslot
in
the cell
<
control
parameters.
TCH/H.
BSC and BTS,
when
HRTsPercentage/100
The
channels
"Userserving
cell dynamic
,HR
the
cell
cansystem
in
the
GSM
parameter"
generate
new HRinto
can
be classified
(UseCellDynHRPara
channel.
channels
with full
) is yes, AmrHRThs
This
parameter
can
rate
channels
valueand
configured
by
be
configured
on
with
half
rate
cell will be used,
BSC
and BTS.
If the
according
to GSM
otherwise
proportion
of
HR
specifications.
AmrHRThs
timeslot
inGSM
the
cell is
Common
configured
by BSC
lower
than
system
supports
is used.
HRTsPercentage/100
channels
with full
FR-HR
HandOver
of BSC
and
BTS, the
rate.
The
network
Based
On
Cell Load
cell
can generate
operators
decide if
newnetwork
HR channel.
the
support
half rate service. The
This
parameter
is a
new setup
reason
switch
of
frag
denotes the NECI to
collection
HRarea
notify MS in
if the
channel,
which
supports the halfcan
rate
be
configured
service.
The on
BSC
and BTS.
It
indicates
the Only
parameter
notifies
when
both
BSC
proportion
threshold
MS through the and
BTS
are enabled,
of
HRDefragNum
/
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
and
finished
HR
idle
HR
channel
in
INFORMATION
frags
/ idle
HR
the
cell.
This
TYPE3
and
TYPE4
channel
in
the
cell
parameter
can
beis is
messages. NECI
no
than
configured
on BTS.
onemore
of networks
HRDefragThs,
Only
when bothHR
BSC
functional
channel
and
BTS can enable
parameters.
defragmentation
HRDfragSupport,
No: half rate service
function
is supported
enabled,
and
finished
HR
access
not
otherwise
it
is
frags
/
idle
HR
by this cell;
disabled.
channel
theservice
cell is
Yes: halfinrate
no
more
than
access supported by
HRDefragThs,
HR
this cell.
channel
defragmentation
function is enabled,
otherwise it is
disabled
2~9
Yes/No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes/No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
1 ~ 100,%
()
60
60
50
50
60
60
0~100, %
()
50
50
50
50
50
50
0~100, %
50
50
70
70
50
50
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
0~100 (<)
70
70
70
70
70
70
eMLPP
Use cell
EMLPP
threshold
UseCellEml
ppThs
eMLPP
Reserved
rate of
EMLPP
EMLPPThs
eMLPP
ChanSelect ChanSelect
Strategy
Strategy
eMLPP
Preemption
PreemptionI
allowed
nd_0
when assign
eMLPP
Preemption
allowed
PreemptionI
when
nd_1
handover
eMLPP
When
assigned
forced
handover
ForcedHOIn
d_0
eMLPP
When
handover
forced
handover
ForcedHOIn
d_1
Queue
Queue
allowed
QueueInd_0
when assign
Queue
Queue
allowed
when
handover
QueueInd_1
Directed
Retry
Directed
retry
indication
DrInd_0
Directed
Retry
Inter
Direction
retry
indication
DrInd_1
This parameter
defines if eMLPPThs
is used. If yes, you
shall select cell
property, otherwise
to select BSC
property.
When
using high
priority user to
access service, that
is, EMLPP service,
the system may
It
decides certain
if forced
configure
disconnection
is
remained channels
allowed during the
assignment. The
It is based
on IMSI
priority
in the
resource
allocation.
assignment
request
ordecides
handover
is valid
It
if forced
and the preemption
disconnection
is
is valid. during
Those the
allowed
connections
with low
handover.
The
priority can
be
in the
forcefully request
assignment
disconnected
or handover is valid
(handover)
to
and
the preemption
allocate
is valid. their
Those
resources to with
otherlow
connections
assignments
or
priority can be
handover
request
forcefully
This
parameter
with higher
priority.
disconnected
indicates
if the
low
Assignment
(handover)
torequest
priority
subscribers
indicate
the call
allocate
their
can
be forcefully
status.
resources
handover to other
assignments
or
cell,
so that high
handover
request
priority
subscribers
This
parameter
withobtain
higher
priority.
can
indicates
ifchannels.
the
low
A
Handover
request
This
parameter
priority
subscribers
indicates
the
call
represents
if forced
can
be forcefully
status. to
is allowed
handover
other
during
cell,
soassignment.
that high
priority subscribers
can obtain channels.
This parameter
represents
if allow
forced
decides
if to
handoverinis allowed
queuing
during
handover.
assignment
process.
This
parameter
Cell
improves
the
indicates
if to use
call dropretry
rate with
directed
the
ofNetwork
such
Thisuse
parameter
process.
techniques.
decides
if queuing
assigns
can be performed
corresponding
during achannel
handover
service
for
process
when
MS
in anand
adjacent
thereifare
no is no
cell,
there
available
channels in
service
channel
the cell. in serving
available
cell.
Directed retry
indication defines a
special handover
process that can
reduce the call drop
ratio.
Directed
It
indicates
if toretry
use
falls into
intra-BSC
outer
directed
retry,
directed
retry and
that
is, inter-BSC
inter-BSC
directed
directed
retry.
retry. The former one
does not need the
participation of
MSC, while the
latter one does.
prefer
TCHH
2 prefer
TCHF,
when cell
congest
change to
prefer
Yes/No
TCHH
3 prefer
TCHH
4 only
TCHF
50~100,
only %
TCHH
()
6 according
to channel
select order
of MSC ,
not
condsider
whether cell
congest,
perfer
TCHF
7 according
to
channel
Yes/No
select order
of MSC
when prefer
TCHF and
cell congest,
change
Yes/No to
prefer
TCHH if
AMR-HR
supported
8 prefer
TCHF,
Yes/Nonot
condsider
whether cell
congest
9 prefer
TCHF,when
cell
Yes/No
congest
,Change to
TCHH if
AMR-HR
support
No
No
No
No
No
No
20
according to
channel
select order
of MSC
when prefer
TCHF and
cell
congest
change to
prefer
TCHH
No
20
20
according to
channel
select order
of MSC
when prefer
TCHF and
cell
congest
change to
prefer
TCHH
No
No
20
20
20
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
AMR
Use cell
dynamic
AMR
parameter
UseCellAM
RParam
AMR
AMR full
Active
Codec Set
AmrFullAcs
AMR
Thresholds
of AMR
AmrThresh
olds
AMR
Hysteresis
of AMR
AmrHystere
sis
AMR
Initial codec
IsAmrICM
mode
AMR
Startmode AmrStartmo
codec mode de
AMR
Enable
noise
control
AMR
AMR Half
Active
Codec Set
IsAmrNscb
AmrHalfAc
s
AMR
Thresholds
of AMR
AmrThresh
olds
AMR
Hysteresis
of AMR
AmrHystere
sis
AMR
Initial codec
IsAmrICM
mode
This parameter
indicates if AMR
parameter in the cell
is enabled.
The
threshold of
1changing
If the cell
doesn't
AMR
enableincludes
its own AMR
mode
seven
parameters,
AMR
factors:
parameter value
AmrThresholds1,
1configured
When
byvalues
The
codefour
has
8BSC
bits.
AmrThresholds2,
are
configured
is configured
the
The
code has as
8as
bits.
AmrThresholds3,
"No"
8 Bit
predominent;
Bit
8:within
12.2 kbps;
AmrThresholds4,
elements
in is
"AMR
2 If10.2
the kbps;
cell
7:
Bit 6:
AmrThresholds5,
full
Active
Codec
enabled,
AMR
7.95
kbps;
Bit
5: Set
AmrThresholds6,
The
hysteresis
(AmrFullAcs)"
parameter
value
6.70
kbps ...
Bitof2:
AmrThresholds7.
changing
interface,
value
configured
by the
5.15
kbps;
Bit
1:
Also,
the AMR
following
mode
includes
range
is
1~4;
cell
is
configured
as
4.75
kbps.
Yesseven
restricted conditions
2factors:
five
theWhen
predominent;
represents
1values
and
shall
be met:
AmrHysteresis1,
are
configured
No
representsas
0.
AmrThresholds1
=<
AmrHysteresis2,
"No"
within
Default
code8is =<
AmrThresholds2
AmrHysteresis3,
elements
in(that
"AMR
10101010
is=<
AmrThresholds3
AmrHysteresis4,
full
Set
170).Active Codec=<
AmrThresholds4
AmrHysteresis5,
(AmrFullAcs)"
AmrThresholds5 =<
AmrHysteresis6,
interface,
value =<
AmrThresholds6
AmrHysteresis7.
range
is 1~3;
AmrThresholds7,
Also,
thesix
following
3AmrThresholds1
When
values+
restricted
conditions
are
configured
as=<
AmrHysteresis1
shall
be
met:8 +
"No"
within
AmrThresholds2
AmrThresholds1
+
elements
in "AMR
AmrHysteresis2
=<
AmrHysteresis1
full
Active Codec=<
AmrThresholds3
+Set
AmrThresholds2
+
(AmrFullAcs)"
AmrHysteresis3 =<
AmrHysteresis2
=<
interface,
value
AmrThresholds4 +
AmrThresholds3
+
range
is coding
1~2; mode
AmrHysteresis4
=<
Use
the
AmrHysteresis3
=<
4specified
When
seven
values
AmrThresholds5
+
by
AmrThresholds4
+
are
configured as=<
AmrHysteresis5
Startmode
AmrHysteresis4
=<
"No"
within
8
AmrThresholds6 +
AmrThresholds5
+
elements
in "AMR
AmrHysteresis6
=<
AmrHysteresis5
=<
full
Active
Codec
AmrThresholds7 +Set
AmrThresholds6
(AmrFullAcs)"
AmrHysteresis7 +
AmrHysteresis6
interface,
value =<
AmrThresholds7
+
range is 1;
This
parameter
5AmrHysteresis7
When
all values
defines
if AMRasnoise
are configured
control
"No" foris8enabled,
elements
that
is, to full
suppress
in "AMR
Active
background
The
threshold
ofbits.
Codec
Sethasnoise
The
code
8
and
keep original
changing
AMR
(AmrFullAcs)"
Bit
6~
Bit
8:
voice
quality.
mode
includes
interface,
value
reserved;
Bit
5:four
7.40
No:
Enable
noise
factors:
range Bit
is null;
kbps;
4:
6.70
suppression;
AmrThresholds1,
The
values
as
kbps
... Bit are
2:noise
5.15
Yes:
Disable
AmrThresholds2,
follows:
kbps;
Bit
1:
4.75
suppression;
AmrThresholds3,
1:
Select the coding
kbps.
AmrThresholds4,
mode represents
with lowest1bit
Yes
AmrThresholds5.
rate
as
therepresents
initial
and No
The
hysteresis
of
Also,
the
following
coding
mode.
0.
Four
coding
changing
AMR
restricted
conditions
2: Select
the
coding
modes
could
befive
set
mode
includes
shall
be
met:
mode
with
the
at
the
most.
Default
factors:
AmrThresholds1
second
bit =<
code
is lowest
00011110
AmrHysteresis1,
AmrThresholds2
=<
rate,
if
there
is
(that is 30). more
AmrHysteresis2,
AmrThresholds3
than one coding =<
AmrHysteresis3,
AmrThresholds4
=<
mode.
AmrHysteresis4,
and
AmrThresholds5
AmrHysteresis5.
AmrThresholds1
+
mode
withfollowing
the third
Also,
the
AmrHysteresis1
=<
lowest
bit
rate,
if
restricted
conditions
AmrThresholds2
+
there
is more
shall
be
met: than=<
AmrHysteresis2
two
coding
modes.
AmrThresholds1
+
AmrThresholds3
+
4:
Select the coding
AmrHysteresis1
=<
AmrHysteresis3
=<
mode
with
the
fourth
AmrThresholds2
+
AmrThresholds4
+
lowest
bit rate, if=<
AmrHysteresis2
AmrHysteresis4
=<
Use
the
coding
mode
there
are
more
than
AmrThresholds3
+
AmrThresholds5
+
specified
by modes.
three
coding
AmrHysteresis3
=<
AmrHysteresis5
Startmode
AmrThresholds4 +
AmrHysteresis4 =<
AmrThresholds5 +
AmrHysteresis5
Use, not use

From 4.75
kbit/s, 5.15
kbit/s, 5.90
kbit/s, 6.70
kbit/s, 7.40
kbit/s, 7.95
kbit/s, 10.2
kbit/s to
12.2 kbit/s,
value range
is Yes/No.
(FR) 0.5dB
0~63,
(FR)
1: Select the
coding
mode with
lowest bit
rate as the
0~15,
initial 0.5dB
(FR)
coding
mode;
2: Select the
coding
Startmode
mode
with
codec,
the
second
Initial codec
lowest
bit
modeif(FR)
rate,
there
is more than
one coding
mode;
3: Select the
coding
mode with
the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
Yes/No
two coding
(FR)
modes;
From 4.75
4: Select
the
kbit/s,
5.15
coding
kbit/s, 5.90
mode with
kbit/s,
6.70
the
fourth
kbit/s,
7.40
lowest to
bit
kbit/s,
rate,
there
7.95 if
kbit/s.
are more
Value
range
than
three
is
Yes/No.
coding
(HR)
modes.0.5dB
(FR)
0~63,
(HR)
not use
not use
not
use
No,
Yes,
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
No,
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
Yes,
No, Yes,
No, Yes,
No,
No, Yes
No, Yes
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
6913 6913
18
182431 182431
24
39
39
31
39
34
3
3435 3435 5
556 556 5
5
6
not
use
not
use
not
use
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
Startmode
codec
Startmode
codec
Start Start Start Start

mode mode mode mode
codec codec codec codec
No
No
No
No
No
No
No, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
22
25
222529 222529
29
3440
3440
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
45
0~15, 0.5dB 4556 4556 5
(HR)
6
6
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
No, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, No
Startmode
codec,
Startmode
Initial codec codec
mode (HR)
Startmode
codec
Start Start Start Start

mode mode mode mode
codec codec codec codec
AMR
Startmode AmrStartmo
codec mode de
AMR
Enable
noise
control
AMR
AMR
Codec
Adjust
Mode
AmrAdjMo
de
AMR
AMR
Codec
Interval
AmrAdjInte
rval
Channel
Request
Access
Number of
slots to
TxInteger
spread
transmission
Channel
Request
Access
MAX
number of
reMretrans
transmitting
events times
Channel
Request
Access
Protection
period for
access
attempt
Channel
Request
Access
TA Allowed TaAllowed
Channel
Request
Access
Control
channel
MsTxPwrM
MAX
axCch
power level
Radio link
Radio Link
failure
Timeout
criterion
IsAmrNscb
T3122
ConFailCrit
erion
Bss Radio
Link Timer's BSRADIOL
Radio Link
Max Value KTMOUTA
Timeout
for AMR
MRFR
HR Bug
interface, value
range is 1~2;
4 When seven values
are configured as
"No" within 8
elementsthe
in "AMR
During
MS
sends the
full Active
Codec Set
communication
channel
request
(AmrFullAcs)"
between
MS and
message
RACH
interface,
value
BTS,
the on
channel
range is to
1; thepower
transmission
This
parameter
network
to start
5is When
all
values
controlled
by the
defines
if AMRasnoise
immediate
are configured
network.
The
control
is
enabled,
assignment
process.
"No"
for sets
8 elements
network
the
that
is, to
suppress
RACH
is an
in "AMR
full
Active
power
for
MSALOHA
background
noise
channel,
thepower
network
Codec
throughSet
the
and
keepMS
original
Parameter
used
at
enables
to the
send
(AmrFullAcs)"
command
and
voice
quality.
Setting
of
AMR
rate
the
MS
side.
It
multiple
channel
interface,
value
command is
No:
noise
adjustment
mode:
belongs
to
the
request
rangeEnable
ismessages
null;
transmitted
on
suppression;
1The
AMR
quick
PRACH
control
before
the
MS
values
arerate
as
SACCH
(SACCH
Yes:
Disable
noise
adjustment
parameters,
and
it is
receives
themode:
follows:
has
2 header
bytes,
suppression;
master
adjustment
broadcast
to
the
MS
IMMEDIATE
1: Select
coding
one
is thethe
power
time
BTS
itself;
in
theby
PSI1
message.
ASSIGNMENT
mode
with
lowest
bit
control
byte
and
the
2rate
Interval
adjust
In
establishment
message
toto
increase
asisthe
initial
other
the
timingof a
configuration:
connection,
MS
the
access
success
coding
mode.
advance
byte).
The
network
sends
adjustment
time
shall
It
AMR
usually
will
send
the
rate
of
MS.
2: indicates
Select
the
coding
MS
must
extract
the
IMMEDIATE
be
defined
at
adjustment
interval.
channel
request
Maximum
number
of
mode with
the
power
control
header
ASSIGNMENT
background
This
parameter
is
message
inresend
thebit
allowable
second
lowest
from
downward
REJECT
message
only
meaningful
PRACH
channel
toto
time
depends
on
rate,
if
there
istakes
more
SACCH
and
MS
when
it receives
when
AmrAdjMode
the
network.
MAX
number
of
thanspecified
one coding rethe
atransmitting
channel
request
is
"interval
tois
adjust
As
PRACH
an
events
mode.
transmission
power
message
from
MS to
configuration".
ALOHA
channel,
times.
3: Select
the
coding
as
output
power.
If
and
will not
allocate
improve
MS
Network
broadcasts
mode
with
theaccess
third
the
athis
suitable
channel
to
success
rate,
parameter
lowest
bit
rate,
if
power
level
oftheMS
MS.
IMMEDIATE
The
network
side
network
allows
MS
information
to
MS
there
is
more
than
cannot
output the in
ASSIGNMENT
(BTS)
may
judge
if
to
send
multiple
the
cell
through
two
coding
modes.
power
value,
it will
REJECT
message
the
radio
link
fails
channel
request
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
4: Select
the
coding
output
theT3122
closest
contains
timer
according
tothetwo
messages
INFORMATION
mode withbefore
fourth
transmission
power
parameter
to
prevent
criteria:
One
is
based
receiving
packet
TYPE1,
2,
2bis,
lowest
rate,
if3
that
canbit
be
output.
possible
wireless
on
the
uplink
assignment
message.
and
4are
messages.
there
more
than
For
SACCH
is
channel
blocking
SACCH
error
rate
If
MScoding
does
not
MAX
number
of rethree
modes.
Channel
Associated
caused
by
repeated
and
the
other
isit has
receive any
response
transmitting
events
Signaling
and
channel
requests
based
on
measured
for
theused
previous
times
is
one
of thesent
to
be
together
by
the
MS,
which
value
of
channel
request isof
control
parameters
with
SCCCH
waiting
forMS and
RXLEV/RXQUAL.
message,
GSM
system.
TCH,
so the power
indication
Radio
link
failure
channel
1resends
For the
cell
radius
control
of
MS
starts
information
unit.
criterion
determines
request
message
over
3km
and
the
after
MS
receives
MS
cannot
restart
the
method
that
after
waiting
forthe
aa
area
with
small
SACCH.
new
call
until
the
BTS
uses
as
the
random
period.
traffic,
it can
set
The
power
ofbe
MS
time
indicated
standard
to
Network
uses
Sby
as
3 (that
is,judge
the
before
receiving
T3122
is elapsed
if it
connection
failure.
parameter
to
maximum
number
It
represents
the
SACCH
(that
is theof
receives
the
If
SACCH
error
rate
determine
random
resending
times
is
7)
maximum
TAsending
power
when
IMMEDIATE
is
as
the
waiting
time.
to used
improve
the on
granted
to
be
channel
request
ASSIGNMENT
standard
judge
access
success
rate
accessed
into
the
RACH)
isto
REJECT
connection
failure,
of MS. message.
cell.
determined
by
This
is
BTS
uses
the same
2Control
Forparameter
thechannel
cell
radius
also
one
of
the
value
of
Radio
link
less than
3kmlevel.
and
MAX
power
system
timeout
and
the
areacontrol
withthe same
Control
channel
parameters,
anddoes.
is
process
astraffic,
MS
common
it is
MAX
power
sent
toBTS
MSasavoids
in2level
the
Thus,
can
be
set
(that
one
of
the
cell
IMMEDIATE
inconsistent
is, the maximum
selection
and
ASSIGNMENT
judgment
number
ofstandards
resending
reselection
REJECT
message.
in
the
uplink
times
is
4);
parametersare
ofand
MS,
Following
the
downlink
directions.
3 Define value
as 1
involving
calculation
suggested
values:
10
Meanwhile,
the
(maximum
number
C1
and
C2
values.
sof
~
15
s
for
normal
Receiving
level
of resending
times is
This
parameter
traffic
area;
15 siscell.
~ 25
threshold
and
Fault
2)
for detection
the
micro
broadcasted
to
all
s4 for
dense
traffic
Receiving
quality
period
in
AMR-FR
Define
as 0
MS
in thevalue
cell via
area
threshold
parameters
channel.
this
(maximum
number
RIL3_RRWithin
SYSTEM
are
invalid.
period,
pick average
of resending
times is
INFORMATION
If
the
value
through
s times
1)
for measured
theand
micro
cell
TYPE3
TYPE4.
value
of
of
measurement,
and
with
heavy
trafficis
If
this
parameter
RXLEV/RXQUAL
judge
link
fault
and
the
cell
with
set too large, the MS
is
used
as will
the
threshold,
to
congestion.
near
BTS
standard
to
judge
dertermine
the
interfere theif
adjacent
connection
failure,
channel
channels.isIffailed.
it is too
BTS
two
small,will
theuse
MSthe
at the
parameters:
cell boundaries will
Receiving
have low access
level
threshold
success
rate.
(RxLevThs)
The principleand
of
Receiving
setting thisquality
threshold
parameter is as
(RxQualThs).
follows: Under the
The value range is as
mode with
the second
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
one coding
mode;
3: Select the
coding
mode with
the third
lowest bit
rate, if there
is more than
Yes/No
two coding
(HR)
modes;
4: Select the
AMR
codingquick
rate
mode with
adjustment
the fourth
mode,
lowest bit
interval
to
rate, if there
adjust
are more
configuratio
than three
ncoding
modes.
1~50,
(HR) 480
ms
No
No
No
No
No
No
AMR quick
rate
adjustment
mode
AMR quick
rate
adjustment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
0:12,1:15,2:
20,3:30,4:4
1,5:55,6:76,
14
7:109,8:163
,9:217,10 ~
15:reserved
14
14
14
14
14
0: 1 times,1:
2 times,2: 4
2
times,3: 7
times
10
10
15
15
15
10
63
63
63
63
63
63
GSM:
GSM: 5;
GSM: 5;
5;
DCS1800:0 DCS1800:0 DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
64
64
32
32
32
48
When "Cell
Type
(CellType)"
0~255, s
is nonextended
cell, value
range is 0 ~
63,default
value is 63;
When "Cell
Type
(CellType)"
is extended
cell, value
range is 0 ~
0~31
219,default
value is
219.
1:
use
uplink
SACCH
error
criteria; 2:
use uplink
Rxlev&RxQ
ual criteria
4, 8, 12, 16,
20, 24, 28,
32, 36, 40,
44, 48, 52,
56, 60, 64
Bss Radio
Link Timer's BSRADIOL
Radio Link
Max Value KTMOUTA
Timeout
for AMR
MRHR
HR Bug
Radio link
Radio Link
timeout on
Timeout
MS side
MsRadioLK
TmOut
Radio link
Radio Link
timeout on
Timeout
BSS side
BsRadioLK
TmOut
Receiving
Radio Link
level
Timeout
threshold
RxLevThs
Receiving
Radio Link
quality
Timeout
threshold
RxQualThs
Radio link
Radio Link failure
Timeout
checking
period
RxLevQual
prd
Others
NCC
permitted
NccPermitte
d
Others
Early
category
classmark
sending
control
ECSC
Others
Periodical
location
updating
timer
T3212
Others
Call reCallReestab
establishme
lish
nt allowed
Others
Emergency Emergency
call allowed Call
This
Faultparameter
detection is the
maximum
value of
period
in AMR-HR
The
network
side S
radio
linkWithin
counter
channel.
this
(BTS)
may
judge
if
at
Ms side,
period,
pick
average
the
radio
link
fails
transmitted
on
value
through
s times
according
to two
BCCH
or SACCH
of measurement,
and
criteria:
One
is
based
by
BSS.
judge
link
fault
on
the
uplink
Radio
link to
counter S
threshold,
SACCH
rate
is
used toerror
evaluate
determine
if
the
and
the
other
is
radio
linkd
failure.
channel
is failed.
based
on
The
network
side
When
MSmeasured
can't
value
(BTS)
judge if
decodeofmay
SACCH
RXLEV/RXQUAL.
the
radio (BFI=1),
link fails S
message
The
radio
link
isis the
according
to when
two
decrements;
This
parameter
considered
as
failed
criteria.
One
is
MS
successfully
maximum valuebased
of
if
BTS
detects
oneSof
on
uplink
SACCH
receives
SACCH
radio
link
counter
the
following
error
rate,
and the S
message
(BFI=0),
at BSS
side,
conditions:
other
is based
increases
byThe
2.on
If S is
transmitted
on
uplink
receiving
measured
value
decreasedbytoBSS
0, itof
PBCCH
level
isthe
smaller
than
RXLEV/RXQUAL.
indicates
radio
link
under
leading
of
apacket
certain
threshold;
If
the
measured
fault, call
shall be
system
The
uplink
value
of 2. receiving
reestablished
or
message
quality
is greater
RXLEV/RXQUAL
released.
than
a certain
is used
as the
threshold.toThis
only
standard
judge
a
applies,
if the
connection
failure,
measured
value
of be
the
radio link
will
RXLEV/RXQUAL
considered as failed
is usedBTS
as the
when
detects
standard
to judge a
that the uplink
connectionlevel
failure.
receiving
is
Period
tothan
detect
According
toaGSM
Receiving
level
smaller
Location
update
radio
linkd
failure
specification,
MSorat
threshold
specifies
certain
threshold
results
from
two
network
side
(in
transmits
appended
threshold
of the
the
uplink
receiving
major
causes
in
unit
SACCH
classofmark
receiving
level.
quality
is
greater
GSM
system. One is
multiframe),
information
This
is
than
aparameter
certain
when
MS
changes
including
the
(Classmark
to the
invalid
if LAC
uplink
Generally,
a3)
valid
threshold.
Receiving
from
old
to
detection
of
channel
network
through
the
SACCH
error
rate
is
SIM
card
is
required
quality
threshold
new
LAC
and
the
strength
(dBm)
and
CLASSMARK
used
as
the
standard
for
any
MS
in
GSM
specifies
the
second
is
when
the
signal
quality
CHANGE
message
to
judge
connection
Network
to
get MS
receiving
threshold
network
notifies
received
in
each
as
soon
as
possible.
failure
(Radio
link
various
network
quality.
for
periodic
location
channel.
Add
oruplink
Delete
NCC
Early
category
failure
criterion
is 1).
services.
But
the
If
the
SACCH
update.
within
the
value
classmark
sending
Receiving
level
operators
could
error ratecontrols
is used as
Network
the
range
control
threshold
is allow
one
of if
decide
ifdetermines
to
the
standard
tointerval
judge
location
time
the
network
supports
the
configuration
MS
emergency
call
a connection
failure,
and
depends
upon
ECSC
function.
parameters
of
BTS.
service
for
the
MS
this
parameter
is
T3212
timer.
Network
broadcasts
without
SIM
card or
invalid. This
Network
broadcasts
the
parameter
For
the
call
drop
with
SIM
card
whose
parameter
is
one
of
to
all
MSs
in
the
cell
information
to
MSs
caused
by
radio
link
access
level
is
the
configuration
by
RIL3_RR
in the cell
failure
resulted
from
disabled
bythrough
current
parameters
of
BTS.
SYSTEM
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
burst
interference
or
cell,
for
example
the
INFORMATION
INFORMATION
high
building,
MS
police
station.
Select
TYPE3
message.
TYPE3
message.
could
originate
call
Yes
for
Emergency
T3212
timer
is one
If there
is a cell
in
re-establishment
call
allowed
tocontrol
of
the
system
another
frequency
process
to
restore
the
enable
this
function.
parameters.
bandHowever,
in the
adjacent
call.
the
Network
broadcasts
The
setting
of
this
cell
for handover
or
network
determines
the
parameter
parameter
will
affect
thetocurrent
cell
itself
if
allow
information
to
MS
in
the
overall service
is
extended
GSMby
reestablishment
the
cell
through
performance
and
cell and the
function
enabling
Call
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
utilization
ratereof
of
early
category
establishment
INFORMATION
radio
resources
of
classmark
allowed.
TYPE1,
2,sending
2bis,
the
network.
For 3the
control
is
enabled,
Network
broadcasts
and
4,
message.
Call
area
with
higher
set
ECSC
as Yes,
the
parameter
re-establishment
traffic,
the
period
otherwiseis set
information
toasMS
in
allowed
one
of(for
the
could
be bigger
No.
the
cell
through
network
function
example 16 or 20
RIL3_RR
parameters.
hours, evenSYSTEM
25
INFORMATION
No:
Do for
notthe
allow
hours);
area
TYPE1,
2, 2bis,
3
Emergency
call
for
with ordinary
traffic,
and
4,
message.
Call
MSs
whose
access
the value of T3212
re-establishment
level
For the
couldisbe0~9.
smaller
(for
allowed
is
one
MSs
whose
access
example 3 or 6 of the
network
function
level
is for
11~15,
if its
hours);
the area
parameters.
corresponding
access
with extreme
control
is T, the
overloadbittraffic,
it is
emergency
calltoisset
recommended
also
notasallowed.
T3212
0.
Yes: Allow
Emergency call for
all MSs. GSM
4, 8, 12, 16,
20, 24, 28,
32, 36, 40, 64
44, 48, 52,
56, 60, 64
64
32
32
32
48
0:4,1:8,
64
,15:64
64
32
32
32
48
64
64
32
32
32
48
10
10
10
10
10
10
63
63
63
63
63
63
0:4,1:8,
0 ~ 63;0<
,15:64
-110
dBm,1110 dBm ~
-109
dBm,2109 dBm ~
-108 dBm,
0:correspon
,62ding
BER
49 dBm ~
range
-48
<0.2%,1:0.2
%
~
dBm,63>
0.4%,2:0.4
-48 dBm
% ~ 0.8%,
,6:6.4
%~
12.8%,7:>
1~63,
12.8%
SACCH
multiframe
period
8 bits
represent
NCC 0~7
[0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2

[0,1,2,3,4,5, [0,1,2,3,4,5,
,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5
6,7]
6,7]
,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7]
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0~255, 360s 10
10
10
10
10
10
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Others
IMSI
ImsIadAllo
attach/detac
wed
h allowed
Others
Subcell
used
SubCellUse
d
Others
Frequency
band of
subCell
SubFreqBan
d
Cell
Selection
TA Max
TaMax
Others
Allowed
FACCH call
FacchCallIn
setup after
d_0
emergency
call
Others
Allowed
FACCH call
FacchCallIn
setup when
d_1
page
respond
Others
Allowed
call setup
on FACCH
Others
Allowed
call
FacchCallIn
reestablishe
d_3
d on
FACCH
Others
Support
Repeated
ACCH
RepeatACC
H
INFO1[0]
bit1
Others
Others
FacchCallIn
d_2
Delay of
TRX
forcible
release
TrxRel
message to MS.
Accordingly, the
IMSI Attach process
means that the MS
reports entering the
working status to the
network or the MS
checks after the SIM
Defined
according to
card is re-inserted
user
requirement.
into the MS if the
If
user
selects
LAI
where
thesubcell
MS is
used,
the
system
may
located is consistent
automatically
add
with the original one
"power
saved. Ifcontrol
yes, the2"
node
under
IMSI Attachcell
process
node,
to control
will beused
started;
cell
power.the
If the
otherwise,
user
selects
don't use
location
updating
subcell,
"power
process will be
control
2" node may
started instead.
be
automatically
Set
the
frequency
The network
deleted.
band
of subCell.
(normally
VLR)
marks Attach flag
in subscriber
information table.
It
represents
theis
This
parameter
maximum
included inTA
Control
supported
by
channel information
extended
cell.
BSC
allocate
and iscan
used
for the
suitable
TCH
RIL3_RR
SYSTEM
channel
when an MS
INFORMATION
attempts
to access
TYPE3 message.
the
andof
Thisnetwork,
parameter
there
is noinSDCCH
each cell
the same
available
in the
cell.
BSC
canarea
allocate
the
location
shall
be
That
is the
so-called
suitable
TCH
identical.
FACCH when
call an MS
channel
establishment.
attempts to access
the network, and
there is no SDCCH
available
in the cell.
BSC
can allocate
the
That is the
so-called
suitable
TCH
FACCH when
call an MS
channel
establishment.
attempts
to access
the network, and
there is no SDCCH
available
in the cell.
BSC can allocate
the
That is the
so-called
suitable
TCH
FACCH when
call an MS
channel
establishment.
attempts
to access
the network, and
there is no SDCCH
available in the cell.
That is the so-called
FACCH call
This
parameter
establishment.
determines if to use
FACCH/SACCH
retransmission
function.
It
indicates delay of
TRX forcible
release. During
BCCH handover, if
you select the carrier
with existing service
as BCCH carrier
after handover, you
can inform the
service and handover
to other carrier.
Release the service
on this carrier after
timer is timeout.
Yes/No
When the
value of
DCS1800/P
CS1900
supported
(FuncExt)
Yes/No is
DCS1800, it
value range
is GSM900,
EXT900,
When
"Cell
DCS1800,
Type
GSM850;
(CellType)"
When
is non-the
value of
extended
DCS1800/P
cell,
value
CS1900
range
is 0 ~
supported
63,default
(FuncExt)
value
is 63;is
PCS1900,
When
"Cellit
value range
Type
is GSM900,
(CellType)"
EXT900,
is
extended
PCS1900,
cell,
value
GSM850.
range
is 0 ~
Yes/No
219,default
value is
219.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
GSM900
GSM900
GSM GSM GSM GSM

900 900 900 900
63
63
63
63
63
63
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
0
TLV;
1
TLV
20200,100ms
60
60
60
60
60
60
Others
Others
DTX
bandwidth
factor
Abis alarm
delay time
Info_0_8
AbisAlmDe
layTime
RACH
Receiving
signal level RachBuysT
CCCH Load
threshold
hs
for busy
burst
Average
bursts count
CCCH Load
AvgSlots
surveyed by
RACH
CCCH load
CcchLoadI
CCCH Load indication
NDThs_0
(RACH)
CCCH Load
CCCH load
indication
CcchLoadI
(PAGCHRA NDThs_1
CH)
CCCH Load
CcchLoadIn
CCCH Load Indication
dPrd
Period
Not RF
related
Parameters
CBC
supported
SmsCbUsed
Not RF
related
Parameters
Start PA
Power Off
StartPAPow
erOff
Not RF
related
Parameters
Switch Flag
StartTRXPo
of Ceil TRX
werOff
Power Off
Not RF
related
Parameters
BA Show
BcchBaInd
On disconnection at
Abis, if the time
from disconnection
to recovery
is shorter
RACH
Receiving
than
delay
time,
signalthe
level
threshold
do not
send
theis the
for
busy
burst
disconnection
threshold for alarm.
receiving signal level
in RACH bursts. If
Average
count
the valuebursts
is exceeded
surveyed
by
RACH
(that is less than
specifies
the number
RACH Receiving
of
bursts
measured
signal level threshold
on
RACH
for RACH.
busy burst
dBm),
channel
overloads
if
system considers that
receiving
signal
as a busy RACH.
levels of
thisdegree in
When
load
parameter
BP are
RACH channel
for
less than
RACH
BTS
exceeds
this
Receiving
signalsends
threshold, BTS
level threshold
CCCH
LOAD for
busy
burst. to
BTS
INDICATION
According
theuses
this
parameter.
message
periodically
When
load
degree
in
GSM standard, BTS
to iBSC
until load
PCH
channel
for
sends
periodical
BA indication of
degree
inCCCH
RACH
BTS
exceeds
this cell
message
BCCH.
Adjacent
channel
doesn't
threshold,
BTS
sends
LOAD
list can be
exceed
this threshold
CCCHservice
LOAD
INDICATION
CBC
istoan
broadcasted
on
value.as long
INDICATION
BSC
as
important
BCCH andservice
message
periodically
CCCH
provided
by
mobile
transferred on
to
iBSC until
(RACH+PCH+AGC
communication
SACCH.
The load
degree
in
PCH
H)
channel
exceeds
system,
mainly
adjacent cell
listused
channel
doesn't
the
threshold
to distribute
transferred
onvalue
BCCH
exceed
this threshold
set
until
the
information
to
the
canin
beO&M
different
from
value.
CCCH
not over
mobile
subscribers
that
on is
SACCH.
the
threshold
value
within
certain
When
MS
reports
any
more.
geographical
the
measurement
CCCH
location
area. The
data of load
adjacent
cell,
indication
period
difference
from P2P
either
BCCH
parameter
defines
sms
service
contains:
adjacent
cell
list or
the period
ofP2P
sending
receiver
for
sms
SACCH
adjacent
CCCH
LOAD
is
specific
mobile
cell
list
will
be
To
save energy
INDICATION
subscriber,
but and
referred.
Therefore,
reduce
consumption,
message.
This
receiver
for
CBC is
to
know
which
BTS
system
parameter
is shall
one
of
all
mobile
adjacent
cell
list is
turn
off PA offset
the
BTS
subscribers
within
referred
by
MS,
a
voltage
while close
configuration
certain
area,
BA indication
power
for
idle is
parameters.
including
external
added
when
timeslots.l
If
subscribers
transferring roaming
adjacent
configuring
on
BTS,
in this
cell
listarea.
on determine
BCCH
FPGA
can
This
parameterWhen
and
if
PASACCH.
offset
voltage
identifies
if"Switch
this cell
It
marks
ifthe
reporting
shall
be turned
off.
supports
the
function
Flag of Ceil TRX
measurement
result,
of cell
broadcasting
Power
Off" is
MS
notifies
the
short
message.
enabled.
network
side about
the corresponding
BA indication of the
referred adjacent cell
list. As a result, the
network side
recognizes which
adjacent cell list this
MS uses.
This parameter
describes the BS
indication value
when the adjacent
cell list being
transferred on
BCCH. In the case
of transferring
adjacent cell list on
SACCH, the BA
20 -100,%
50
50
0-60,s
0~63, -(11063
Ths)dbm
63
63
63
63
63
0~100, burst 60
60
60
60
60
60
0~100, %
()
80
80
80
80
80
80
0~100, %
()
80
80
80
80
80
80
1 ~ 255, s
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
0, 1
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
Not RF
related
Parameters
LAPDM
timer used
for
T200_0
controlling
the SDCCH
channel
T200 is the timer

used on various
control channels in
LAPDm protocol of
BTS. There are 7
kinds of T200.
T200 is the timer
Lapdm
used on various
Timer for
control channels in
controlling T200_1
LAPDm protocol of
facch/full
BTS. There are 7
rate channel
kinds of T200.
T200 is the timer
Lapdm
used on various
Timer for
control channels in
controlling T200_2
LAPDm protocol of
facch/half
BTS. There are 7
rate channel
kinds of T200.
Lapdm
T200 is the timer
Timer for
used on various
controlling
control channels in
T200_3
sacch with
LAPDm protocol of
tch sapi0
BTS. There are 7
channel
kinds of T200.
Lapdm
T200 is the timer
Timer for
used on various
controlling
control channels in
T200_4
sacch with
LAPDm protocol of
sdcch
BTS. There are 7
channel
kinds of T200.
LAPDM
T200 is the timer
timer used
used on various
for
control channels in
controlling T200_5
LAPDm protocol of
the SDCCH
BTS. There are 7
sapi3
kinds of T200.
channel
This
Lapdm
T200parameter
is the timer
decides
to add
Timer for
used on if
various
offset
for in
controlling
controlvalue
channels
T200_6
Control
sacch with
LAPDmchannel
protocol of
MAX
powerare
level
tch sapi3
BTS. There
7
parameter
while
channel
kinds of T200.
sending access
According
to the
requestspecification,
message on
GSM
RACH
for3 Class
for
Class
MS of3
Support
TFOSupport GSM
of1800,
MS
GSM1800.
the
TFO
The necessitypower
of
transmission
offset
value access
depends
for
sending
on Power
offset on
request
message
indication,
RACH is tothat
the is,
this parameter
value
of
Control
Power offset POWEROF
decides if Power
indication
FSETIND channel MAX power
offsetplus
indication
is
level
a modified
valid.
parameter
value. This
Power
offset
also affects
specifies
theMS
calculating
cell It
modified
value.
selection and
cell
determines
if this
reselectionisstandards
Power offset PowOffset parameter
valid.
C1 and
C2.
This
parameter
also
This
parameter
Network
affects
thebroadcasts
decides
maximum
the parameter
calculation
of cell
number
ofstandard
candidate
information
to MSs
selection
NO. of
cells
for
handover
in the
cell
through
C1
and
cell
candidate
CandidateN that
can beSYSTEM
contained
RIL3_RR
reselection
standard
cells for
um
in
BSSAP
INFORMATION
C2. Network
handover
HANDOVER
TYPE3, 4, the
7 and 8
broadcasts
REQUIRED
messages.
parameter
message
from
information
to BSC
MSs
to
MSC.
in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION
TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8
messages.
1~7, 5ms
1~7, 5ms
1~7, 5ms
1~7, 10ms
1~7, 10ms
1~7, 5ms
1~7, 10ms
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
0~3, 2db
1~16
Not RF
related
Parameters
BCCH
switch
allowed
CanBcchEx
ch
Not RF
related
Parameters
Cell
Support
Encryption
Mode
CipherMod
e-0~
CipherMod
e-7
Not RF
related
Parameters
Overload
sending
period
OverloadPr
d
Not RF
related
Parameters
MR report MrRptTime
time bitmap Bmp
Not RF
related
Parameters
Template
file
Cell Support
Encryption Mode is
the encryption mode
supported by BTS.
This required
parameter
The
decides if the
cell
encryption
algorithm
allows
BCCH
is
contained
in
switch. CIPHER
BSSAP
MODE COMMAND
or BSSAP
ASSIGNMENT
According
to GSM
REQUEST or TRX
specification,
BSSAP
sends
periodic
HANDOVER
OVERLOAD
COMMAND
message
to notify
message
by the
BSC
untilsent
overload
This
parameter
MSC
side.
By
disappears.
Overload
provides
a check
checkingperiod
this 0 ~
sending
function
about
parameter,
BSCYou
can
specifies
period
for
23 time points.
learnenable
if the
cell
TRX
to
send
can
supports
this data
OVERLOAD
measurement
required
message.
It is one of
report
at encryption
different
algorithm
to give
the configuration
points.
Each
time a
properindicates
response.
parameters
of BTS
point
a
(all TRXs
under
hour,
within
0~23BTS
use same period).
hours.
Only if checking
Click
Select button,
corresponding
time
aand
windows
pops
up,
enabling
report
select
theabout
template
function
file
in local path;
measurement
report
click
Cleardata
button
data, MR
can to
be
clear
selected
reported.
template files.
Yes/No;
bit1: use
cipher mode
or not: bit2:
A5/1
support
Yes/No or
not: bit3:
A5/2
support or
not: bit4:
A5/3
support or
not: bit5:
A5/4
support or
not: bit6:
A5/5support
or not: bit7:
1A5/6
~ 255,s
support or
not: bit8:
A5/7
support or
Checked,
not:
unchecked
(0~23hr)
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes,
No,
No,
Yes, No,
Yes, No,
No,
No, No, No, No, No, No,
No,
No, No, No No, No, No
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Unchecked
It should be
configured
according to
the period
of time of
the MR data
which need
to be
collected.
S8001
related
HBTSSCA
NBT
It indicates the begin

time of HBTS
0-23
scanning.
S8001
related
HBTSSCA
NCYC
It indicates the
HBTS scanning
cycle.
1-10,24h

Express
Indoor
Way/HighWide
Rural
Coverage/T It can be slightly adjusted
Explanation of Values Accessib
speed
Coverage
Reliabili Through Coverag
unnel
Mobility
according to the actual
Railway
ility
ty
put
e Rate
1800
1800
1800
1800 situation. However, it is
900M
900M
900M
M
M
M
M suggested that the value
should not be larger than
15.
If does
this parameter
is C2
It
not work until
12
10
12
8
10
10
12
increased, is
theenabled.
effective
algorithm
coverage
range ofisthe the
If
this parameter
cell
will be
enabled,
thereduced.
effective
It
is not suggested
that can
this
However,
the increase
coverage
range
of the
function
should
be
help
to
improve
the
service access will be
enabled.
If CBQ
yes,to
accessability
KPIsis and
decreased.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
this
parameter
is
invalid.
decrease
the
call
drop
If it is the dual-band rate.
If
a cell has
network,
theserious
configuration
congestion
andthe cells
can be Yes for
overlapping
coverage,
which need to
limit thethis
function
can
be
absorptionenabled.
so as to
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, traffic
If
this the
parameter
lower
priorityisof cell
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
enabled, the acutal
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, selection.

coverage range of the
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, service access will be
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, decreased. As a result, it is
Usually, this function is
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, quite possible that MS can
not used.
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, not gain an access to the
If this function is enabled,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, Usually,
thisthe
parameter
network
(if
coverage
it
is possible
that
the
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, area

should
not
be
If
of
the
current
has
subscribers of adjusted.
somecell
levels
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, the
configuration
of theto
no overlapping
can
not gain thecoverage
access
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, parameter
is
too
big,
the
signals).
the
network.
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, access of MS may be
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, affected. The
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, configuration of this
125
No, 125
No, 125
No, 125
No, 125
No, 125
No, 125
No, parameter can be slightly
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
increased if the false
access exists due to the
interferences. The purpose
is to improve the success
rate
immediate
Keepofthe
system default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
assignment.
value.
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20
,25,6
3]
[0,10,
15,20 Keep the system default
,25,6 value.
3]
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Keep the system default

value.
This parameter is
meaningful when TC is at
BSC side. It is suggested
If
it is
set as
1, it means
that
DTX
should
be
that
MS for
is forced
to use it.
enalbed
IP
This
parameterInisthis way,
transmission.
meaningful
only when TC
plenty of transmission
is
at BSC can
side.be saved.
resources
If the uplink DTX is
enabled, the interferences
within the network can be
reduced, and the call drop
rate can be decreased. It is
suggested that DTX
should be enabled for IP
transmission. In this way,
plenty of transmission
resources can be saved.
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
60
60
60
60
60
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
adjusted when the amount

of paging of the LAC is
calculated.
If the parameter value is
set small, the access time
delay can be reduced for a
certain amount of traffic.
The bigger the parameter
value is, the longer the
time for call access is (the
BSS
side).It increases
SD switching
method is a
from of
2 to
9, and the
kind
triggering
method.
average
call duration
It is suggested
that this
increasesshould
by 0.5~0.7S.
function
be
If
the parameter
enabled
foron
LAC
border
It
depends
thevalue
trafficis
not set
in
appropriate
areas,
areas,
or high-it
load
ofrural
theancell.
Usually,
way
(too
big
or too
speed
railways.
This
is
enabled
when
thesmall),
the success
function
canrate
helpoftopaging
capacity
expansion
can not
will
decrease.
reduce
the out
SD temporarily
channel
be
carried
congestion
for
the cell ratio.
which has the
congestion.
Usually,
it is notisenabled,
If this function
enabled,
and
it
is
subject
the
it is possible thattoTCH
BSC
half-rate
threshold.
If
congestion can be
the
cell
has
a
serious
relieved. When the halfcongestion,
HR the speech
rate is enabled,
parameters
canSQI,
be and so
quality, MOS,
enabled.
The
configuration
on will be greatly affected.
of the parameters
depends
Usually,
it is not subject
to
on the
actual
capacity and
the
BSC
half-rate
the traffic. IfWhen
the halfthreshold.
the dynamic
rate parameters
is enabled, of
thethe
speech
HR
cell
quality,
MOS,
SQI,
are
enabled,
they
canand
be so
on will beaccording
greatly affected.
adjusted
to the
acutal situation. When the
half-rate is enabled, the
speech quality, MOS, SQI,
and so on will be greatly
affected.
The system default value
should be kept.
50
50
50
50
50
70
70
The threshold should be

configured according to
the actual capacity and
traffic.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

should be kept.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

should be kept.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

should be kept. If this
parameter is enabled,
there will be an
abnormally excessive
increase of intra-cell
handovers. It is suggested
that it should be closed.
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

should be kept.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Usually, this function is

not used, since it may
influence the utilization
If
theof
dynamic
half-rate
of
ratio
the radio
channels.
the cell is enabled, it
should be noticed that the
sum of the value of
eMLPP reservation
If
there areand
no the
special
threshold
value of
requirements,
it is not
half-rate switching
recommended
thatbethis
threshold should
no
function
should
larger than
100. be
If the sum
enabled.
is larger than 100, no halfThis
function
can help the
rate will
be occupied.
The
system
default
value
subscribers
with
a higher
If
there
are no
special
should
prioritybe
to kept.
complete
a call
requirements,
it is not
through the forced
recommended
that channel
this
disconnection
the
function
shouldofbe
subscribers with a lower
enabled.
priority
who have
already
This
function
can help
the
started
call.
This
can
subscribers
with
a higher
If
there aare
no
special
happen when
the
priority
to complete
a call
requirements,
it is not
subscirbers
a higher
through the with
forced
channel
recommended
that
this
priority originate
a call
disconnection
the
function
shouldofbe
and
there arewith
no channel
subscribers
a lower
enabled.
resources.
Innohave
this
way,
the
priority
who
already
This
function
can
help
the
If there
are
special
user
experience
the
started
a call.
This
can
subscribers
with
higher
requirements,
it of
isa not
subscribers
with
a higher
happen
when
the
priority
to complete
a call
recommended
that
this
priority can
be improved.
subscirbers
with
a higher
through
the
forced
channel
function
should
be
However,
on the
priority
a call
disconnection
of other
the
enabled.originate
hand,there
the user
experience
and
arewith
no
channel
subscribers
a help
lowerthe
This
function
can
of
the subscribers
with
a
resources.
Inwith
thisaway,
the
priority
who
have
already
subscribers
higher
lowerexperience
priority
will
user
of be
the
started
atocall.
This
can
priority
complete
a call
affected.
subscribers
with
happenthe
when
thea higher
during
handover
priority can
be improved.
subscirbers
with
a higher
process
through
the
forced
However,
on the other
priority originate
a callof
channel
disconnection
hand,
the user
experience
and
there
are no
channel
the
subscribers
with
a
of the priority
subscribers
with
a
resources.
In this
lower
whoway,
havethe
lowerexperience
priority
be
user
theThis
already
startedwill
aof
call.
affected.
subscribers
higher
can
happen with
whenathe
priority can with
be improved.
subscirbers
a higher
However,
on the other
priority
originate
a call
hand,
the user
experience
and there
are no
channel
ofisthe
subscribers
a
resources
availablewith
in the
It
recommended
that
lower
priority
willway,
bebe the
target
cell.
Inshould
this
this
function
affected.
user
experience
the the
enabled
so as to of
reduce
subscribers ratio.
with a higher
congestion
priority can be improved.
However, on the other
hand, the user experience
It
notsubscribers
recommended
ofisthe
with that
a
this
function
lower
priorityshould
will bebe
enabled.
affected.
It is suggested that this
function should be
enabled at the dense
urban. In this way, the
success rate of call
establishment can be
improved
to some extent.
It is not recommended
that
this function should be
enabled. When the inter
direction retry indication
is needed, the MSC side
should be configured
accordingly.
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
not
use
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
Yes,
No,
69
Yes
13
18
24
31
39
34
3
5
5
5
6
Start Start Start Start Start Start Start

mode mode mode mode mode mode mode
codec codec codec codec codec codec codec
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
No,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
Yes,
No
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
22
25
29
34
40
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
45
5
6
6
Start Start Start Start Start Start Start

mode mode mode mode mode mode mode
codec codec codec codec codec codec codec
Usually, the AMR

parameters of the cell are
not enabled. It is
recommended that the
AMR parameters of the
BSC should be adopted.
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR

not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
Usually, the AMR
not enabled. It is
14 is corresponding to the
maximum value of the
repeat request interval.
This parameter should not
be modified if there are no
special requirements.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
AMR
quick
rate
adjust
ment
mode
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

should be kept.
10
10
10
10
10
15
10
Usually, the
recommended
configuration is 10~15
seconds. Besides, the
configuration should be
15~25 seconds for high
traffic areas.
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
Usually, the access should

not be limited through TA.
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1
800:0
GSM:
5;
DCS1 should be kept.
800:0
48
20
20
64
64
32
32
the system
default
value
This
parameter
is directly
should be
kept.
related
to the
call drop
rate. The bigger the
configuration is, the lower
the call drop rate is.
Therefore, the
configuration of this
parameter is usually rather
big so as to improve the
KPIs related to the call
drop rate. However, there
may be a negative
influence over the user
experience.
48
20
20
64
64
32
32
48
20
20
64
64
32
32
48
20
20
64
64
32
32
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
This parameter is directly

related to the call drop
rate. The bigger the
configuration is, the lower
the call drop rate is.
Therefore,
the is directly
This
parameter
configuration
of this
related
to the call
drop
parameter
is usually
rate.
The bigger
the rather
big so as to improve
the
configuration
is, the lower
KPIs
related
theis.call
the
call
drop to
rate
drop
rate. However,
there
Therefore,
the
may be
a negative
configuration
ofisthis
This
parameter
directly
influence
thedrop
user
parameter
is usually
rather
related
to over
the
call
experience.
big
soThe
as to
improve
rate.
bigger
the the
KPIs related tois,the
configuration
thecall
lower
dropcall
rate.
However,
the
drop
rate is. there
may be a negative
Therefore,
the
influence overofthe
user
configuration
this
experience,isthe
utilization
parameter
usually
rather
ratiosoofasthe
big
to system
improve the
resources,
and
KPIs
related
toso
theon.
call
drop rate. However, there
may be a negative
influence over the user
This is the level
threshold
experience,
the utilization
which
is
used
to
judge
the
ratio of the system
radio
link failures.
resources,
and so on.
This is the quality

threshold which is used to
judge the radio link
failures.
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
It is suggested that the

default value should be
kept.
This parameter does not

[0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2 [0,1,2
need to be modified if
,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5 ,3,4,5
there are no special
,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7] ,6,7]
requirements.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

function should be
enabled
for the
dual-band
The default
value
is 10. It
network.
must
be smaller than the
implicit power-off time of
the core network. Besides,
the the value of T3212 of
the same LAC should be
consistent. If the coverage
is poor, the configuration
of this parameter can be
small. In this way, the
success rate of paging can
be
improved.
Thewell
system
default value
should be kept.
Whether the function
should be enabled depends
on the actual requirements
at the work field. It is not
recommended that this
function should be
enabled if there are no
special requirements.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

should be kept.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
It should be configured
situation.
GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM
900 900 900 900 900 900 900
situation.
63
No
63
No
63
No
63
No
63
No
63
No
63

kept. The maximum TA
value of access and that of
handover are limited.
No
If the emergency call

function is enabled, this
function should be
enabled accordingly.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

function should not be
enabled. If this function is
enabled, the TCH
assignment failure ratio
will be rather high.
enabled, the TCH
enabled, the TCH
If the AMR function is
enabled, this function
should be enabled so as to
improve the success rate
of establishment.
For SDR site, only when
the configuration is that
TLV format is supported
will TAMIN, TaAllowed,
RachAccessMin, and
Tn7LowerLevel be valid.
It should be enabled for all
the SDR cells.
kept.

kept, and it should not be
modified.

kept.
63
63
63
63
63
63
63

kept.
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

kept.
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

kept.
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

kept.

kept.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
This parameter should be

configured according to
the actual requirements at
the work field.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

kept.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

kept.

kept.
Temporarily, the
parameter is invalid.
Temporarily, the
Temporarily, the
Temporarily, the
Temporarily, the
Temporarily, the
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

kept.

kept.
Temporarily, the
If
the TFO function
configuration
of thisis to
be
enabled,isitinvalid.
needs
parameter
support from the core
network.
This parameter is a cell
parameter, and it should
coordinate with the
configuration of BSC
parameters. If this
function is enabled, it is
good for the improvement
of call MOS between MSs
It
is the
suggested
that theof
and
improvement
default
value
should
be
user experience.
kept.
requirements at the work
field. This parameter is a
cell parameter. Its
configuration should
coordinate with the
configuratio of module
The
cryptographic
parameters.
algorithm should be
consistent with that of the
core network side. At
present, only A5/1 and
A5/2 are supported.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No
Yes,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No,
No

kept.
according to the period of
time of the MR data which
need to be collected.

kept.

kept.

kept.
to Each Parameter
CN Side
Indicato
rs
Remarks
Category

Recomme
Express
Explanatio
nded
Value Default
Dense
Way/HighParameter Paramet
n of
Value for
Rural
Range Value in
Urban/Urban
speed
Name (EN) er Code Parameter
Network
& Unit OMCR
Railway
Cos (EN)
Optimizati 900 1800
900 1800 900 1800
BCC
on
M
M
M
M
M
M
H
Operation
control
parameters
User label
Name for useCharacter None
It should be -
Operation
control
parameters
BSC ID
BSC ID
It should be -
Operation
control
parameters
Assign
query
enable
AssQueEn
Whether queue is allowed if no channel is applied

Yes/No YES
Yes
Yes
on assignment.
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Operation
control
parameters
Internal
redirection
enable
InDREnab
Determine whether to allow channel request from

Yes/No YES
Yes
Yes
other cells in BSC if no any channel is requested.
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Operation
control
parameters
Outer
redirection
enable
Determine whether to allow channel request from

OutDREna
Yes/No No
No
No No
the cells out of BSC if no any channel is requested.
No
No
No
No
No
Operation
control
parameters
This
function
should not
be enabled
Assign
Determine whether to allow preemption of the
at the work
preemption AssPreem channel occupied
Yes/No
by theYES
subscriber with lowerNo
field, if
enable
priority if no any channel is requested.
there are
no special
requiremen
ts.
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operation
control
parameters
BSC
intracell
handover
enable
HoIntraEnDetermine whYes/No
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operation
control
parameters
BSC cell
handover
enable
HoInterEnDetermine whYes/No
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operation
control
parameters
BSC outer
handover
enable
HoOutEnaDetermine wYes/No
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operation
control
parameters
SDCCH
handover
enable
SHoEnabl Determine wYes/No
No
Usually, it
is not
recommen
ded that
No
SD
handover
should be
enabled.
Operation
control
parameters
TCH/F
handover
enable
TFHoEnabDetermine wYes/No
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operation
control
parameters
TCH/H
handover
enable
THHoEnabDetermine wYes/No
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operation
control
parameters
Handover
query
enable
HoQueEnaDetermine wYes/No
YES
Usually, it No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operation
control
parameters
Handover
preemption HoPreEna Determine whYes/No
enable
YES
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operation
control
parameters
Handover
check
arithmetic
choose
HoA
criteria algorithm is used.

0: DZD handover algorithm 1
1: DZD handover
[0, 10]
algorithm 2 0 0
.......
9: DZD handover algorithm 10
Operation
control
parameters
Handover
request
response
HoACK
Determine whether MSC shall respond messages

Need/No No need Need
Need Need Need Need Need Need Need
on BSC outer handover
Operation
control
parameters
Force
FACCH
FacchOnl
First use TCH/F service channel on immediate

Yes/No No
Not enabled No
assignment of channel request.
Operation
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
Operation
parameters
control
parameters
Continuum
handover
trigger
Handover
reason
tip
Local cell
position
Local
cell
number
identificatio
Outer
cell
n
target
Outer
cell
number
position
Outer
cell
number1
position
Outer
cell
number2
position
number3
Outer cell
number1
Outer cell
number2
Outer cell
number3
Outer
RNC1
Outer
RNC2
Outer
RNC3
A testing
parameter
HoTrigger For internal [0, 7]
65535
0 A testing
only for
0: No handover;
parameter
use HoCauseI For internal
0 internal
testing
1~2: cell handover; A
only
for
For internal use,
assign
the
position
parameter
number
at
3~7:65535
inter-cell handover
internal
or external
use - handover
LAC
[0,
0 A
testing
local cell on handover.
only
for
For internal use, assign the number
parameter
of
local
cell
use CI
[0, 65535
0 internal
A testing
on handover.
only
for
parameter
of
external
use OutCellN
0~3
0 internal
A
testing
target cell on handover.
only
for
For internal use, assign the position
parameter
number
1
of
use OutLAC[3
[0, 65535
0 internal
testing
external target cell on handover. A
only
for
parameter
number
2
of
use 0 internal
testing
only
for
parameter
number
3 of
internal
use
0 testing
only for
parameter
1 of external
internal
use
OutCI[3]
[0, 65535
0 A testing
only for
parameter
2
of
external
internal
use 0 A
testing
only
for
parameter
3
of
external
internal
use 0 A
testing
only
for
For internal use, assign the RNC_ID
parameter
1
of
external
use OutRNC[1
[0, 65535
0 internal
A testing
3G target cell on handover.
only
for
parameter
2
of
external
use OutRNC[2
0 internal
A
testing
3G target cell on handover.
only
for
parameter
3
of
external
OutRNC[3
0 internal use 3G target cell on handover.
only for
internal use
No
No
No
No
No
No
TBF
establishme Two phase
nt and
access
release
Operation
control
parameters
Operation
control
parameters
No
No
No
No
No
No
Old BSS to
It describes the content that shall be
Usually,
sent for
it
new BSS
OLDTON "Old BSS to 0~255
New BSS information"
0 should
information
not Noin No
information
HANDOVER REQUIRED message.
be enabled.
No
No
No
No
No
Access
control
TwoPhase Determine whYes/No
ACCESSCDetermine whYes/No
Yes
No
Suspend&R Resume set

ResumeSeDetermine wOpen/Clo Open
esume
option
No
No
Open
(During the
CS service
test, the
relevant
configurati
Usually, it No No No No No No No
on is
recommen
ded as
follows:
The
configurati
on of the
Open Open Open Open Open Open Open
switch
should be
Close; or
the
configurati
on of the
test
terminal is
that the
attachment
only occurs
when
necessary. )
Operation
control
parameters
Handout
query sign
Identify whether to allow queue on inter-BSC

HandOutQ
Handout qHandout qClose
Close Close Close Close Close Close Close
handover.
Operation
control
parameters
Send cell
prefer
indication
SendCellP
Determine whether to include Cell Prefer Ind in

Yes/No No
No
No
full layer 3 message
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operation conIPA AMR sta IPAAmrSt Start rate u Default/MDefault
Default cod DefaulDefaulDefaulDefaulDefaulDefaulDefaul
Operation
control
parameters
TDD cell
handover
enable
No
FUC
Parameters
FUC is done by system message mothod while all

Use system
MSC overloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be
message
started for this kind of overload).
method
MscSysInfUse system message
FUC/Syst
mode,
FUCthat is,FUC
disables some
FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC
when MSC
MS access based on ACCN parameter in system
overload or
messages; use FUC mode, that is, disable some
link block
MS access based on random number on RACH.
FUC
Parameters
Start system
Enable system message method if CPU utilization
message
CpuSysInf of CMP increases
Yes/No
up toNo
the CPU threshold
No
o system
No No
method
message control method.
FUC
Parameters
Start limit
TDHOEnaDetermine wYes/No
No
No
threshold of system message control method. It

means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold
CpuSysInf
0 ~ 100,%
65 65
65
and "Start system message method" parameter is
Yes, FUC can be done by system message control
No
65
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
65
65
65
65
65
FUC
Parameters
Enable FUC flow control if CPU utilization of CMP

Start FUC
CpuFucFl increases up to
Yes/No
the CPUYes
thresholdYes
of FUC flowYes Yes
flow control
control method.
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU
threshold of FUC control method. It means if
CpuFucCt CPU utilization
0 ~exceeds
100,% this threshold
75 75 and Start
75
75
FUC flow control parameter is Yes, flow can be
controlled by FUC flow control.
FUC
Parameters
Start limit
FUC
Parameters
The MAX
control level
It indicates allowed MAX control level while MSC
for MSC
MscFlcMa
0 ~ 10
6 6
6
6
is overloaded or link is blocked.
overload or
link block
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
BCCH
This
parameter
is used to
indicate
whether
dynamic
configured
BCCH
function is
enabled by
BSC.
When
this
function is
enabled,
network
can enable
dynamic
CanBcchEconfigured Yes/No
BCCH
function.
Specially,
for which
cell
can enable
this
function, it
is based on
whether the
cell can
dynamicall
y enable
dynamicall
y
configured
BCCH
function.
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
75
75
75
75
75
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Handover
parameters
of BCCH
and SD
Other
parameters
Dynamic
config
SDCCH
This parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic

configured SDCCH function is enabled by BSC. When
this function is enabled, network can enable dynamic
CanSdcch configured SDCCH
Yes/Nofunction.
No Specially,
Yes for which
No No
cell can enable this function, it is based on whether
the cell can dynamically enable dynamic configured
SDCCH function.
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
duration for idle SDCCH channel by the network shen

dynamic configured SDCCH function is enabled in
the cell. When network enables dynamic configured
Scan
ScanSdcc SDCCH function,
10 ~ 100
the network
100
may periodically
30 check
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
SDCCH
idle SDCCH channels in the cell according to this
parameter, to decide conversion condition. This
parameter
can reflectBCCH
response
time for
this caseindue
dynamic configured
function
is enabled
the
cell. When network enables dynamic configured
Scan BCCH ScanBcch BCCH function,
600 the
~ 90network
3000
may3000
periodically 3000
check 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
idle BCCH carrier state in the cell according to this
parameter, to decide conversion condition. This
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user
BCCH
shall check the state of BCCH carrier after timer
starting
BcchDela
20 ~ 180
1200 1200
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
timeout. Formally start switchover flow if switchover
delay
is required indeed.
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user
shall check the state of BCCH carrier after timer
ReBcchEx
20 ~ 180
1200 1200
1200 1200
timeout. Formally start switchover flow if switchover
is required indeed.
It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During
Delay of
BCCH handover, if you select the carrier with existing
TRX
service as BCCH carrier after handover, you can
TrxRel
20 ~ 200 10
10
10
10
forcible
inform the service and handover to other carrier.
Release the service on this carrier after timer is
release
timeout.
It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During
dynamic config SDCCH converted to TCH, first
Delay of TS
handover the5service
forcible
TsRel
~ 200,1on this timeslot
10 10 to other 10
10
release
timeslots, and release the service on this timeslot
after parameter
timer is timeout.
This
is delay protection timer, which is
used to indicate response timeout timer after waiting
Delay
for BTS configuration finishing while dynamic config
MaxDelay
1200 ~ 2
1800 1800
1800 1800
protection
BCCH or SDCCH function is enabled and dynamic
conversion condition is met. Restart flow after timer
is
timeout.
This
parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic
TCHconfigured SDCCH function is enabled and conversion
to SDCCH.4 Only
when idle
>SDCCH
MinSdcch threshold from
2 ~TCH
64 (<)
4
4 SDCCH
4
is lower than this threshold, the conversion from TCH
limit
to SDCCH can be done.
SDCCH function in the cell. After TCH is dynamically
converted to SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is
SDCCHTimeToTc idle, to prevent
0 ~from
24 frequent channel
0
conversion,
6
6
6
>TCH delay
a time limit will be added for the conversion from
SDCCH channel to TCH channel. During this limit,
The MAX
cells'amount
of
It controls the MAX number of cells that can be
MaxChang
1~8
2 2
2
2
simultaneou
handovered simultaneously in a module.
sly
handover
Whether B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR
B2 support
V2TruSup voice algorithm
Yes/No
No whether
Noservice onNo
determines
B2 No
AMR
carrier can use AMR voice version.
BCCH
finishing
delay
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
No
No
No
No
No
Other
parameters
It indicates whether call history record function

CHR enable CHREnabl
Yes/No No
No
No
is enabled.
No
No
No
No
No
No
Other
parameters
Support
NC2
NC2SuppoIt indicates Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Other
parameters
MR server
IP
MRSVRIPMR server I
Other
parameters
MR server
port
MRSVRP MR server p [0, 65535
Other
parameters
No
No
No
Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is

0.0.0.0 0~255)
0 -
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence

factors. This parameter indicates BER weight. The
BER weight VoiceQual
0 ~ 65535
1 1
1
system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Other
parameters

factors. This parameter indicates FER weight. The
FER weight VoiceQual
0 ~ 65535
1 1
1
Other
parameters
Handover
frequence
weight

factors. This parameter indicates handover
VoiceQual frequency weight.
0 ~ 65535
The system calculate
1 1
the weight
1
of voice quality level while adding or reducing
these influence factors.
Other
parameters

factors. This parameter indicates DTX weight. The
DTX weight VoiceQual
0 ~ 65535
1 1
1
1
Other
parameters
Coding
decode
weight
Other
parameters

Abis
factors. This parameter indicates the weight of
transmission
VoiceQual Abis transmission
0 ~ 65535
error code. The
1 1system calculate
1
1
error code
the weight of voice quality level while adding or
weight
reducing these influence factors.
80
80
80
80
80
80

factors. This parameter indicates coding decode
VoiceQual weight. The system
0 ~ 65535
calculate the1 weight
1
of voice
1
quality level while adding or reducing these
influence factors.
Other
parameters
Delay
weight

factors. This parameter indicates delay weight.
VoiceQual The system calculate
0 ~ 65535
the weight1of1 voice quality
1
level while adding or reducing these influence
factors.
Other
parameters
A port
resource
block
threshold
ResLimit_
It describes proportion threshold while alarm

0 ~ 100,%
80 80
80
occurs by PCM at A interface.
Other
parameters
NSVC
resource
block
threshold
ResLimit_

0 ~ 100,%
80 80
80
occurs by NSVC at Gb interface.
80
80
80
80
80
80
Other
parameters
Channel
resource
block
threshold
ResLimit_

0 ~ 100,%
80 80
80
occurs in radio channel.
80
80
80
80
80
80
Other
parameters
Subcell
busy
threshold
ResLimit_
It is used as constraint condition for traffic shift

40 ~ 100,
80 80
80
and frag concentration.
80
80
80
80
80
80
IBS
parameters
IBS
shutdown
limit
It describes IBS shutdown limit, when the cell can

do IBS shutdown inspection, if traffic in current
DownLimi
0 ~ 70,%
30 30
30
cell is lower than this threshold, this cell need
close a carrier.
30
30
30
30
30
30
IBS
parameters
IBS
powerup
limit
It describes IBS powerup threshold. If traffic in

current cell exceeds this threshold, it is considered
ByUpLimi
0 ~ 90,%
60 60
60
this cell shall enable the carrier closed during IBS
shutdown.
60
60
60
60
60
60
IBS
parameters
IBS
powerover
limit
It indicates the resource utilization threshold for

urgent powerup in IBS shutdown function, after
PowerOve occupying channel
70 ~ 95,%
proportion
() 90
over
90this threshold,
90
immediately enable the carriers that is closed
during IBS shutdown.
90
90
90
90
90
90
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
IBS
parameters
IBS
parameters
IBS
parameters
TRX TRX TRX

Carrier priority > interference
TRX>inter
band
>inte
, interference
>inte >inte
IBS power
BYPOWER
It describes band > carrier
Carrier
priority,
pr ference
only as perrfere
interference
rfere rfere
priority
band, only as per carrier
bandpriority nce nce nce
band band band
function enabled, in hour. Based on time segment
IBS time
configuration, BSC decides whether current time
DwDownP
Unchecke Null
0 ~ 23,()
bitmap
belongs to the segment of IBS shutdown function,
then check whether the cell allows to disable IBS
BCCH
It indicates BCCH forbbiden TS merger time
forbbiden
bitmap, in hour. Intelligent TRX shutdown decides
BCCHFor
0 ~ 23,()
Unchecke Null
TS merger
whether traffic of other carrier can migrate to
time bitmap
BCCH carrier.
Not RF
related
CTS
support
CTSON
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Not RF
related
CDS
support
CDTON
Yes/No
NO
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Not RF
related
CDT server
CDTSVRIP
IP
CDT data
0.0.0.0 collection - ~ 255x10
4IPxxx.xxx.xxx.xxxxxx0
server IP
Not RF
related
CDT server
CDTSVRPORT
port
CDT data
collection
[065535] 15006
server TCP
port
Not RF
related
Report CDT
flow
CDTFLOWTHRES
threshold of
inform
0~60000
Not RF
related
Report
successful
intra-bsc
handover
info
CDTOPTION0
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Not RF
related
Report ps
info
CDTOPTION1
Yes/No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Not RF
related
Report
location
CDTOPTION2
update info
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Not RF
related
Report short
message
CDTOPTION3
info
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Not RF
related
Report
access
failure info
CDTOPTION4
Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Not RF
related
Report
relevant
CDTOPTION5
signalling of
CS failure
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Not RF
related
Report
relevant
internal
message of
CS failure
CDTOPTION6
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Not RF
related
Report
measuremen
t report of CDTOPTION7
location
update
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Not RF
related
Report
measuremen
short
message
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Not RF
related
Report
measuremen
normal call
release
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2000 2000
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
alue for Different Scenes
Indoor
Wide
Coverage/
Coverage
Tunnel
900 1800 900 1800
M
M
M
M
-
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Accessibility
Yes
It should be ensured that

"AssQueEnable,and
HoQueEnable" of the module
parameters, "QueueInd_0 and
QueueInd_1" of the cell
parameters, and the relevant
switches of CN side are enabled
at the same time. In this way, the
queuing function can be enabled
in a correct way. Besides, special
attention should be given to the
relevant timer.
If this function is enabled, the
success rate of call establishment
can be improved, and the
congestion rate can be reduced.
However, there is a possibility
that it takes more time to gain an
access.
Yes

congestion can be relieved when
the traffic is busy. Besides, the
can be improved. However, it
may take more time to gain the
access.
When it coordinates with the
queuing function, it should be
originated after the queuing fails.
No
This parameter should work with

the relevant MSC direct retry
function. It can be enabled when
the scenario is the BSC border in
a dense urban.
can be improved. However, it
may take more time to gain the
access.
Mobility
Reliability
Throughput
No
No
No
No
It is not recommended that this

function should be enabled if
there are not any special needs.
When the preemption function
and forced handover function are
enabled, the Assign query enable
function and Handover query
enable function must be enabled
at the same time.
When the preemption function
and forced handover function are
enabled, the QA(Queuing
allowed indicator) of the
subscribers must be configured as
1, and the PVI(Pre-emption
vulnerability indicator) of the
subscribers with a low priority
must be configured as 1.
When this function is enabled,
the success rate of call
establishment can be improved
for the subscirbers with a higher
priority. However, the channels of
the subscribers with a lower
priority are forced to be
disconnected. As a result, the
success rate of gaining an access
is decreased, and there is a
greater probability to have call
drops.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
When it is necessary to enable the

uplink/downlink interference
handover function and the
defragmentation function, this
parameter should be enabled. It is
suggested that the default value
should be kept.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
It should keep being the default

value. It must be enabled.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No
Usually, the SD handover is not

recommended.
Theoretically speaking, if this
function is enabled, the
completion rate can be improved,
and the problems of SD
assignment failures and call drops
can be avoided. However, this
function still needs to be further
verified.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No
Usually, this function is not

recommended.
The period of handover and
queuing should not be too long,
and 12s is enough. Otherwise,
it may be not possible to have a
handover to enter a more suitable
cell when the radio environment
of the subscribers changes.
If this function is enabled, it is
possible to queue and wait for the
resources to complete the
handover when the target channel
resources of the handover are not
adequate. Theoretically speaking,
it can help to improve the success
rate of handover, and can avoid
that no handover occurs when the
target cell has no channels.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
If the preemption function and

forced handover function are
enabled, the Assign query enable
function and Handover query
enable function must be enabled
at the same time.
If the preemption function and
forced handover function are
enabled, the QA (Queuing
allowed indicator) of the
subscribers must be configured as
1, and the PVI(Pre-emption
vulnerability indicator) of the
subscribers with a lower priority
must be configured as 1.
forced disconnection is allowed
in order to complete the handover
when the target channel resources
of the handover are not adequate.
Theoretically speaking, it can
help to improve the success rate
of handover, and can avoid that
no handover occurs when the
target cell have no channels.
This is a testing parameter only

for internal use. Please do not do
any adjustment.
HoACK is defined for inter-BSC

handover. It is about whether the
MSC is required to send back HO
Required Reject after the original
BSC sends HO Required to the
MSC.
If there is no requirement, what
can be done is to wait for the
timeout of rmsT7.If this method
is adopted instead of configuring
Need Need Need Need
HoACK as Allow, it is not good
for the subscribers to select the
best cell if they have to wait for a
long time.
not necessary to wait for the
timeout of rmsT7 whent the interBSC handover fails, and the
subscribers can have a handover
to enter the best cell in time.
No
No
No
No
If this parameter is enabled, all

the SD channels will go through
TCH so as to relieve the
congestion caused by the
inadequate SD channel resources.
However, the failure ratio of SD
channel assignment will increase,
resulting in an increase of TCH
assignment failures.
It is not suggested that this
parameter should be enabled.
This is a testing parameter only
This
is a testing parameter only
any adjustment.
Thisadjustment.
any
This
is a testing parameter which
any adjustment.
is not open to the clients. Please
This
is do
a testing
parameter only
do not
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
Thisadjustment.
any
This
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
This
any adjustment.
any adjustment.
No
No
No
No
If it is set as Yes, the two phase

access is forced to be used to
establish the uplink TBF.
If it is set as No, how to establish
the uplink TBF depends on the
MS behavior (For details, please
refer to 3GPP TS04.18).
1) If the success rate of uplink
TBF establishment of one phase
access is higher than that of two
phase access, this parameter
should be set as No. In doing so,
it is expected to improve the
success rate of uplink TBF
establishment.
2) One phase access needs less
time. If this parameter is set as
No, the time delay of ATTACH,
PDP, and so on can be shortened.
Up until now, we have only

defined 4 types of bits which are
here.
BIT01 means Current
Channel Type 2
BIT11 means Target cell
radio information
BIT21 means MultiRate
configuration information
BIT31 means Inter RAT
Handover Info (UE classmark)
No No No No For the current piece of ZTE
equipment, the target BSC will
At
here
is how
ZTE
notpresent,
make use
of the
information
make
realized:
here toit make
some decisions and
1)
switch
offunction
RESUME
so If
onthe
even
if this
is
ResumeSetOpt
is configured
as
enabled. Therefore,
it is
Open,
the BSCthat
sidethe
will
send
recommended
default
SUSPEND
SGSN, but
the be
value of thistoparameter
should
BSC
sidethat
willother
not send
RESUME
0 except
manufacturers
to
andrequire
MS will
dothe
RAU
or MS
MSCs
that
BSC of
automatically.
ZTE should carry this kind of
2)If
the switch
of RESUME
additional
information
during the
ResumeSetOpt
is configured as
handover.
close, the BSC side will not send
SUSPEND to SGSN, but the
This function should not be
BSC side will send RESUME to
No No No No enabled if not for some special
MS. In this way, MS will not
cases.
trigger RAU.
During the CS service test, the
relevant configuration is
recommended as follows: The
configuration of the switch
should be Close; or the
Open Open Open Open configuration of the test terminal
is that the attachment only occurs
when necessary.
If it is configured as Close, the
quantity of RAUs will decrease
after the CS service. Besides, the
quantity of the signaling TBF will
decrease to some extent, which
will exert an influence over the
number of TBF establishment
requests.
According to the algorithms
mentioned above, it can be
inferred that if the switch of
RESUME ResumeSetOpt is
configured as Open, the MS will
always trigger RAU after the CS
service. On the other hand, if
RAU fails or RAU occupies a
rather long period of time, the
testing KPIs of the CS service
It defines whether the handover

out query during the inter-BSC
handover is allowed (Usually, the
handover query refers to the
handover in query.). It is carried
Close Close Close Close in HO Required to avoid that a
better cell is already available
during the handover query.
Usually, this parameter should be
configured as Handout query
disable.
No
No
No
No
The configuration of speech

coding is already moved to the
switch side. It can be carried out
strictly according to the
requirements of CN side if the
switch side and the CN side have
agreed on the speech coding and
the priority and the relevant
configuration has been completed
for the CN side. For example, the
configuration of ACS should be
as follows: FR_AMR>EFR_GSM->FR_GSM>HR_AMR->HR_GSM (At
present, the switch of ZTE can
make a reference to the template
for the configuration of BSC.).
It is suggested that this parameter

should be configured as the
"default codec". The purpose is to
ensure that the user experience
DefaulDefaulDefaulDefaul
will not be affected during the
handover and the call
establishment process at the
coverage border areas.
No
No
No
No
It should be enabled when there is

a handover between the GSM and
TD.
It is effective to MSC overload or

link block. The system message
method takes effect mainly
because it stops some categories
of MSs from gaining the access
or the current cell is forbidden to
FUC FUC FUC FUC provide an access. This is actually
the most effective controlling
method. How the MS gains an
access is controlled by FUC
according to the causes. It is
suggested that FUC should be
used to control.
No
No
No
No
65
65
65
65
The parameter "CpuSysInfoFlc"

and the parameter "CpuFucFlc"
are only effective to CPU flow
control. CPU flow control can
adopt both the system message
method and the FUC method at
the same time.
The threshold of CPU which
starts to adopt the system
message flow control should use
the default value.
The parameter "CpuSysInfoFlc"

and the parameter "CpuFucFlc"
are only effective to CPU flow
control. CPU flow control can
adopt both the system message
method and the FUC method at
the same time.
The threshold of CPU which
starts to adopt the FUC flow
control should use the default
value.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
75
75
75
75
It is suggested that the default

value should be adopted.
Yes
If the function of handover

BCCH needs to be enabled, the
module parameter handover
BCCH and the cell parameter
"BCCH switch allowed" should
be enabled at the same time.
service interruption caused by the
BCCH carrier frequency failures
can be reduced, and the overall
accessability and reliability can
be improved.
The default value should be
adopted if there are no special
requirements.
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
30
No
30
This parameter indicates whether

BSC enables the function of
dynamic configuration of
SDCCH. The dynamic SDCCH
function of the cell is not really
enabled if the cell parameter
"Enable dynamic config SDCCH"
is not enabled at the same time.
The SD switching method is a
kind of triggering method. It is
suggested that this fuction should
be enabled for LAC border areas,
rural areas, and high-speed
railways. In this way, the
congetion rate of SD channels
can be reduced and the success
rate of call establishment can be
improved.
No
It works when Dynamic config

SDCCH is enabled. The
30 configuration of this parameter
should not be too big, and the
recommended value is 10~40.
30
3000 3000 3000 3000
The default value is

recommended.
1200 1200 1200 1200

recommended.
1200 1200 1200 1200

recommended.
10
10
10
10

recommended.
10
10
10
10

recommended.
1800 1800 1800 1800

recommended.
The configuration of this

parameter should not be too
small. It is reasonable if the
default value is 4.
If the TCH traffic is busy, the

6 configuration of this value should
be small.

value should be adopted except
some special occasion (poor
network maintenance quality).
No
No
No
No

value should be adopted.
No
No
No
No
The function of CHR is as

follows: If the call release is
completed in an abnormal way,
the signaling of the service will
be recorded. If the call release is
completed in a normal way, the
signaling of the service will not
be recorded. Since the abnormal
signaling is recorded and saved in
a file, it becomes easier to locate
and analyze the failures. If it is
not required that the call history
should be recorded, the default
value "No" should not be
changed.
No
No
No
No
At present, cell reselection at the

idle mode, which is controlled by
the network, is not realized. This
switch does not work. Please
keep the default value No.
MR collection server IP
MR collection server port
80
80
80
80
The voice quality weight is used

to evaluate the voice quality test.
However, this function is still at
the research and development
stage. The default value should be
kept.
kept.
kept.
kept.
kept.
kept.
kept.
adopted.
80
80
80
80

adopted.
80
80
80
80

adopted.
80
It defines the threshold which

triggers HR concentratin and CS
moving. If the parameter value is
set too small, the HR concentratin
and CS moving will be too
frequent.
quite possible that there will be
frequent intra-cell handovers, and
the call quality will be affected.
If this function is enabled in the
scenario where the service traffic
is quite busy, it can helpt to
improve the utilization ratio of
TCH, and the PS downlink
throughput.
The default value is already quite
reasonable.
80
80
80
30
30
30
30
60
60
60
60
90
90
90
90
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band
TRX
>inte
rfere
nce
band

recommended. Besides, SDR
does not support the intelligent
carrier frequency power shut
down and the intelligent time slot
power shut down.
carrier frequency power down
and the intelligent time slot power
down.
down.
down.
recommended.
recommended.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
If this function is not required, it

does not need to be enabled.
If this function is not required, it
does not need to be enabled. If
CDT is enabled, the parameter
CdtOption should be configured
according to the actual needs.
Besides, the CDT data which the
BSC needs to report should be
selected.
CDT data collection server IP
CDT data collection server TCP

port
2000 2000 2000 2000

recommended.
Yes
Yes
This switch defines whether BSC

reports the successful intra-BSC
handover information.
No

reports the PS service
information. At present, the CDT
analysis of PS service has not
been realized yet. Usually, it does
not need to be enabled.
Yes

should report the location update
information. Usually, it should be
enabled.
Yes

should report the short message
information. Usually, it should be
enabled.
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

should report the radio access
failure information. Usually, it
should be enabled.
No
No
No
No

should report the relevant
signaling of CS service failures.
No
No
No
No
This swtich defines whether BSC

reports the relevant internal
message of CS failures.
No
No
No
No

reports the measurement reports
of location update.
Yes
This swtich defines whether BSC

of short message service. It is
recommended that it should be
enabled.
Yes

of normal call release.It is
recommended that it should be
enabled.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ated to Each Parameter

Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
Parameter Parameter
Name (EN)
Code
Value Range &

Unit
Recommen
ded Value
for
Network
Optimizati
on
Default
Value in
OMCR
according to
the planning
value of the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
User label
User label
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BSC ID
BSC ID
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
SITE ID
SiteID
SITE ID
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BTS ID
BtsID
Serial number of this cell.
1~6
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Type
CellType
The type of this cell.

If you need configure S8001 cell, micromicro
cell shall be selected for cell type.
according to
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Microthe
Cell,
planning
Micro-micro
Macro Cell
Cell, Extended Cell
value of the
parameter
MCC
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to

uniquely identify
the home country of the mobile users (or
system),
assigned internationally, China is 460.
according to
the planning
Based on "Mobile Based on "Mo
value of the
parameter
MNC
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely

identifies a specific
according to
PLMN network in a country (decided by
the planning
Based on "Mobile Based on "Mo
MCC).
value of the
For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China
parameter
Mobile.
LAC
Each GSM PLMN is divided into many

location areas
(LAs) in order to determine the MS
location, the location
area code identifies the different location
areas.
LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC +
MNC + LAC).
One location area contains multiple cells.
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
MCC
MNC
LAC
CI
NCC
CI
NCC
Character string with the maxim
according to
the planning
value of the
parameter
1 ~ 65535
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM

NCC
PLMNis one of the composition parts of Base
Station
uniquely, the network operators allocate a
0 ~ 65535
ID
Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC).
unique
which
is each
used cell in a location area.
code for
to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and
different
GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent
operators
shall have different NCCs. The parameter
related to
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By
prohibiting MS
to report related NCC in the cell, MS is
prohibited to
measure the cell information of the related
operators.
Actually, NCC occupies three bits. NCC is
one
of the network identification parameters.
according to
the planning
value of the
parameter
Sorted by pra
according to
the planning
value of the
parameter
according to
the planning
value of the
parameter
according to
the planning
0
value of the
parameter
according to
the planning
0
value of the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base

Station
ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC).
Normally, BCC
is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent
cells with
the same BCCH carrier frequency and
belonging to
BCC
BCC
the same GSM PLMN. In addition, the
GSM
specifications
Common
control channel configuration is
stipulate
one
of that the TSC (Training Sequence
Code)
of the
broadcast
control channel
the
system
control
parameters.
In GSM of a
cell shall
system,
be equalincludes
to the cell
BCC.
BCCChannel
occupies
CCCH
Access
Grant
Frequency
The frequency band
types
for GSM
FreqBand
three bits BCC
(AGCH)
Band
operation.
is one
of theChannel
network(PCH).
identification
and
Paging
It is used to
parameters.
send
access granting (that is instant assignment)
message and paging message.
ARFCN list CaArfcnList The
radio
frequency
set.channels share
In each
cell,
all service
CCCH.
According to the configuration of the
service
channel in the cell and the traffic mode of
Common
the
control
cell, CCCH could be one or more than one
channel
CcchConf physical channel, and CCCH could share the
configuratio
same physical channel with SDCCH
n
The combination mode of the common
control
channel in cell depends on CCCH
configuration
parameter and it should be consistent with
the
The
number
of blocks
for AGCH
in 51actual
configuration
ofused
cell CCH.
It could
be
Blocks for
Multiobserved from this parameter:
PAGCH in BsAgBlkRes Frame.
It is recommended that this value of
BS_CC_CHANS
Frames
the
cells of CCCH);
(Number
in
the same local area is identical.
BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB
(If combined with SDCCH).
This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in
the cell
by message RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION
TYPE3.
SGSN serial number
assigned by internal
BSC, which
is assigned while user creates SGSN. This
SGSN ID
SGSNID
serial number
can't be modified and can be deleted after
In
GPRS protocol stack, every unique
creation.
BSSGP Virtual
Connection (BVC) that is NSEI+BVCI for
each
GPRS cell belongs to Network Service
Entity (NSE).
NSEI uniquely identifies every NSE.
Generally, one
NSEI
NSEI
BSC is divided into one service entity. In
BSSGP
view Virtual Connection (BVC) provides
an
of expandability, the ZXG10 system also
approach
allows for communication between
different
BSC to be attached with several NSEs.
BSSGP
entities.
The peer-to-peer
Only when
user firstly
configures Point-toNSE in
Point
"Relevant configuration at GB interface",
(PTP)
or Point-to-Multipoint
this parameter
is optional. (PTM) or
inter-signaling
entity transmission of BSSGP PDUs lies on
BVCI
BVCI
BVC.
Each virtual connection has one identifier,
that
is, BVCI. It enables the network service
layer at
the bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs to
the
peer entity very effectively. One NSE carries
only one signaling BVC (BVCI=0).
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
according to
the planning
0
value of the
parameter
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported

according
(FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range
is to
the planning
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
GSM900
Whenuses
the one
value of DCS1800/PCS1900
value of the
supported
CCCH
(FuncExt)channel,
is PCS1900, it value range
parameter
is GSM900,
physical
EXT900,
PCS1900, GSM850;
not
combined
ARFCN
set, the value range of each
according
ARFCN
to is the
with
same
as
BCCH.
Based
on
frequency
the
planning
setting
at subsequent
SDCCH; CCCH NOne
BTS,
the physical
system automatically fills
value
it inofthis
the
uses one
box.
parameter
channel,
combined
with SDCCH;
CCCH uses two CCCH uses CCCH uses
physical
one physical one physical
channel, not channel, not
channels, not
combined with
combined
combined
SDCCH; CCCH with
with
uses three
SDCCH
SDCCH
physical
channels, not
combined with
SDCCH; CCCH
uses four
physical
channels,
not
0~7
2 0
combined with
SDCCH.
1 ~ 16
according to
the planning
Depends on th
value of the
parameter
0 ~ 65535
according to
the planning
Depends on th
value of the
parameter
2 ~ 65535
according to
the planning
2
value of the
parameter
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
RAC
RAC
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
UPU Unit
UpuUnit
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
Cell Level
Property
Parameters
DSP ID
DSP
RACOLOR RaColor
RAC is a composition part of Routing Area

Identity (RAI). RAI defines the GPRS
serving
cell identification. GPRS system divides the
location area (LAs) to several routing areas
(RAs)
using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). In
MS cell
reselection in the attach status, if the RAIs
according to
of
the planning
0 ~ 255
0
the old and new cells change, the Routing
value of the
Area
parameter
Update process will be initiated.
SGSN knows the routing area information of
the MS in the standby status. Then, when
the
network has packet data or circuit data to
transmit,
according to
it
page thewith
MS in
routing
area.inRAI
It will
corresponds
thethat
board
position
the planning
cannot
span
more
than
one
SGSN.
physical
Depends on the actDepends on th
value of the
configuration
parameter
This parameter depends on physical

configured DSP,
if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is
within range
of 9~22, otherwise it is configured DSP
number.
Determined by user configured DSP quantity.

If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSP
according to
number shall be within 9~22, otherwise it
the planning
shall be configuredMinimum
DSP number.
DSP
value of the
If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSP
parameter
number shall be within 9~13, 17~21, 25~29,
otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcast to

the MS in SI3, SI4, SI7 and SI8. RaColor is similar
to the BCC function in the GSM system. In some
cases, such as inter-BSC cell reselection, the GPRS
network assigns different RaColor values to adjacent
cells with the same route area code to ensure that
0~7
MS can initiate the Routing Area Updating process.
In this way, when MS receives different RaColor
values in the cells with the same routing area code,
it initiates the Routing Area Updating process
similar as when it spans two different routing areas.

Express
Rural
Way/High-speed
Wide Coverage
Railway
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
CoBCCH
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
1800M
900M
1800M
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combine
d with
SDCCH
CCCH
uses one
physical
channel,
not
combined
with
SDCCH

Accessibilit
y
Mobility
Reliability
according to the planning value of the parameter
Fill in the parameter according to the planning value of

the ground parameter. Try to avoid co-channel and coBSIC between neighbor cells. Mistakes of BISC
planning or configuration may lead to large number of
handover failures and call drops.
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
Fill in the parameter according to the planning value of

the ground parameter. Try to avoid co-channel and coBSIC between neighbor cells. Mistakes of BISC
planning or configuration may lead to large number of
handover failures and call drops.
according to the planning value of the ground parameter
The common configuration adopts one physical channel,

not combined with SDCCH. Under the configuration of
CCCH and SDCCH, the capacity of CCCH is small,
which may result in overflow in the case of large
numbers of pagings and thus cause SDCCH congestion
and decrease in paging success rate.
In ZTE system AGCH may seize PCH, so we

recommend to set this parameter with 0 to improve PCH
usage rate. However, according to protocol regulations,
AGBLK can not be set with 0 in the following situations:
1. System inforamtion 7 and 8 are enabled; 2. Short
message broadcast function is enabled in cells without
BCCH and SDCCH/4 combination.
Uniqueness of this parameter must be maintained. Any

mistake in the configuration may lead to the
unavailability of PS service.
This parameter must remain in consistent with the

routing data at SGSN side. Wrong setting may lead to
RAU failure.
For 100M bit Ethernet platform: with 14 DSP built in;

each DSP maximumly processes 20 cells and 160 Abis
timeslots of 16kbps; For Gigabit Ethernet platform: with
15 SDP built in; each DSp maximumly processes 20
cells and 400 Abis timeslots of 16kbps. //UPPB-DSP
congestion may cause deterioration in TBF establishment
success rate and PCU congestion rate.
For 100M bit Ethernet platform: with 14 DSP built in;

each DSP maximumly processes 20 cells and 160 Abis
timeslots of 16kbps; For Gigabit Ethernet platform: with
15 SDP built in; each DSp maximumly processes 20
cells and 400 Abis timeslots of 16kbps. //UPPB-DSP
congestion may cause deterioration in TBF establishment
success rate and PCU congestion rate.
RAC and LAC shall remain in consistent with each

other. The reference value for this parameter is 0.
The Racolor code will be sent in SI3 to MS which will
remind MS that it has be near to the RAC
border(RACOLOR is in SI3 and SI3 will indicate the
position of SI13. When the SI13 is received, the RAC
will be known fininally.) Thus, the reasonalble
RACOLOR planning will make the GPRS Route Area
update more smoothly.
ch Parameter
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
Parameter Parameter
Name (EN)
Code
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
power
control
allowed
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
power
control
allowed
Power
Control
Related
PC
increasing
step
Power
Control
Related
PC
descreasing
step
Power
Control
Related
MAX
power level
of MS
Power
Control
Related
MIN power
level of MS
Power
Control
Related
MIN power
level of
BTS
Power
Control
Related
MIN
interval of
power
control
Explanation of
Parameters (EN)
This parameter
determines to enable or
disable MS
PwrControl
uplink power control in
Ul
the cell. This power
control is
only effective to TCH/F.
Value
Range &
Unit
Yes/No
This parameter
determines if to enable or
PwrControl
disable BTS
Yes/No
Dl
downlink power control in
the cell.
Power
increase step
can be
It describes increase step, divided into
the value
four
During
theof each power
PWRINCST control
variation.between
It
kinds: FR,
communication
EP
applies
to
both
uplink
and
HR, AMR
MS and
downlink
FR, and
BTS, the transmission
directions.
power is controlled by the AMR HR.
network. The network sets Value range
the
power for
MS step, is 2, 4, and
It describes
decrease
6.
through
the
power
the
value
each power
During
theof
command
and
the
PWRREDS communication
control variation.between
It
2/4,db
command
TEP
applies
to both uplink and
MS
and
is
transmitted
on
SACCH
downlink
BTS,
the transmission
(SACCH
has 2 header
directions.
power
is controlled
by the MAX power
bytes, one
is the power
level of MS
network.
Theand
network
control byte
the sets
can be
the
power
for
MS
other is the timing
divided into
through
power
advance the
byte).
four
command
and
the
MSTXPWR MS must extract the
kinds: FR,
command
MAX
power
control header
HR, AMR
is
transmitted
on
SACCH
from downward SACCH
FR, and
(SACCH
has
2
header
and takes the specified
MIN
AMRpower
HR.
bytes,
one
is
the
power
transmission power as
level
MS
Valueofrange
control
byte
and
the
output power. If the power MIN
can
be
power
is 0 ~ 31.
other
is the
level
of
MStiming
cannot
output divided
This
parameter
controls
level of into
BS
advance
byte).
the transmission
power value, power
it
fourbe
the
can
MSTXPWR MS
must
extract
the
will
output the closest
kinds: FR,
during
divided
into
MIN
power
controlpower
headerthat
transmission
HR, AMR
communication
between
four
from
downward
SACCH
can
be
During
FR, andFR,
MS
andoutput.
BTS.
SACCH
kinds:
and
thecontrol,
specified
BSCtakes
power
this HR,
AMRAMR
HR.
carries
transmission
power
as
parameter
determines
the FR,
Value
range
the
command
with
2
and
This
parameter
specifies
output
power.
If the power
maximum
transmission
0 ~ 31.
header
bytes
information
AMR
HR.
the
minimum
interval
of is
level
of
MS
cannot
output
power
available
for MS
in Value range
(power
control
byte
power
control.
Usually,
the
power
value,
it and
the
cell.
BSC
also
BSTXPWR MS
timing
advance
byte) from is 0 ~ 15.
sends
will still
output
the two
closest
uses
ittotoBTS.
calculate
PBGT
MIN
BSC
During
BSC The
measurement
transmission
power
that
value.
control,
this
parameter
reports
with
the
original
can be output. When BSC maximum
MIN
determines
powerinterval
level
power
to BSCpower
after
is
performing
of
power
the
minimum
of
BTS
is
enabling
the
power
control, this parameter is control can
transmission
power
control.
Signal
level(that Pn.
the minimal
transmission
be 0:
divided
is,
Pn;
information
power (that is, lower limit
into
lower
limit
of
power
1:
Pn-2
contained
in the reports is
of
power
control)
PCMININT control) available for BTS four
kinds:
dB;
inaccurate
and
can
be
that can be used by MS in FR, HR,
ERVAL
in
ignored
thethe
cell. (information such ...
AMR
cell.
15: FR,
Pn-30
as
adjacent cell
and
dB AMR
information
HR.
is still valid). Thus a
Value range
minimum interval of
is 1 ~ 32.
power
control is needed and
signal level information
during
the interval can be
ignored.
Recom
mende
Recommended Value for Di
Defaul
d
t Value Value
Dense Urban/Urban
Rural
in
for
OMC Netwo
1800
R
rk 900M
Co-BCCH 900M
M
Optim
ization
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
It can
be
divided
into
four
kinds:
FR,
HR,
AMR
FR,
and
AMR
HR.
Default
value
is can
2. 2
It
be
divided
into
four
kinds:
FR,
HR,
It
can
AMR
be
FR,
divided
and
into
AMR
four
HR.
kinds:
Default
FR,
value
HR,
is 5.
AMR
FR,
and
It
can
AMR
be
HR.
divided
Default
into
value
four
is can
16.
It
kinds:
be
FR,
divided
HR,
into
AMR
four
FR,
kinds:
FR,
HR,
AMR
FR,
and
AMR
HR.
Default
value
is 2.
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
2 2~4
2~4
2~4
2~4
900M:
5
1800M
0
900M:
16
1800M
15
16
12
11
11
11
11
11
900M:5
1800M0
16
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
rapid power
control
indication
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
rapid power
control
indication
Power
Control
Related
Power
control
PwrDecrLi
mit
Power
Control
Related
Report
period of
measuremen
t for power
control
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
power level
Power
Control
Related
Uplink level
Weight
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
power level
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
level Weight
control process is an
option of BSC. Rapid
power
This
parameter
control
can decrease
determines
availability
interferencethe
of the
whole
of
system and meet the need
the
rapid power
control
of dynamic
power
process.
Rapid
power
control of rapidly moving
DIRapidPcI control
MS. process is an
option
of BSC.of
Rapid
nd
The amplitude
power
power
control used by rapid
control
can decrease
powerparameter
This
is set
for
interference
of the
whole
control
process
each
time
preventing
MS
from
call
system
and meet
the need
is no due
longer
a fixed
drop
to power
fast
power
of
dynamic
value,
but
an
integer
control.
It rapidly
corresponds
to
control
of
moving
multiple
cell parameter
different of
quality
level. For
UIRapidPcI MS.
power
control
step
example,
PwrDecrLimit
nd
The
amplitude
of power
(increase
and
decrease).
[0]
determines
control
used bythe
rapid
This
parameter
maximum
power decrease
power
determines
the
availability
limit
forprocess
calls with
control
each time
of
receiving
quality
level 0
is
no
longer
a fixed
the
rapid
power
control
(Bit
value,
but an integer
process.
Error
rateof(BER)
<0.2%).
multiple
cell parameter
PwrDecrLi This
parameter
is
power
control
step
Speech
data
isuplink
unavailable
mit
valid
both
and
Powerfor
control
is
(increase
and decrease).
for
silent
period
during
downlink.
performed
at
BTS
side
This
parameterGSM
conversation.
This
parameter
is an array
and
BSC
implements
determines
therecommend
availability
specifications
of
eight
elements,
relevant
performance
of
Discontinuous
with
element
of
statistics.
BTSlength
uses
the
rapid
power
control
Transmission
Mode
one
byte.
PwrDecrLimit
this
parameter
to
decide
process.
(DTX)
to
[n]
thesend the
the determines
periodicity
to
PwrCtrlRep control
optimal
usage
of
maximum
power
decrease
preprocessed
power
ortPrd
In
GSM
system,
BSC
network
resources
limit availabletofor
callsas
measurement
BSC
determines
to perform
during
suchifsilent
periods.
with
quality
level
n.
an
input
power
control
according
In
DTX
mode,
Thethe
value
range
of the
each
for
power
control
to
measurement
data.
measurement
element
isThis
0 ~data
38,
analysis.
parameter
is
BSC
usesfor
the0 average
reported
standing
~ 38dB
in
value
of measurement
to
into twomultitheBSC
unit fall
of SACCH
data toOne
avoid
adverse
types.
is
the average
frame.
Description:
According
influences
caused
by to
of the measurement
GSM
abruptSpecifications,
changes
in
results
of all timeslots
in a
PcUlLevWi discontinuous
data due
measurement period
into
transmission
ndow
complex
radio(DTX)
the
non-DTX
mode, refers
and
to
the
transmission.
the
other is the average of
process
inthis
which
the
BTSmeasurement
uses
parameter
the
system
does
notspecial
transmit
to calculate
the
window
results
of
some
signals
the
size for in
the
average
timeslots
in
a voice value
intermittent
period during
of uplink signal
measurement
the
subscriber
strength,
calculate
period
in i.e.
the to
DTX
mode.
communication
process.
the average
value
BSC
needs to
optionally
In
system,
the
DTX
mode,
the
of GSM
the one
number
of
used
select
type
ofBSC
determines
if
to
perform
measurement
data
samples.
PcUlLevWe measurement
data
and use
power
according
reported
ight
the datacontrol
to calculate
the
measurement
data.
to
BSC
fall
into two
average
value.
BSC
uses
the
average
types.
One
is the
average
The first
type
of
value
measurement
of
the of
measurement
measurement
data is the
data
to of
avoid
adverse in a
results
average
ofall
thetimeslots
influences
caused
by in
measurement
period
measurement
results
of all
abrupt
changes
in
the
non-DTX
mode,
timeslots, and it is and
PcdlLevWin measurement
data
due toof
the
other is
thethe
average
accurate.
But
second
dow
complex
radio
the
measurement
type of measurement data
transmission.
results
of someofspecial
is the average
the
BTS
uses in
this
parameter
timeslots
a results
measurement
of
to
calculate
the window
measurement
some
timeslots,
and it is
size
forinthe
value
period
theaverage
DTX
mode.
less accurate.
Therefore,
of
downlink
signal
BSC
needs
optionally
BSC,
when to
averaging
strength,
to of
calculate
select
onei.e.
type
the measurement
values,
value
PcdlLevWeig the
measurement
data
and use
usesaverage
different
weights
of
number
of used
the
data
to calculate
forthe
the
two
types
of the
samples.
average
value.data.
measurement
The
type of
This first
parameter
measurement
is the
determines thedata
weight
for
average
of the
the
measurement
results of all
first type of measurement
timeslots,
it is
data when and
averaging
accurate.
But strength
the second
uplink signal
for
type
ofcontrol.
measurement data
power
is
the average
the
Weight
for theof
second
measurement
results of
type of measurement
some
and
it is
data istimeslots,
set to 1 by
default.
less accurate. Therefore,
BSC, when averaging
the measurement values,
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
0~38,db
[24,22,
[24,2 [24,2
[24,2
[24,22,
20,18,
2,20,0 2,20,0 [24,22,20,0, 2,20,0
20,0,0,
16,14,
,0,0,0, ,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0]
,0,0,0,
0,0,0]
12,10]
0]
0]
0]
1~254
240
240
240
240
240
240
1~31
1~3
1~31
1~3
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
PcUlIQual
quality level Window
Power
Control
Related
Uplink
quality
Weight
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
PcDlQualW
quality level indow
Power
Control
Related
Downlink
quality
Weight
Power
Control
Related
Fast average
FastAvg
indication
PcUlIQual
Weight
PcDlIQual
Weight
Power
Control
Related
Increase
PCULINCL
uplink level LEVTHSTh
Threshold s
Power
Control
Related
Increase
PCULINCL
uplink level
LEVTHSP
Value P
Power
Control
Related
Increase
PCULINCL
uplink level
LEVTHSN
Value N
In
the DTX ifmode,
the
determines
to perform
measurement
power
controldata
according
reported
to measurement data.
to
BSC
fallthe
into
two
BSC
uses
average
According
to
GSM
types.
One
is the
average
value
of
measurement
Specifications,
of
the
measurement
data
to avoid adverse
discontinuous
results
of all
timeslots
in a
influences
caused
byrefers
transmission
(DTX)
measurement
period
in
abrupt
changes in
to
the
the
non-DTX data
mode,
and
measurement
due
to
process
iniswhich
the
the
other
the
average
of
complex
radio
system
does not transmit
the
measurement
transmission.
signals
in some
the voice
results
of
special
BTS
uses
this
parameter
intermittent
during
timeslots
in
aperiod
to
calculate
the
the
subscriber window
measurement
size
for the average
value
communication
process.
period
in the
DTX
mode.
of
uplink
signal
GSM
system,
BSC
In
the
DTX
mode,
the
BSC
needs
to calculate
optionally
quality,
i.e. if
to
determines
to
measurement
data
select
one type
ofperform
the
average
value
of
power
controldata
according
reported
measurement
and use
the
number
of
used
measurement
data.the
to
into two
theBSC
data fall
to calculate
samples.
BSC
uses
the
average
types.
One
is the
average
average
value.
value
of
measurement
of
the
measurement
The first type
Network
may of
not perform
data
to of
avoid
adverse
results
all
timeslots
in a
measurement
data is the
handover
or power
influences
caused
by in
measurement
averageifofless
theperiod
control
abrupt
changesdata
in is and
the non-DTX
mode,
results
of all
measurement
measurement
data
the
other
is
the
average
timeslots,during
and it is due toof
available
complex
radio
the
measurement
accurate.
ButThe
the average
second
call
process.
transmission.
results
of
some
special
type of measurement
calculating
process
fordata
BTS
this
parameter
timeslots
in
a of
is theuses
average
these
processes
isthe
enabled
to
calculate
theresults
window
measurement
measurement
of
only
when the
measured
size
value
period
inthe
theaverage
somefor
timeslots,
andmode.
it is
data
reaches
aDTX
certain
of
BSC
needs
tosignal
optionally
lessdownlink
accurate.
Therefore,
window
size.
quality,
i.e.
to
calculate
select
one
type
of process
BSC,
when
averaging
Common average
the
of
measurement
datavalues,
and use
the average
measurement
does
not takevalue
place,
number
of
used
the
data
to
calculate
uses
different
weights
for the five measuredthe
samples.
average
value.
for the BSC
two
types
of BSC
values
receives.
The
first
type data.
of the
measurement
directly
calculates
measurement
is the
This parameter
average
of thedata
5 measured
average
of
the
determines
for
values
if thethe
fastweight
average
measurement
results of all
the first is
type
of
process
adopted.
timeslots,
anddata
itcases
is when
measurement
There
are three
accurate.
But
the signal
second
averagingin
uplink
resulting
insufficient
type
of for
measurement
data
quality
power control.
data
is
the
average
Weight
for theof
second
for
calculating
thethe
average
measurement
type ofthat
measurement
value,
is, results
call of
some
and
it is
data istimeslots,
set to 1period,
by
default.
establishment
According
to GSM
less
afteraccurate.
handoverTherefore,
and after
specifications,
power
BSC, when
averaging
power
control.
After
control
decisions values,
the
measurement
performing power control
depend
upon received
uses
weights
once,different
former measured
average
value
series
for
the
two
types
of in
values are discarded
of
uplink signal
strength.
measurement
data.
situations where they
The
decision process is as
This
couldparameter
result in an error
follows:
Forthe
theweight
latest N
determines
for
control (measured
values
average
values
of
the
According
GSMuplink
without thetoinfluence
signal
first
type of measurement
specifications,
powerare
on handover
control
strength,
ifaveraging
P of the N
data existing).
when
control
decisions
still
values
fall
below
relevant
downlink
signal
quality
depend
upon
received
In addition,
old
measured
threshold
value,
increase
for power
control.
average
value
series
values
are
discarded
MS
(uplink)
transmission
Weight
the
second
of
uplink
signal
strength.
after
thefor
handover
has
power
improve
the
type decision
oftomeasurement
The
process
occurred
keeping
it is as
uplink
signal
data
setFor
to the
1strength.
bylatest
default.
follows:
N
fromiscausing
error
control
According
to GSM
average
values
of uplink
(the forward
and
specifications,
power
signal
backward cells are in the
control
decisions
strength,
if
P
of
the N
same BSC).
depend
upon
received
values fall
below
relevant
average
series
thresholdvalue
value,
increase
of
signal
strength.
MSuplink
(uplink)
transmission
The
decision
process
power
to improve
the is as
follows:
For
the
latest
uplink signal strength. N
average values of uplink
signal
strength, if P of the N
values fall below relevant
threshold value, increase
MS (uplink) transmission
power to improve the
uplink signal strength.
1~31
1~3
1~31
1~3
Yes/No
0 ~ 63(0:<110dBm;1:110dBm~109dBm;
62:49dBm~48dBm;63:>
-48dBm) (<)
No
No
No
22 22~30
No
No
No
22~3 22~3
22~30
0
0
22~3
0
1~31
1~31
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
PCULRED
uplink level LEVTHSTh
Threshold s
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
PCULRED
uplink level
LEVTHSP
Value P
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
PCULRED
uplink level
LEVTHSN
Value N
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
level
Threshold
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
PCDLINCL
level Value LEVTHSP
P
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
level Value
N
PcDlInclLev
PCDLINCL
LEVTHSN
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
level
Threshold
PCDLRED
LEVTHSTh
s
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
level Value
P
PCDLRED
LEVTHSP
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
level Value
N
PCDLRED
LEVTHSN
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average value
series of uplink signal
strength.
The decision process is as
According
GSM
follows: Fortothe
latest
specifications,
power
N average values
of
control
uplink signal strength, if P
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
rise
above
received
average
value
relevant threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
MS
(uplink)
strength.
transmission power
The
decision
to
improve
theprocess
uplinkis as
According
to
GSM
follows:
For
the
latest
signal strength.power
specifications,
N average values of
control
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
rise
above
received
average
value
relevant threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
MS
(uplink)
strength.
transmission power
The
decision
to
improve
theprocess
uplinkis as
According
GSM
follows:
Fortothe
latest
signal
strength.
specifications,
power
N average values
of
control
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
rise
above
received
average value
relevant threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
MS
(uplink)
strength.
transmission power
The
decision
to improve
theprocess
uplinkis as
follows:
For the latest
signal strength.
N average values
of
According
to GSM
downlink
signalpower
strength,
specifications,
if
control
P
of the Ndepend
values fall
decisions
upon
below relevant
threshold
received
average
value
value, of
increase
series
uplinkBTS
signal
(downlink) transmission
strength.
power
The
to improve
the
downlink
follows:
Forto
the
latest
According
GSM
signal
quality.
N
average
values
of
specifications,
power
downlink signal strength,
control
if
decisions
depend upon
P of the Naverage
values value
fall
received
below of
relevant
series
uplinkthreshold
signal
value,
increase BTS
strength.
(downlink)
The
decisiontransmission
process is as
According
GSM
power
follows: Fortothe
latest
specifications,
to average
improvevalues
the power
downlink
N
of
control
signal quality.
downlink
signal strength,
decisions
depend upon
if
received
average
P of the N values value
fall
series
uplinkthreshold
signal
below of
relevant
strength.
value, increase BTS
The
process is as
(downlink)
According
tothe
GSM
follows:
For
latest
power
specifications,
power
N
average
values
of
to
improve
the
downlink
control
downlink
signal
strength,
signal
quality.
decisions
depend upon
if
received
P of the Naverage
values value
rise
series
of
uplink
signal
above relevant threshold
strength.
value, reduce BTS
The
process is as
(downlink)
According
GSM
follows:
Fortothe
latest
power
specifications,
power
N
average
values
of
to improve the downlink
control
downlink
signal strength,
signal
strength.
decisions
depend upon
if
received
P of the Naverage
values value
rise
series
of
uplink
signal
strength.
value, reduce BTS
The
process is as
(downlink)
follows:
power For the latest
N
of
to average
improvevalues
the downlink
downlink
signal strength,
signal
strength.
if
P of the N values rise
value, reduce BTS
power
signal strength.
0 ~ 63(0:<110dBm;1:110dBm~109dBm;
62:49dBm~48dBm;63:>
-48dBm) (>)
30 30~36
30~3 30~3
30~36
6
6
30~3
6
1~31
1~31
0 ~ 63(0:<110dBm;1:110dBm~109dBm;
62:49dBm~48dBm;63:>
-48dBm) (>)
26 30~35
30~3 30~3
30~35
5
5
30~3
5
1~31
1~31
0 ~ 63(0:<110dBm;1:110dBm~109dBm;
62:49dBm~48dBm;63:>
-48dBm) (<)
34 35~40
35~4 35~4
35~40
0
0
35~4
0
1~31
1~31
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
quality
Threshold
PCULINCL
QUALTHS
Ths
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
quality
Value P
PCULINCL
QUALTHS
P
Power
Control
Related
Increase
uplink
quality
Value N
PCULINCL
QUALTHS
N
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
quality
Threshold
PCULRED
QUALTHS
Ths
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
quality
Value P
PCULRED
QUALTHS
P
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
uplink
quality
Value N
PCULRED
QUALTHS
N
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
quality
Threshold
PCDLINCL
QUALTHS
Ths
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
quality
Value P
PCDLINCL
QUALTHS
P
Power
Control
Related
Increase
downlink
quality
Value N
PCDLINCL
QUALTHS
N
According to GSM
control
strength.
According
GSM
follows: Fortothe
latest
specifications,
power
N average values
of
control
uplink signal quality, if P
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
rise
above
received
average value
relevant threshold
series
uplinkMS
signal
value, of
increase
strength.
(uplink) transmission
The
power
According
GSM
follows:
Forto
the
latest
to
improve
the
uplink
specifications,
power
N
average
values
of
signal
quality.
control
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
rise
above
received
average
value
relevant threshold
series
uplinkMS
signal
value, of
increase
strength.
The
power
follows:
Forto
the
latest
According
GSM
to improve
the
uplink
N
average
values
of
specifications,
power
signal
quality.
control
of
the N values
rise
above
decisions
depend
upon
relevant threshold
received
average value
value,
increase
series of
uplinkMS
signal
strength.
power
According
GSM
to improve
the
uplink
follows:
Forto
the
latest
specifications,
power
signal
quality.
N
average
values
of
control
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
fall
below
received
average value
relevant threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
MS
(uplink)
strength.
transmission power
The
decision
to
improve
theprocess
uplinkis as
According
to
GSM
follows:
For
the
latest
signal quality. power
specifications,
N average values of
control
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
fall
below
received
average
value
relevant threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
MS
(uplink)
strength.
transmission power
The
decision
According
to
GSM
to improve
theprocess
uplinkis as
follows:
For
the
specifications,
power
signal quality. latest
N average values of
control
uplink signal
quality,
if P
decisions
depend
upon
of the N values
below
received
averagefall
value
relevant
series
of threshold
uplink signal
value, reduce MS (uplink)
strength.
transmission
The decision power
process is as
According
GSM
to improve
the
uplink
follows:
Forto
the
latest
specifications,
power
signal
quality.
N average values
of
control
downlink signal quality, if
decisions
depend upon
P of
received
average
value
the N values
rise above
series
of
uplink
signal
relevant threshold value,
strength.
increase BTS (downlink)
The
decision power
processtois as
transmission
According
tothe
GSM
follows:
For
latest
improve
the
downlink
specifications,
power
N
average
values
of
signal quality.
control
decisions
depend upon
P of
received
average
value
the
N values
rise above
series
of threshold
uplink signal
relevant
value,
strength.
The
decision power
processtois as
transmission
follows:
For
the
latest
improve the downlink
N
average
values of
signal
quality.
P of
the N values rise above
relevant threshold value,
transmission power to
improve the downlink
signal quality.
0~7(>)
1~31
1~31
0~7(<)
1~31
1~31
0~7(<)
1~31
1~31
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
quality
Threshold
PCDLRED
QUALTHS
Ths
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
quality
Value P
PCDLRED
QUALTHS
P
Power
Control
Related
Decrease
downlink
quality
Value N
PCDLRED
QUALTHS
N
According to GSM
control
strength.
According
GSM
follows: Fortothe
latest
0~7(>)
specifications,
power
N average values
of
control
decisions
upon
P of the Ndepend
values fall
received
average
value
below relevant
threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
BTS
strength.
The
power
According
GSM
follows:
Forto
the
latest
to
improve
the
downlink
1~31
specifications,
power
N
average
values
of
signal
quality.
control
decisions
upon
P of the Ndepend
values fall
received
average
value
below relevant threshold
series
uplink
signal
value, of
reduce
BTS
strength.
The
power
follows:
Forthe
thedownlink
latest
to improve
1~31
N
average
values of
signal
quality.
P of the N values fall
below relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS
power
signal quality.

Express
Indoor
Way/HighWide
Rural
Coverage/Tu
speed
Coverage
nnel
Railway
1800
1800
1800
1800
900M
900M
900M
M
M
M
M
Yes
No
No
No
No
2~4
Yes
No
2~4
Yes
No
2~4
Yes
No
2~4
Yes
2~4
2~4
Performance Indic
Yes
It's suggested that this parameter be enabled in the scenarios

except for high speed railway and highway. Setting a
reasonable power control threshold helps to reduce uplink
interference and MS transmission power, and thus to improve
RQ rate and reduce call drops.
Yes
It's suggested that this parameter be enabled in common

urban and dense urban areas, in order to reduce downlink
interference and BTS power consumption. Setting a
reasonable power control threshold helps to reduce downlink
interference and MS transmission power, and thus to improve
RQ rate and reduce call drops.
2~4
If rapid power control is not enabled, we may consider to

enlarge the power increase step to 4 dB, in order to avoid
poor speech quality and call drops due to slow power
increase.
2 It's suggested that default value be maintained.
12
16
12
16
12
16
The downward modulation of MS power and BS power

12 should match with each other. For 900M network, the
modulation can be 11 (22dB).
11
11
11
11
11
11
The downward modulation of MS power and BS power

11 should match with each other. For 900M network, the
modulation can be 11 (22dB).
Note: For 900M network, the parameter should be set 5; for

1800M network, 0.
2 It's suggested that default value be adopted.
Accessibilit
y
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
It's not recommended to enable the rapid power control.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
It's not recommended to enable the rapid power control.
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
[24,2
2,20,0
,0,0,0,
0]
The power decrease limit for quality level 0, 1, 2 should be

set comparatively larger, in order to achieve fast adjustment
of power. For quality level 37, the power can not be
adjusted downward.
240
240
240
240
240
240
240
It's suggested that the default value of this parameter be

adopted, since it has little effect on power control.
It is the average window size for the measurement reports of

power control. The smaller tha parameter is set, the fewer
2 samples are needed and the more sensitive power control
becomes, which helps to improve RQ quality and reduce call
drops.

drops.

drops.

drops.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
In the equipment of the current version, power control in nonstable state is already fast enough. The fast average function
is almost invalid.
It is the lower limit of level in uplink power control. The

22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 default value (-88dBm) in system is small, which may lead to
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
poor speech quality due to low power. Set the parameter
according to the actual coverage situation in the field.
The smaller N and P are set, the more sensitive power

increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps improve
2
speech quality. It's not proper to set N and P with large
values.

3
speech quality. It's not proper to set N and P with large
values.
It is the upper limit of level in uplink power control. It is

30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 usually higher than the lower limit by 610dB. Set the
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
parameter according to the actual coverage situation in the
field.

2 decrease becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality.

speech quality.
It is the lower limit of level in downlink power control. Set

the parameter according to the actual coverage situation in
the field. This threshold shall be set larger than the evaluation
criterion of coverage rate. For scenarios with specific
30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3
requirements of downlink coverage rate (eg. -80dBm), this
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
parameter shall not be set too high, in order to avoid
influence on the indicators of coverage rate. If the threshold
is set too low, the downlink DT coverage rate may be
lowered.

2
speech quality. N and P shall not be set too large. They may
be set with 1, 1 when radio environment is complicated.

3
speech quality. N and P shall not be set too large. They may
be set with 1, 1 when radio environment is complicated.
It is the upper limit of level in downlink power control. It is

35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 usually higher than the lower limit by 610dB. Set the
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
parameter according to the actual coverage situation in the
field.

speech quality.

3 increase becomes. To properly reduce N and P helps improve
speech quality. N and P shall not be set too large.
It means that power shall be increased when the quality level

is exceeded. Usually the defualt value is adopted. For
1 network in bad radio environment, we may set the quality
threshold with a low value (eg. 1), which helps to increase the
proportion of quality level 0.

increase becomes, which helps to improve speech quality. N
2
and P shall not be set too large. They may be set with 1, 1
when radio environment is complicated.

2

speech quality.

speech quality.
It means that power shall be increased when the quality level

is exceeded. Usually the defualt value is adopted. For
1 network in bad radio environment, we may set the quality
threshold with a low value (eg. 1), which helps to increase the
proportion of quality level 0.

2

2
The current decision is "smaller than", so the parameter shall

be at least set with 1.
Value 0 is usually adopted for this parameter. Adjustment of

this parameter is not recommended.

speech quality.

speech quality.

Mobility
Reliability
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
R
Category
Parameter
Parameter Code
Name (EN)
Value
Range &
Unit
Explanation of
Parameters (EN)
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended Value
for Network
Optimization
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
Adjacent Inte
Interference
IntfObjectId
cell No.
Interference cell No.
Adjacent Inte
Related Cell
RelationDN
DN
This parameter defines

BSS external cell DN: EcId
or related BSS equipment
DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
Adjacent Cel User label
Adjacent
cell
Adjacent Cel reselection HoResObjectId
and
handover ID
Adjacent Cel
Priority of
handover
Hopriority
MAX
Adjacent Cel power level MsTxPwrMax
of MS
MIN power
level for
Adjacent Cel
RxLevMin
handover
access
User label
This parameter is an
unique identification of
adjacent cell handover and
reselection object.
According to GSM
specifications, cell priority
shall be considered in
sequencing candidate cells.
Therefore, there are three
decisive
factors
to
During the
communication
sequenceMS
the and
candidate
between
cells:
priority,
traffic,
This
definesand
the
BTS,parameter
the
transmission
radio
conditions.
Priority
minimum
receiving
power is controlled
by the
and
trafficlevel
affect
cell
intensity
(onthe
BCCH)
network.
The
network
sets
sequencing
most.
If
they
required
for
MS
to
the power for MS
lead to the
result,
handover
tosame
this cell.
It is
through
the
power
sequence
the
one
of parameters
command
andcells
the to
according
to the radio
decide
preferred
cells
command
conditions.
The
the
during
handover
control.
is transmitted
onlarger
SACCH
value, the has
higher
level of
MS
(SACCH
2 header
priority.
in
the serving
cellpower
bytes,
one is the
constantly
control bytemonitors
and the the
signal
other is the timing advance
intensity
BCCH
of the
byte). MSonmust
extract
adjacent
cells. header
Adjacent
power control
from
cells
with the
minimum
downward
SACCH
and
receiving
intensity level
takes the specified
higher
than this
parameter
transmission
power
as
are
potential
for
output
power.candidates
If the power
handover.
MS
with output
level of MS
cannot
receiving
than
the powerlevel
value,larger
it will
minimum
output the receiving
closest level
indicates
thatpower
MS is that
at the
transmission
edge
the serving
can beofoutput.
Whencell.
BSC
Recommended
valuetheis
controls the power,
usually
approximated
parameter
is the maximum
according
to MS
receiving
transmission
power
that
sensitivity.
can be usedWhen
by MSnetwork
in the
observes
uneven
traffic
cell. MS max
power
level
distribution
in certain
cells,
is also a parameter
used
by
MIN
access
level PBGT
increases
BSC to
calculate
the
resulting C1 and C2 to
value.
decrease the cell effective
coverage range. However,
the value of this parameter
cannot be too large.
Otherwise, large value
change can bring void
area across cell boundaries
to result in sudden call
drop problem. With this
measure for traffic balance,
it is suggested that the level
value shall not exceed
-90dB. Define the
parameter value to 10 (that
is,from -101 dBm ~ -100
dBm) at initial network
rollout stage or lower,
which is higher than the
receiving sensitivity of MS

planning configuration

Character str -

1 ~ 32

1~6
0~7
0 ~ 31
900>900:
3
3
900>1800
:5
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M neighbor cell: 5

1800M neighbor cell:0
900>900:
15
15 dBm,1-110 dBm ~ -109 dBm,2-109
15
0 ~ 63;0< -110
dBm ~ -108 dBm
900>1800
:18
According to GSM
specifications, handover
received average value of
uplink and downlink signal
strength. The PBGT value
of an adjacent cell is also
one of the causes for
MIN
handover. The decision
threshold of
process is as follows: If
signal level
Adjacent Cel
HoMarginPbgt
the PBGT value of an
0 ~ 100(0: - 30
for
adjacent cell is greater than
handover on
the relevant threshold of
PBGT
this cell, handover shall
be performed to find a
more suitable cell.
threshold used
to determine PBGT
handover from an
According to GSM
adjacent cell to local cell.
specifications, handover
Minimal
strength. In handover
Threshold
caused by the level,
Adjacent Cel
HoMarginRxLev
0 ~ 48(0: -2 30
of RxLev
adjacent cells shall be
HO
screened and
sequenced.This parameter
defines the signal strength
threshold to determine
According
to GSM
handover from
adjacent
specifications,
handover
cell to local cell.
Minimal
strength. In handover
Threshold
Adjacent Cel
HoMarginRxQual caused by the quality,
0 ~ 48(0: -2 30
of Quality
adjacent cells shall be
Handover
screened and sequenced.
signal quality threshold to
determine handover from
adjacent cell to local cell.
Adjacent Cel
Macromicro
handover
Threshold
It indicates the handover

MacroMicroHoTh threshold from macro
tomicro.
0 ~ 63(0:<- 20
900>900:
28
28
900>1800
:16
26
26
24
24
25
25
Macromicro
Adjacent Cel
handover
Value N
It counts the number of

MacroMicroHoN handover threshold from
macro to micro.
Target cell
Adjacent Cel traffic
threshold
It indicates the target cell

traffic threshold. This value
determines if it shall be
handed over to this cell. If
TargetCellTrafficT
0~100,%
the traffic in target cell is
more than this threshold,
do not handover to this
cell.
1~255
In order to avoid handover

oscillations in cells, a
tolerable level difference
for forced handover is
MAX level
required, which shall be
difference
Adjacent Cel
MaxForceHoDiff lower than PBGT handover 0~48
of force
threshold in the reverse
handover
direction. This parameter
defines the maximum level
difference value for forced
handover.
Handover
force
Adjacent Cel
resource
threshold
HoForceResThs
Directed transfer does not

result in destination cell
congestion. When resource
of object cell is lower
0 ~ 100
than the congestion
threshold, forced handover
can be implemented.
75
75
75
40
30
30
Adjacent Cel
Neighboring
NCellLayer
cell layer
CS adjacent
Adjacent Cel cell report RepPrioCS
priority
PS adjacent
Adjacent Cel cell report RepPrioPS
priority
Adjacent Cel
Related Cell
DN
Adjacent Cel
Is related
cell
IsRelatedCell
Is handover
forced
Adjacent Cel
IsHoForceNcell
neighbor
cell
1.Adjacent
with same
limiting thecell
PBGT
frequency
band. have
handover defined
in the
the
following features:
specifications
at one layer
BSIC
of color
can reduce
the code is
valid;
Its
measured
fieldthe
number
of
handovers
This parameter defines
intensity
during the
call, high
thus among
priority
ofranks
adjacent
cells
same
frequency
improving
the
system
cells in
to the
report
the
band
and isand
larger
than or
reliability
measurement
report
equal
to
the
lower
limit
communication
quality.The
during PS traffic operation.
specified
by
policy of handover
between
Priorities
of the adjacent
RprtThoCSXXX.
acell
macro
cell
layer Here,
and a
are as
follows:
XXX
frequency
micro represents
cell layer
mainly
1.Adjacent
cell with
same
band
of
serving
cell.
depends onband.
the moving
frequency
These cell
2.
Adjacent
cell
inMS
theat
speed
of MS.
An
shall
have
the
following
frequency
band
different
higher moving
will
features:
BSIC speed
of color
from
that
of
try
to is
stay
at the
the
macro
cell
code
valid;
Itsserving
measured
cell
have
the ofhigh
layermust
(upper
layer
the
field
intensity
ranks
following
features:
BSIC
micro
layer),
an of
amongcell
cells
in theand
same
color
is moving
valid.
MS atcode
lower
frequency
band
andIts
isspeed
measured
intensity
will
trythan
to field
enter
the micro
larger
or equal
to the
ranks
high(lower
amonglayer
cellsofin
cell layer
lower
the
frequency
the
macro
cell layer).
Only
limitsame
specified
by band
and
is case
largerofthan
or
equal
in the
non-PBGT
RprtThoPSXXX.
Here,
to
the represents
lower
specified
handover
andlimit
emergency,
XXX
frequency
by
willRprtThoCSXXX.
the
cell of
band
of undefined
serving cell.
Here,
XXXarea
represents
the
service
be
2. Adjacent
cell
in the the
frequency
different
consideredband
as a candidate
frequency
band
different
from
that
of
serving
cell.
cell.
Same
layer
of the
from that of the serving
3.
Other
access
home
cell:
Adjacent
cell
must
have
the cell
technologies,
such
and local cell
are inas
the of
following
features:
BSIC
UTRAN/FDD
adjacent
same
layer
(PBGT
color code is valid.
Its
cells.
These
cellintensity
shallUpper
have
handover
possible);
measured
field
the
following
features:
layer
of
the
home
cell:
ranks high among cells the
in
cells
scramble
correct.
Adjacent
cell isisthe
upper
the
same
frequency
band
Its
field
intensity
layer
localthan
cell or
(local
andmeasured
isoflarger
equal
ranks
among
cells
cellthe
is high
a micro
cell);
Lower
to
lower
limit
specified
with
the
same
access
layer
of the
home
cell:
by RprtThoPSXXX.
Here,
technologies
is larger
Adjacent celland
is the
lower
XXX
than
or
the
lower
layer
ofequal
local
cell
(local
represents
theto
frequency
limit
by
cell isspecified
a macro from
cell) that of
band
different
XXXRprtThoCS.
Here,
serving cell.
XXX
represents
access
3.Other
access
The
user can like
click Select to
technologies
technologies,
such as cell
select
cell or external
UTRAN/FDD.
UTRAN/FDD
adjacent
in
displayed
interface,
For
above
priorities,
if the
cells.
These
cell
shall
check
Mutual,
you
canhave
prioritys
location
has
the
following
features:
mutually
configure
asthe
surplus,
then
leave
itit to
cells
scramble
is
correct.
reselection
handover
adjacent
celland
of
theintensity
next
Its measured
field
cell.
priority.
For
access
ranks high among cells
technology
such
as
with the same
access
UTRAN/FDD,
oris larger
technologies and
Only
the cell
related
to
frequency
band
as the
than or equal
to such
the lower
serving
cellthe
cancell
be with
a
GSM
900,
limit specified by
candidate
high
RepPrioCS isHere,
XXXRprtThoPS.
in
rapid fading
preferred.
For handover.
XXX represents
access
This
is
a parameter
of
cells
with
same
technologies like
adjacent
cellthe
andcell
is used
RepPrioCS,
with to
UTRAN/FDD.
indicate
if adjacent
cell is
greater
sum
of
For above priorities, if the
related
to the serving
cell.
RprtThoCSXXX
(or
prioritys
has and
In
the caselocation
of 1800M
XXXRprtThoCS)
and
surplus,
then leave
it tosite,
900M
network
sharing
RprtOffsetCSXXX
(or
adjacent
cell
of
the
next
it
is better to handover
XXXRprtOffsetCS)
is
priority.
Forof
access
subscribers
900M
preferred.
technology
such
as
network to 1800M
UTRAN/FDD,
network. At thisortime, you
frequency
band such as
can do directional
GSM
900,traffic.
the cell with
handover
high
RepPrioPS
Forced handoverisis a
preferred.
method forFor
on-site traffic
cells
with same
adjustment.
TheRepPrioPS,
forced
the
cell with
greaterissum of
handover
direction
RprtThoPSXXX
(or sector
definite, i.e. 1800M
XXXRprtThoPS)
and To
in the same direction.
RprtOffsetPSXXX
(or
avoid influence on other
XXXRprtOffsetPS)
is
cells, the forced handover
preferred.
is performed only for a
specific object cell.
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At same layer as this

Undefined, SaAt same layer
cell
0:Lower;1:Hi0
0:Lower;1:Hi0
adopt default value
Yes/No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
Adjacent Cel
Is support
CCNSUPPORT
CCN mode
Adjacent
UTRAN Adjace
User
label
UTRAN
cell
UTRAN Adjace
handover
and offset
RSCP
reselectionto
handover
UTRAN Adjace
object ID
UTRAN
Ec/No
offset
adjacent
cell
handover to
UTRAN Adjace
UTRAN
adjacent cell
CS adjacent
UTRAN Adjace
cell report
priority
PS adjacent
UTRAN Adjace
cell report
priority
HoRSObjectId
HoRSCPOffsetU
HoEcNoOffsetUT
RepPrioCS
RepPrioPS
Is support
UTRAN Adjace
CCNSUPPORT
CCN mode
Relation
UTRAN Adjace
DN
UTRAN
UTRAN Adjac
HO ID
RSCP offset
handover to
UTRAN Adjac
UTRAN
Ec/No
offset
adjacent
cell
handover to
UTRAN Adjac
UTRAN
adjacent cell
CS adjacent
UTRAN Adjac
cell report
priority
Relation
UTRAN Adjac
UTRAN
DN
Adjacent
UTRAN Adjace
cell
reselection
PS adjacent
object
ID
UTRAN Adjace
cell
report
priority
Is support
UTRAN Adjace
CCN mode
Relation
UTRAN Adjace
DN
RelationDN
HoObjectId
HoRSCPOffsetU
HoEcNoOffsetUT
RepPrioCS
RelationDN
RSObjectId
RepPrioPS
CCNSUPPORT
RelationDN
The
direction of
Adjacent Cel
NCELLDIR
neighbour
cell
valid; Its measured field

cell are as follows:
intensity
ranks high
among
It indicates
of
1.
Adjacent the
cellpriority
with same
cellsadjacent
in the same
frequency
CS
cell
report.
frequency band. These cell
band
and
is
larger
than
CNN
mode
refers
to
cellor
Priorities
ofthe
thefollowing
adjacent
shall have
equal
toas
thefollows:
lower limit
alternating
notificaiton.
cell
are
features: BSIC of color
specified
bysupports
When
1.
Adjacent
cell
theCCN
same
code
isBSS
valid;
Itsinmeasured
RprtThoCSXXX.
Here,
mode,
if
MS
does
cell
frequency
band
as
the
field intensity ranks high
XXX
represents
reselection
andthe
serving
cellinmust
among cells
inNC0
thehave
same
frequency
band
of serving
NC1
modes,
PACKET
following
features:
frequency band and is
cell.
CELL
CHANGE
larger
BSICthan
of color
codetoisthe
or equal
2.
Adjacent
cell inmessage
the
NOTIFICATION
valid;
lower
frequency
band
different
shall
be
notification
Its
measured
field
limit specified by
from
thatranks
of
thehigh
serving
delivered
to network
in
intensity
among
RprtThoPSXXX.
Here,
cell
must
have
thefrequency
normal
case.
After
network
cells
in
the
same
XXX
represents
frequency
Handover
from GSM
to of
following
features:
BSIC
receives
this
message,
it
band
(actual
band
place
band
of serving
cell.
UTRAN
being
triggered
color
code
is valid.
Its
can
send
specific
system
depends
on
2.
Adjacent
cell in the
only
indicates
UTRAN
User
labelabout
measured
fieldthat
intensity
message
standby
cell
SERVING_BAND_REPO
This
parameter
is
a unique
frequency
band
different
Handover
from
GSM
to
adjacent
cell
satisfies
the
ranks
high
among
cells
in
to
MS.
RTING)
and
is
larger
than
identification
oftriggered
UTRAN
from
thatbeing
of
the
serving
UTRAN
minimum
requirement
for
cells
to report
the
the
same
frequency
band
or
equal
to
the
lower
limit
adjacent
cell
handover
and
cell
must
have
the
only
indicates
that
UTRAN
normal
UE communication
measurement
report
and
is larger
than
or equal
specified
by
reselection
object.
following
features:
BSIC
adjacent
cell
satisfies
the of
within
it.
during
PS
traffic
to
the
lower
limitoperation.
specified
RprtThoCSXXX.
Here,
color
code
is
valid.
Its for
minimum
requirement
This
parameter
is
a
Priorities
of the adjacent
by
RprtThoCSXXX.
XXX
represents
frequency
measured
field
intensity
normal
UE
communication
prerequisite
to ensure
cell
are
as
follows:
Here,
XXX
represents
the
band
of
serving
cell.
ranks
high
among
cellsfor
in
within
it.fieldcell
enough
intensity
1.
Adjacent
with
same
frequency
band
different
2.
Adjacent
cell
in
the
the
same
frequency
band
This
parameter
is
a
uplink/downlink
of
frequency
band.
These
from
that of
serving
cell.
frequency
band
different
and
is larger
than
or
equal
prerequisite
to
ensure
UTRAN
adjacent
cells.
CNN
mode
refers
to cellIt
cell
shall
have
the
3. Other
access
from
that
of
the
serving
to
thecontrols
lower
limit
specified
enough
field
intensity
forof
also
the
priority
alternating
notificaiton.
following
features:
BSIC
of
technologies,
such
cell
must
have
theoftoas
by
RprtThoPSXXX.
Here,
uplink/downlink
acolor
UE
to
handover
When
BSS
supports
CCN
code
is
valid;
Its
UTRAN/FDD
adjacent
following
features:cells.
haveIt
XXX
UTRAN
different
adjacent
mode,
if MS
does
cellhave
measured
field
intensity
cells.
These
cell
shall
the
following
features:
represents
thethe
frequency
also
controls
priority
reselection
in features:
NC0
andisthe
ranks
high color
among
cells
inof
the
following
band
BSIC
code
different
from
of
athe
UE
to of
handover
tothat
NC1
modes,
PACKET
same
frequency
cells
scramble
is
correct.
valid;
serving
cell.
different
adjacent
cells.
CELL
band
and is larger
or
Its
measured
field than
intensity
3.Its
measured
Other
accessfield
CHANGE
equal
to the
lower
ranks high
among
cells
intensity
ranks
high
among
technologies,
such
as toto
Handover
from
GSM
This
parameter
is
used
NOTIFICATION
message
limit
specified
by
with
the
same
access
cells
in
the
same
frequency
UTRAN/FDD
adjacent
UTRAN
being
triggered
determine
DN
of
the
notification
shall
RprtThoPSXXX.
technologies
and isHere,
band
(actual
band
place
cells.
These
cell
shall
have
only
UTRAN
external
cell.
be
delivered
network
in
XXX
larger
than
ortoequal
to the
depends
on
the
following
features:
Handover
from
GSM
totheto
indicates
that
UTRAN
The
user
can
click
Select
normal
case.
After
network
represents
band
lower limitfrequency
specified by
MULTIBAND_REPORTI
cells
scramble
is
correct.
UTRAN
being
triggered
adjacent
cell
satisfies
the
This
parameter
is the
athan
unique
select
a cell
from
popreceives
this
message,
itor
of
serving
XXXRprtThoCS.
Here,
NG)
and
iscell.
larger
Its
measured
field
intensity
only
minimum
identification
of
UTRAN
up
interface.
can
send
specific
2.
Adjacent
cell in
the
XXX
represents
access
equal
to
the
ranks
high
among
cells
indicates
that
UTRAN
requirement
for
normal
adjacent
cell
handover
system
message
about UE
frequency
band
different
technologies
like
lowerthe
limit
specified
with
same
access by
adjacent
cell
satisfies
the
communication
object.
standby
to MS.
from
thatcell
of the
serving
UTRAN/FDD.
RprtThoCSXXX.
technologies
and
isHere, is
minimum
within
it.
This
parameter
cell
must
have
the
For
above
priorities,
if
the
XXX
represents
the to the
larger
than orfor
equal
normal
arequirement
prerequisite
todifferent
ensure
following
features:
BSICUE
of
prioritys
location
has
frequency
band
lower
limit
specified
by
communication
enough
field
intensity
color
code
isserving
valid.
surplus,
then
leave itIts
tofor
from
that
of
cell.
XXXRprtThoPS.
within
it.cell
This
uplink/downlink
ofHere,
measured
field
intensity
adjacent
ofparameter
the
next is
3. Other
access
XXX
represents
access
aUTRAN
prerequisite
to ensure
ranks
high
priority.
For
access
technologies,
such as
technologies
like
enough
field
intensity
for
adjacent
cells.
Itthe
also
among
cells
in
same
technology
such
as
WCDMA/FDD
UTRAN/FDD.
uplink/downlink
of
controls
the
priority
of
a
frequency
band
UTRAN/FDD,
or
adjacent
cells.
have
the
This
parameter
is used
to
For
above
priorities,
if the
UTRAN
UE
to
and
is
larger
than
or
equal
frequency
band
such
as
following
features:
determine
DN
of
prioritys
location
has
adjacent
cells.
It also
handover
tothe
different
to
the
lower
900,
cell
with
GSM
The
cells
scramble
is
CNN
mode
refers
cell
the
UTRAN
external
cell.
surplus,
then
leavetoitof
to
controls
the
priority
a
adjacent
cells.
limit
specified
byis Select
high
RepPrioCS
correct.
alternating
notificaiton.
The
user
can
click
adjacent
cell
of
the
next
This
is Here,
a uniqueto
UE
toparameter
preferred.
For
RprtThoPSXXX.
Its
measured
field
When
BSS
supports
CCN
select
a cell
priority.
For
access
identification
of UTRAN
handover
to
different
XXX
cells
with
same
intensity
should
rank
mode,
if MS
does
from
the
pop-up
interface.
technology
such
ascell
cell
reselection
adjacent
cells.
represents
frequency
RepPrioCS,
the
celland
with
high
amongthe
the
reselection
incells
NC0
UTRAN/FDD,
orwith
object.
band
different
greater
sum of
same
access
NC1
modes,
PACKET
frequency
band
such as
from
that of serving
RprtThoCSXXX
(orcell.
technologies
band
CELL
GSM 900, the(actual
cell with
3.
Other
accesson and
XXXRprtThoCS)
DN
place
depends
CHANGE
high(BssId-SiteId-BtsIdRepPrioPS
is
technologies,
suchmessage
as
RprtOffsetCSXXX
(or
Hold)
of the
XXX_MULTIRAT_REPO
NOTIFICATION
preferred.
Forhandover
cells with
UTRAN/FDD
XXXRprtOffsetCS)
is
cell
or
DN
(EcId)
of
RTING)
and
is
larger
notification
shall
same RepPrioPS, thethe
cell
adjacent
cells.
These
cellin
preferred.
external
cell.
than
or
equal
to
the
lower
be
delivered
to network
with
greater sum
of
shall
have
the
The
user
can After
click
Select
to
limit
specified
by(or
normal
case.
network
RprtThoPSXXX
following
features:
the it
select
a cell
XXXRprtThoCS.
Here,
receives
this
message,
XXXRprtThoPS)
and
cells
scramble
isaccess
correct.
from
the
pop-up
interface.
XXX
represents
can
send
specific
RprtOffsetPSXXX
(or
Its
measured
field
intensity
technologies
likeabout
system
message
XXXRprtOffsetPS)
is
ranks
high
among
UTRAN/FDD.
standby
cell to MS.
preferred.
cells
with
theadjacent
same access
4. Forparameter
GSM
cell
This
technologies
andidentifies
is GSM
with
valid
BSIC,
or
the
direction
relation
larger
than
equal to the
adjacent
cellorwith
between
lower
limitNCC
specified
permitted
invalid
adjacent
cell andbut
local
cell.
by
XXXRprtThoPS.
Here,
BCC,
or
adjacent
cell
with
You
can
set
the
direction
XXX access
represents
access
other
technologies,
information
for
each
technologies
like
if
such
a
cells
RepPrioCS
adjacent
cell.
UTRAN/FDD.
and REPORTING_RATE
For
above
priorities,
if the
are low, then
the reporting
prioritys
has
frequencylocation
is low too.
surplus,
then
leave it to
For above
priorities:
adjacent
cell of the
If the prioritys
location
next
priority.then
For leave
accessit to
has surplus,
technology
such
as
adjacent cell of the next
UTRAN/FDD,
or
priority;
frequency
band
such assuch
For access technology
GSM
900,
as WCDMA/FDD,
or
the
cell with
high
frequency
band
such as
RepPrioPS is preferred.
Yes/No
No
Character str -
Yes (This parameter is

used in association with Yes
NACC )

1 ~ 64
0 ~ 63
adopt default value
0 ~ 49
adopt default value
0:Lower;1:Hi0
adopt default value
0:Lower;1:Hi0
adopt default value
Yes, No
No
adopt default value

1 ~ 64

0 ~ 63
adopt default value
0 ~ 49
adopt default value
0:Lower;1:Hi0
adopt default value
1 ~ 64

0:Lower;1:Hi0
adopt default value
Yes, No
No
adopt default value

NO DIRECTINO DIRECT NO DIRECTION
The
direction of
Adjacent Cel
NCELLDIR
neighbour
cell
This parameter identifies

the direction relation
between
adjacent cell and local cell. NO DIRECTINO DIRECT NO DIRECTION
You can set the direction
information for each
adjacent cell.

Express
Indoor
Way/HighWide
Dense Urban/Urban
Rural
Coverage/Tun
speed
Coverage
nel
Railway
Co1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
900M
900M
900M
BCC 900M
M
M
M
M
M
H
-
1800>1800
:5
1800>900:
3
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
900M
adjace
nt cell:
5
1800
M
adjace
nt
cell:1
1800>1800
:15
1800>900:
15
15
15
15
13
14
13
13
15
15
1800>1800
:28
1800>900:
38
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25 -
25
25
25 -
4 -
4 -
75 -
75
75 -
9 -
30 -
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
At
same
layer
as this
cell
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DIRE
CTIO
N A or
DIRE
CTIO
NB
DIRE
CTIO
N A or DIRE
CTIO
NB
Yes
Yes
Yes
DIRE
CTIO
N A or
DIRE
CTIO
NB
DIRE
CTIO
N A or DIRE
CTIO
NB
Performance Indicators Related to Each

This parameter represents the static priority of adjacent cell which affects the order of
adjacent cells during handover decision. In dual-band networking of 900M/1800M, 1800M
cells absorb the traffic, so the priority of handover to 1800M adjacent cells shall be set
higher, so that the traffic will be switched to 1800M cells preferably. Besides, considering
the value of " allowed dynamic priority difference", the handover priority difference
between 900M cells and 1800M cells shall be larger than the " allowed dynamic priority
difference". If this parameter is set larger, it is easier to perform handovers to some adjacent
cells. This helps to decrease congestion rate during traffic sharing, but it may lead to
decrease in handover success rate and increase in call drop rate.
Accessibilit
y
Mobility
Reliability
This parameter participates in the calculation of adjacent cell PBGT of different modules. If
the parameter is set 5 for 1800M adjacent cells, 1800M adjacent cells may be added with
PBGT value manually, which may bring abnormal handovers (handover to non-best cells,
frequent handovers, etc.). Improper setting of this parameter may cause negative effects to
handover, call drop, coverage rate.
This parameter must be larger than the minimum access level of adjacent cells, and must be
larger than or equal to the downlink level handover threshold of adjacent cells; if not,
frequency handovers or reselection may be resulted. In actual optimization work, we may
properly increase this parameter to control frequent handovers. We may also properly
decrease the value of this parameter to speed up the handover process (in fast moving
scenarios). In dual-band network, we may properly increase the value of this parameter in
1800M adjacent cells, in order to prevent handovers from 900M to 1800M cells when the
signal is weak. Improper setting of this parameter may bring negative effects to handovers,
call drops, like pingpong handover and frequent handovers.
Setting the parameter with a large value makes it difficult to perform handover to the target
cell; setting the parameter with a small value makes it easy to perform handover to the target
cell. When the parameter is set with a value under 24 (regarded as a negative value), the
handover may be triggered even if the signal level of target cell is lower than that of the
original cell. //We may properly increase the value of this parameter in areas where frequent
handovers exist to ease the situation. //We may properly decrease the value of this parameter
in areas where blocking coverage or blind coverage exist to speed up the handover and avoid
call drops due to fast fading of signal or poor speech quality. //When traffic sharing is
needed in dual-band network or single band network, we may set the parameter in an
assymetric way. For example, to set the parameter with a small value for handover from
CellA (high traffic) to CellB (low traffic); and to set the paramter with a large value for
handover from Cell B to CellA. In this way, we may balance the traffic in CellA and CellB
and reduce traffic congestion in CellA. Pay attention to the relation between this parameter
and the CRO in idle status; we must ensure that [HoMarginPbgt (B->A)-24]>[C2(B)C2(A)], or a call originating at CellB may trigger the handover from CellB to CellA, which
can not help to share traffic. //Improper setting (too large or too small) of this parameter may
bring certain negative effects to handover, call drop and DT coverage rate, like pingpong
handover, frequent handover, etc..
RxLev HO belongs to emergency handover, which needs to be set with a small value
(smaller than PBGT threshold) to ensure that handovers based on RxLev may be triggered in
time. If the parameter is set too small, it may result in pingpong handover or frequent
handovers; if too large, it may increase the possibility of poor speech quality or call drops
due to handover delay.
Quality Handover belongs to emergency handover, which needs to be set with a small value
(smaller than Threshold of RxLev) to ensure that handovers based on RxQual may may be
triggered in time; outgoing handover shall be encouraged when RxQual is poor. //If the
parameter is set too small, it may result in pingpong handover or frequent handovers; if too
large, it may increase the possibility of poor speech quality or call drops due to handover
delay.
Macro-micro handover threshold is mainly used for sharing traffic in dual-layer network or
multi-layer network. It is an absolute threshold, which means macro-micro handover will be
triggered as long as the adjacent cell level satisfies the threshold, regardless the level of
serving cell. //Setting this parameter with a large value means macro-micro handover can be
triggered only when the signal in target cell is good enough;//Setting this parameter with a
small value means macro-micro handover will be triggered even when the signal in target
cell is just of ordinary level or poor level. In this case, coverage rate may be negatively
affected. //This threshold belongs to adjacent cell parameters. It can be set with different
values for different adjacent cells. //When setting this parameter, we shall consider the
inverse PBGT margin, in order to avoid triggering PBGT handover after macro-micro
handover and avoid pingpong handover which may affect handover success rate. Usually we
may disable the reverse PBGT handover and increase the threshold for reverse downlink
emergency handover (which needs to be lower than the normal macro-micro handover
threshold by more than 5db. )//Reasonable setting of this threshold improves traffic balance
and eases congestion rate.
This parameter indicates that macro-micro handover can be triggered only when the times of
adjacent cell level exceeding macro-micro handover threshold reach a certain number N; It
is used to avoid wrong handovers or frequent handovers due to signal fuctuations.// Setting
this parameter with a large value means that macro-micro handover can be triggered only
when the signal of target cell keeps strong enough and long enough; in this case, traffic
sharing may not be reached due to lagged handover, which is not good for traffic balance.
//Setting the value with a small value means that macro-micro handover can be triggered
when the signal of target cell is strong enough in a short time; in this case, wrong handovers
or frequent handovers may be resulted, which may increase call drops and affects handover
success rate and coverage rate. //This paramter belongs to adjacent cell parameters. It can be
set with different values for different adjacent cells.
This parameter indicates that non-emergency handover won't be performed to the adjacent
cells whose actual traffic load is higher than this threshold when dynamic priority is enabled.
It helps to balance traffic in the whole network. //Setting the parameter with a large value
filters a small number of adjacent cells, which may result in handovers to adjacent cells of
high traffic, which may go against traffic balance.//Setting the parameter with a small value
may filter more adjacent cells, which increases the possibility of handovers to the adjacent
cells of poor RxLev, which may cause problems like handover failure, call drop, poor speech
quality and poor coverage, etc..//When setting this parameter, we shall comprehensively
consider the traffic handover threshold of adjacent cells. This parameter shall be lower than
the traffic handover threshold of adjacent cells by more than 5db, or pingpong handover may
be resulted.
This parameter is an offset in the level difference of adjacent cells. It can be a negative
value, ranging 048 (-24db+24db). //If the parameter is set with a large value, force
handover can be triggered only when the RxLev of target cell is strong enough, which is not
favorable to traffic migration.//If the parameter is set with a small value, force handover can
be triggered even when the RxLev of target cell is rather low; in this case, the possibility of
handovers to the adjacent cells of poor RxLev may increase, which may bring negative
effects to handover success rate, call drop rate and coverage rate. //The value of this
parameter shall be smaller than the margin value of reverse PBGT handover, or pingpong
handover will be resulted.
This parameter represents the minimum threshold of idle channel proportion in target
cell.Only when the proportion of idle channels in target cell exceeds this threshold, can force
handover be triggered. //If the parameter is set with a large value, only when there are
enough idle channels in target cell can force handover be triggered, which is not in favor to
traffic migration. //If the parameter is set with a small value, force handover can be triggered
even when there are not many idle channels in target cell, but congestion in target cell may
be resulted after the handover.
The layer belongs to logic layer, which is irrelevant to the actual network coverage and
network frequency bands. For example, we may set 900M->900M handover relation as same
layer, upper layer or lower layer; and we may also set 1800M->900M handover relation as
same layer, upper layer or lower layer. //Layer relation may influence the filteration and
priority of target cells (Please refer to the guidebooks of handover algorithms for details).
The commonly used handovers which invove layer relation are PBGT handover, macromicro handover, traffic handover, etc.; layer relation of adjacent cells (upper layer->lower
layer) must be configured for macro-micro handover, or the handover can not be
triggered. //Setting of layers brings positive effects to traffic sharing. We may reach sharing
through setting layers for different adjacent cells accordingly, which helps to decrease
congestion rate.
If this parameter is set high, it means the measurement information of the adjacent cell in
the same frequency band will be reported with higher priority. //If this parameter is set low, it
means the measurement information of the adjacent cell will be reported only when the
number of adjacent cells with higher priority in the same frequency band does not reach the
maximum requirement. //To set the adjacent cells with different priorities may affect
handovers and coverage rate. For 2/3G interoperability, we recommend to set the adjacent
cells with the same priority.
If this parameter is set high, it means the measurement information of the adjacent cell in
the same frequency band will be reported with higher priority. //If this parameter is set low, it
means the measurement information of the adjacent cell will be reported only when the
number of adjacent cells with higher priority in the same frequency band does not reach the
maximum requirement. //To set the adjacent cells with different priorities may affect PS
reselection and data rate. For 2/3G interoperability, we recommend to set the adjacent cells
with the same priority.
In scenarios with uplink fast handover enabled, such as dense urban, highway/high-speed
railway, village, indoor coverage/ tunnel, etc., we may set some adjacent cells as related
cells, in order to give directions to the uplink fast handovers, which means that fast handover
can only be triggered between cells in MS moving direction, so as to avoid disordered
handovers. //Setting Yes for the cell means it is related cell;//Setting No for the cell means it
is not related cell.// To set all the adjacent cells as related cells or to set none of them as
related cells will both result in disordered handovers after uplink fast handover is enabled. In
this case, handover success rate, call drop rate and coverage rate will be affected.
If force handover is enabled, handover-forced neighbor cell must be configured, or the force
handover will not function. We usually set 1800M cells at the same site and in the same
direction as handover-forced neighbor cells to the 900M cells. Setting Yes for the cell means
it is handover-forced neighbor cell; setting No for the cell means it is not handover-forced
neighbor cell.
This parameter is used in conjunction with NACC. When NACC is enabled, if the
parameter is set with Yes, it means CNN mode is supported; if the parameter is set with No,
it means CNN mode is not supported. With NACC enabled, we may improve the reselection
performance of PS service and improve data rate.
2G->3G handover parameter, not in use now; keep the default value;
This is one of the parameters in fast downlink handover algorithm. It is mainly used in the
scenarios that move at a speed of above 300km/h, like high-speed railways. This parameter
indicates the direction relation between the adjacent cell and the serving cell. The areas of
high-speed railways are usually distributed in the shape of belts. We may define the direction
from one end of the belt to the other end as A, and the reverse direction B. If MS is moving
tarward the direction of A, we shall perform handovers to cells in direction A (as signal
becoming stronger), in order to avoid frequent handovers and wrong handovers. To enable
fast handover and set direction of adjacent cells in scenarios with high-speed railways may
help to increase handover success rate and reduce unnecessary handovers and call drops.
This is one of the parameters in fast downlink handover algorithm. It is mainly used in the
scenarios that move at a speed of above 300km/h, like high-speed railways. This parameter
indicates the direction relation between the adjacent cell and the serving cell. The areas of
high-speed railways are usually distributed in the shape of belts. We may define the direction
from one end of the belt to the other end as A, and the reverse direction B. If MS is moving
tarward the direction of A, we shall perform handovers to cells in direction A (as signal
becoming stronger), in order to avoid frequent handovers and wrong handovers. To enable
fast handover and set direction of adjacent cells in scenarios with high-speed railways may
help to increase handover success rate and reduce unnecessary handovers and call drops.
e Indicators Related to Each Parameter

Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Explanatio
Categor Parameter Parameter
n of
y
Name (EN)
Code
Parameters
(EN)
Value
Range &
Unit
HO ControAllow SDCCH
HoControl0 This paramet Yes/No
Default
Value in
OMCR
No
No
No
No
No
HO ControAllow intra-c HoControl1
This parameter determines if allow inter-cell handover

Yes/No
Yes
No
No
attempt due to uplink interference.
No
No
No
No
This parameter determines if to allow inter-cell handover

Yes/No
Yes
No
No
attempt due to downlink interference.
No
No
No
No
HO ControAllow handovHoControl3
This parameter determines if to allow handover due

Yes/No
No
No
No
to distance.
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
This
parameter
determines
HO ControAllow stand HoControl4 if to allow
standard
PBGT
handover.
Yes/No
No
Recomm
Recommended Value for Different
ended
Value
Dense Urban/Urban
Rural
for
Network
CoOptimiz 900M 1800M
900M 1800M
BCCH
ation
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
HO ControAllow automatHoControl5
This parameter determines if to allow automatic

Yes/No
No
No
handover based on traffic.
This
parameter
determines
if to allow
HO ControAllow handovHoControl6
automatic
direction
based on
traffic.
yes
No
No
No
No
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
HO ControAllow handovHoControl7 This parameteYes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
This parameter determines if to allow intra-cell handover

Yes/No
No
No
No
in super TRX channel due to downlink interference.
No
No
No
No
This parameter determines if to allow intra-cell handover

Yes/No
No
No
No
in super TRX channel due to uplink interference.
No
No
No
No
HO ControAllow adjace HoControl10
This parameter determines if to allow adjacent cells

Yes/No
No
No
No
handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
No
No
No
No
HO ControAllow dynamiHoControl11
This parameter determines if to allow dynamic adjustment

Yes/No
No
No
Yes
Yes
of handover priority.
HO ControAllow rapid HoControl12 This parameteYes/No
HO ControAllow macro-HoControl13
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
This parameter determines if to allow Macro-Micro

Yes/No
No
No
Yes
delay handover.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
This parameter determines if to allow Micro-Micro delay

HO ControAllow Micro-HoControl14 parameter Yes/No
No
No
No
handover.
determines
if to allow
HO ControAllow intern HoControl15
Yes/No
No
No
No
internal
handover
based on
TA.
This parameter determines if to allow forced transfer

Yes/No
No
No
No
No
handover.
This
parameter
defines two
handover
modes of
Handove
subcell
r based
handover
CO-BCCHSubcell hand HoControl17
Concentric h Concentric h on path
### algorithm:
loss and
Concentric
TA
Handover;
Handover
based on
path loss
and TA.
HO ControAllow force t HoControl16
No
Hando
ver
based
on path
loss
and TA
HO ControAllow qualityHoControl19
This parameter describes if uplink quality handover

Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
is permitted.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HO ControAllow level hHoControl20
This parameter describes if uplink level handover is

Yes/No
No
No
No
permitted.
No
No
No
No
HO ControAllow qualit HoControl21
This parameter describes if downlink quality

Yes/No
No
Yes
handover is permitted.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HO ControAllow level HoControl22
This parameter describes if downlink level handover

Yes/No
No
Yes
Yes
is permitted.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HO ControAllow DL rapHoControl23 This parameteYes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
PBGT
HO
PbgtHoLaye
r_0
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PBGT
HO
PbgtHoLaye
r_1
Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cells at the
upper
layer of the
local cell,
then to
those at the
same
layer, and
finally to
other
adjacent
PBGT
PbgtHoLaye cells;
Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
HO
r_2
First hand
over to
adjacent
cells at the
same
layer of the
local cell,
MS
thenin
tosingle-frequency GSM system needs
only
thosetoatreport
the contents of six adjacent cells
with
upperthe strongest signals in a frequency
band, when reporting the survey result of
PBGT
PbgtHoLaye layer, and
adjacent
to the network.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
finally
tocellsYes/No
HO
r_3
In
multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority
other
into
a specific frequency band during handover.
adjacent
The
cells;MS reports the survey result according to the
signal
intensity and the frequency band of the
All adjacent
signals,
cells areaccording to the actual situation.
Multiband
treated in report indication is used to notify
MS
to report contents of adjacent cells in
the same
HO ControPrior layer se LayerPriority multiple frequency
1~3 bands. It2 is one of the
2
2
2
2
2
2
way.
system
This control parameters.
The
setting of this parameter is subject to traffic
parameter
in
each frequency band. General principles to set
determines
the
parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
to select
each
one offrequency band is almost equivalent, and the
operator
has no choice over the frequency band.
above three
3:
If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
methods.
different,
During and the operator hopes that MS enters
ahandover
specific frequency band with priority.
The
values are as follows:
control
0:
MS reports
process,
this the survey results of six known
and
allowed adjacent cells with the strongest
parameter
HO ControMultiband repMulbandRepo
0~3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
NCC
according to the signal intensity, regardless
has higher
of
which
frequency
band
adjacent
cells
are
in.
priority
1:
MS
reports
the measurement
resultamount
of 1
The
survey
report
contains the large
than
normal
adjacent cells
with of
strongest
signal in
the
(message
amount)
Abis interface
information.
frequency
bands
adjacent
cellcan
listbe
(excluding
Preprocess
of theinsurvey
report
transferred to
cells.
frequency
bandthe
of serving
cell).
the remaining
BTS
burden of
AbisIninterface
link. After
Valueto reduce
space,
adjacentthe
cellsurvey
in local
cell
preprocess,
BTS averages
data
of MS by
range: MS reports
frequency
band.
If still
moreinspace
is available,
its
reports
to BSC
a lower
frequency.
1own, and
MS
reports
the remaining
adjacent
cells,
Average
reporting
period can
be two,
three or
(UPPER_L
regardless
of which
frequency
in.2: MS reports the measurement result of 2
four
SACCH
multi-frames
(480bands
ms). they
That are
is, the
AYER):
adjacent
with strongest
in the
frequencycells
decreases
from thesignal
original
twice/s
frequency
adjacentamount
cell listof
(excluding
to
s,bands
so theinmessage
Abis
cellonce/2
at
frequency
band of serving
cell).
the remaining
interface
decreases.
However,
theIndecrease
of
above layer
space,
MS
reportsstill
adjacent
celloniniflocal
cell
message
amount
depends
the message
first, same
frequency
band.
If still more
space
available,
length
preprocess
is same
asisthat
after
layer before
MS
reports the
remaining
cells,
HO ControPreprocessingPreprocess preprocess.
One
0~4,
disadvantage
SACCHadjacent
3m of preprocess
is 0
0
0
0
0
0
next,other
regardless
of which
frequency
bands control
they areare
in.
that
the handover
control
and power
adjacent
3:
MS
reports
the measurement
of 3 of
not
infinally;
time,
which
increases the result
possibility
cells
adjacent
cells with
signal determines
in the
disconnection
rate. strongest
This parameter
if
2
frequency
bands inand
adjacent
cellor
listnot.
(excluding
to
use preprocess
its period
(SAME_LA
frequency
serving cell). In the remaining
The
valuesband
are asoffollows:
YER):
space,
MSuse
reports
adjacent cell in local cell
0:
Do not
preprocess
adjacent
frequency
band. If still
more space
is available,
2:
preprocess;
the average
reporting
cellUse
at same
MS
the remaining
adjacent cells,
period
is 2 SACCH
multi-frames
layerreports
first,
regardless
of whichthe
frequency
they are in.
3:
Use layer
preprocess;
average bands
reporting
above
period
is 3 SACCH multi-frames
next, other
4:
Use preprocess; the average reporting
adjacent
period
is 4 SACCH multi-frames
cells finally;
Other
3 values: Reserved
(ALL_LAY
ER): all
adjacent
cells are
same.
Note: In
general,
micro cell
adopts
option 1
cells whose signal strength is less than -110 dBm,

the measurement data are not reported.
To avoid the negative impact of 0 on averaging,
suppose occasional 0 is allowed and is not used in
averaging, but excessive occurrences of 0 indicate
that the signals of this adjacent cell are too poor.
If the number of zeroes in used for average
calculation exceeds Number of zero allowed in
HO ControNumber of zeZeroAllowed
0~31
1
1
AV, then measurement average equals to sum of
reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of
0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed,
these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of
the reported
values
divided
NCellWindow.
This
parameter
specifies
theby
interval
value for If
which
the count
0s inthe
theactual
reported
valueshandover
does not
MS
waits of
before
inter-cell
occurs. Such a timer is more predominant for
MS at the boundary regions between two cells,
where inter-cell handovers occur frequently.
This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cell
handover and guarantees call quality.
Inter-cell handover takes place when the timer
HO ControMIN interval HoMinIntervaexceeds the defined
0~31, sinterval5value from the
5
last inter-cell handover of MS. This parameter
affects only the inter-cell handover, but not
common intra-cell or inter-cell concentric handover.
In addition, micro-cell has its own handover
policy, so this parameter is only effective for
macro-cell layer and its above layer.
By default, it can be set to 5 for macro cell. But for
micro cell, this parameter only can be set to 0.
This parameter defines the penalty time for destination

cell if MS fails to handover to the destination cell.
HO ControPenalty time HoFailPenalt During the penalty
1~255;
time,
MRinter-cell
re7
handover within
12
12
BSC will not occur. This parameter determines penality
duration.
12
12
12
12
This parameter is used to perform an offset on the

HO ControLevel offset PenaltyLevOf
0~63,dB
15
15
downlink level of this cell in the penalty period.
15
15
15
15
15
HO ControNeighboring cNCell
In the GSM system, BSC makes handover decision

according to the measurement data. To avoid
the negative impact of burst measurement values
resulting from complicated radio transmission, BSC,
when making handover decision, no longer uses
1~31
4
4
the original measurement data but uses a series
of average values of the measurement data.
This parameter represents the window size (number
of sample values) used to calculate average value
of signal intensity for adjacent cells.
HO ControInterval of
T3105d
It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR

PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. This
timer is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It1~67,
stops 10ms
when the
28 network
28
receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE
message from the former channel.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
will be redelivered.
28
28
28
28
28
T3105f
It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR

PHYSICAL INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It1~32,
stops 10ms
when the
10 network
5
receives a layer-2 frame that can be correctly
decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE
message from the former channel.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime,
RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
will be redelivered.
HO ControInterval of
HO ControMAX resendinNy1
BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION

message to notify MS the advanced time value
that is used during asynchronous handover process
to be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS
starts the T3105 timer after the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message is sent once. BTS resends
message RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION and
5~35
20
20
20
restart the T3105 timer if the timer stops and fails
to decode the frames in second layer correctly
(format A or format B) or TCH frames.
MAX resending times for physical information decides
maximum number of resending times for RIL3_RR
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This parameter
is one of the BTS configuration parameters.
HO ControSynchronizat HoPatternInd
TA of the destination cell is same as that of the source

Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
cell.
20
20
20
20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HO ControAsynchronizaHoPatternInd TA of the des Yes/No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HO ControPseudo-synchHoPatternInd MS is able to Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
HO ControPre-synchron HoPatternInd This paramet Yes/No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic priority

difference between the destination cell and local cell
during a handover when using direction-based handover
algorithm. During handover, if the first cells
dynamic handover priority is higher than that of the
HO ControDifference of DynPrioOffse
1~7
1
1
1
second cell but the second cell is in MS moving direction,
then the direction-based handover algorithm
works if the difference between the two cells handover
priorities is within the tolerable difference. MS
is handover to the second cell.
It describes
if the
macromicro
handover
0(No)PBGT;
HO ControThe priority MacroMicroHdecision
0
1
1
1(Yes)
takes
precedence
of PBGT
PBGT is higher than that of the second cell but the
handover
Distance PBGT differePbgtOffset decision.
0
0
second cell is0~20,db
in MS moving3 direction, then the directionbased handover algorithm works if the difference
HO ControSupport max Info_3
It indicates if maximum power on handover

0
0: 1:
command is supported.
To more effectively control traffic distribution in the

cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
PBGT HO Lag time for PbgtHoPara add PBGT decision
0~300,offset
s
level
50 in the cell at different
30
layers within certain duration, which is lag time for
PBGT between different layers.
30
30
30
30
30

PBGT HO Level offset PbgtHoPara
0~48
24
24
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upper
layer within certain duration.
24
24
24
24
24

PBGT HO Level offset PbgtHoPara
0~48
24
24
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lower
layer within certain duration.
24
24
24
24
24
Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT

handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT
PBGT HO PBGT handovPBGTHoN
1~31
3
3
satisfying the handover determination condition, the
PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.
Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT

handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT
1~31
2
2
satisfying the handover determination condition, the
PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.
PBGT HO PBGT handovPBGTHoP
You can do PBGT handover decision if the downlink

PBGT HO The threshol PbgtHoStart level
in current
0 ~cell
63(0:<-110dBm;1:-110dBm~-109dBm;62:-49dBm~-48dBm;63:>-48dBm)()
is lower
35thanSpecifications,
the starting level
50
63
40
50
50
50
Description:
According
to GSM
threshold of PBGT
handover(DTX)
decision.
discontinuous
transmission
refers to the
process in which the system does not transmit
signals in the voice intermittent period during
the subscriber communication process.
In the DTX mode, the measurement data reported
to BSC fall into two types. One is the average
of the measurement results of all timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and
the other is the average of the measurement
results of some special timeslots in a measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to optionally
select one type of measurement data and use
UL/DL RxUplink powerHoUlLevWei
1~3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is the
average of the measurement results of all
timeslots, and it is accurate. But the second
the other
is the average
of is
thethe
measurement
type
of measurement
data
average of the
results of someresults
special
in a measurement
measurement
of timeslots
some timeslots,
and it is
period
in
the
DTX
mode.
BSC
needs
to optionally
less accurate. Therefore, BSC, when averaging
select one type of values,
measurement
data and use
uses
UL/DL RxDownlink powHoDlLevWei the measurement
1~3
2 different weights 2
2
2
2
2
2
the
data
to
calculate
the
average
for the two types of measurementvalue.
data.
The first
type ofdetermines
measurement
is the
This
parameter
the data
weight
for the first
average
of
the
measurement
results
of all uplink
type of measurement data when averaging
timeslots,
and itfor
is handover.
accurate. But
the second
signal
strength
Weight
for the second
type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.

UL/DL RxUplink powerHoUlLevWin the original measurement
1~31
data
4 but uses a series 4
This parameter is the window size (number
of sample values) used to calculate average
value of uplink signal intensity.

UL/DL RxDownlink po HoDlLevWin
1~31
4
4
value of downlink signal intensity.
15
15
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions

depend upon received average value of uplink
and downlink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For the latest N
average values of uplink signal strength, if P of the N
values fall below relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the uplink signal strength.
Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the related
UL/DL RxUplink powerHoUlLevThs
0 ~ 63(0:<- 15
0
threshold, parameter "HoUlLevN" defines the related
N value, and parameter HoUlLevP defines the
related P value. If this handover condition is met, an
internal handover is usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of HoUlLevThs should be
less than the threshold for uplink power control
(increase). That is, perform power control first. If
power control does not work, perform handover.
depend upon received average value of uplink and
downlink signal strength. The decision process
is as follows: For the latest N average values of
downlink signal strength, if P of the N values fall
below relevant threshold value, perform handover
to improve the downlink signal strength.
Parameter HoDlLevThs defines the related
threshold, parameter HoDlLevN defines the
UL/DL RxDownlink powHoDlLevThs
0 ~ 63(0:<- 15
15
related N value, and parameter HoDlLevP
defines the related P value.
Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs" shall be less than
the threshold for downlink power control (increase).
That is, perform power control first. If power control
does not work, perform handover. This parameter
can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95
dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the minimum access
level value (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.
UL/DL RxUplink powerHoUlLevN

1~31
3
3
(increase). That
is, perform
power control
first.
If
According
to GSM
specifications,
handover
decisions
power
control
does
not
work,
perform
handover.

UL/DL RxUplink powerHoUlLevP
1~31
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(increase).
That
is, perform
power
control
first.and
If
depend upon
received
average
value
of uplink
power
control
does
not work,
downlink
signal
strength.
The perform
decisionhandover.
process
UL/DL RxDownlink powHoDlLevN
1~31
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
can be set
to 15
by default
(i.e. value
-96 dBm
~ -95 and
depend
upon
received
average
of uplink
dBm),
which
is 3strength.
dB larger
than
the minimum
downlink
signal
The
decision
processaccess
UL/DL RxDownlink powHoDlLevP
1~31
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
can be set to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95
In
the DTX
thelarger
measurement
data reported
dBm),
whichmode,
is 3 dB
than the minimum
access
to BSC fall into two types. One is the average
of the measurement results of all timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and
UL/DL RxUplink qualit HoUlQualWeiselect one type
1~3
of measurement
2 data and use
2
2
2
2
2
2
type of measurement data is the average of the measurement results of some timeslots, and it is
less accurate. Therefore, BSC, when averaging
the measurement values, uses different weights

select one type of measurement data and use
UL/DL RxDownlink quaHoDlQualWei
1~3
2
2

UL/DL RxUplink quali HoUlQualWi
1~31
4
3
This parameter represents the window size
(number of sample values) used to calculate
average value of uplink signal quality.

UL/DL RxDownlink quaHoDlQualWi
1~31
4
3
value of downlink signal quality.

is as follows: For the latest N average values
of uplink signal quality, if P of the N values rise
above relevant threshold value, perform handover
to improve the uplink signal quality.
UL/DL RxUplink qualit HoUlQualTh Parameter HoUlQualThs
0~7 (>)
4defines the related 4
threshold, parameter HoUlQualN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoUlQualP
Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall be
greater than the threshold for uplink power control
(increase). That is, perform power control first. If
power control does not work, perform handover.

downlink signal quality, if P of the N values rise
to improve the downlink signal quality.
Parameter HoDlQualThs defines the related
UL/DL RxDownlink qualHoDlQualTh
0~7 (>)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
threshold, parameter HoDlQualN defines the
related N value, and parameter HoDlQualP
In general, the Downlink receive quality Threshold
shall be larger than downlink power control
(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control
first, then perform handover if power control fails.
UL/DL RxDownlink quaHoDlQualN
1~31
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
shall be larger than downlink power control
(increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control
first,
then perform
handover
power control
fails.
is
as follows:
For the
latest Nifaverage
values of
UL/DL RxDownlink qualHoDlQualP
1~31
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
shall
be upon
largerreceived
than downlink
depend
averagepower
value control
of uplink and
UL/DL RxUplink qualit HoUlQualN Parameter HoUlQualThs
1~31
2
2
2
2
2
depend
upon
received
average
value
of uplink
(increase).
That
is, perform
power
control
first.and
If
UL/DL RxUplink qualit HoUlQualP Parameter HoUlQualThs
1~31
2
2
2
2
2
(increase).
is, perform
power control
If
You
can doThat
macro-micro
handover
decisionfirst.
if the
downlink level in current cell is no more than the
Macro-Mi Handover fro MacroMicroS
0 ~ 63(0:<-110dBm;1:-110dBm~-109dBm;62:-49dBm~-48dBm;63:>-48dBm)()
40
63
63
63
63
63
63
starting level threshold of macro-micro handover
decision.
During fast fading handover, some parameters

shall be used. If the measured signal intensity
of a call is less than rapid handover threshold,
then it triggers handover of existing cell to
most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times
Rapid HO Rapid handovRapidHoThs for which the 0measured
~ 63(0:<-signal
10 intensity of a
10
call is less than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~
-95dBm) by default, the same as the level threshold
of ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN" shall
be set to ensure that rapid handover is faster
than the ordinary signal level handover.
During fast fading handover, some parameters
shall be used. If the measured signal intensity
of a call is less than rapid handover threshold,
then it triggers handover of existing cell to
most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times
measured signal
Rapid HO Rapid handovRapidHoN for which the 1~31
2 intensity of a
2
call is less than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~
-95dBm) by default, the same as the level threshold
of ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN" shall
be set to ensure that rapid handover is faster
than the ordinary signal level handover.
Traffic HOThreshold of TrafficThs
10
10
10
10
10
If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than this

parameter value (number of occupied TCH channels
/ number of total
0~100,%
TCH channels,
70 not including blocked
80
80
idle channels), then it indicates the cell is too busy,
and traffic handover is triggered for the cell.
80 -
For
For
For
the
the
the
same same same
frequ frequ frequ
ency ency ency
band: band: band:
This parameter is used for traffic handover. For the 20;
20;
20;
original handover condition that adjacent cells levelfor
for
for
must be higher than that of this cell, modify it so thatdiffer differ differ
adjacent cells level must be higher than this threshold.
ent
Traffic HOTraffic hando TrafficLevTh
0 ~ 48(0: -24 dB;1:
24 -23 dB;48:2424ent
dB) ()ent
In this way, traffic handover can be improved
frequ frequ frequ
greatly. This threshold must be less than the PBGT ency ency ency
band, band, band,
threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may result
it
it
it
in
toggle
handover.
Layer selecting parameter on service quality
shoul shoul shoul
handover. This parameter, together with Frequency d be d be d be
control value for handover on traffic, decides
smalle smalle smalle
the adjacent cells frequency band and layer
r
r
r
selected during traffic handover.
than than than
When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as for PBGT. PBGT. PBGT.
the layer relation, four choices are available for
call selection and candidate cell arrangement. This Accor Accor
Accordi ding ding
parameter decides which choice shall be selected.
ng control
to
to
to
When implementing traffic-based handover
Traffic HOLayer control TrafficHoLay
0:undefined; 1
actual actua actua in traffic process, this parameter has higher
situati l
l
priority than that of adjacent cells.
ons
situa situa
The values are as follows:
Accor
tions Accor
tions
layer for traffic handover, i.e. which frequency
0: N, Not defined;
Accordi
ding ding
band shall be handover to.
1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in
ngthe
to= 1 ~ to
0: GSM900 frequency band P-GSM(ARFCN
124) to
Traffic HOFrequency conTrafficHoFre same layer (PBGT
GSM900,
EXGSM900
handover
is possible);actual actua actua 1: EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN= 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
l
l
2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer ofsituati
this
2: DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800(ARFCN
= 512
~ 885)
ons
situa
situa
cell (when this cell is micro-cell);
PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900(ARFCN = 512 ~
810)
tions tions
3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of this
cell (when this cell is macro-cell)
80 -
handover parameter. This algorithm applies to cases

such as dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and
1800M cell share the same site address.
Users decide only by path loss when MAX time
advance threshold on force handover is 63
and only by TA when MAX path loss threshold
on force handover is 150.
The N value of force handover parameter and
P value of force handover parameter are used
Force HO MAX time adv
MaxTAThs
0~63
5
5
5
5
for decision in actual situations. In other words,
handover conditions are met if P of N measurement
reports satisfy requirement.
Path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier
where occupied timeslot locates. It depends
on the carriers maximum transmission power,
static attenuation power, and power control.
than
the MAX time
threshold on force
AV_RXLEV_DL
is advance
the downlink-receiving
level.
handover parameter. This algorithm applies to cases
such as dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and
1800M cell share the same site address.
Users decide only by path loss when MAX time
advance threshold on force handover is 63
Force HO MAX path losMaxLossThs
0~150
110
110
110
110 for decision in actual situations. In other words,
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier
where occupied timeslot locates. It depends
on the carriers maximum transmission power,
static attenuation power, and power control.
AV_RXLEV_DL is the downlink-receiving level.
Therefore,
forced handover
shall meetisthe
advance
threshold
on force handover
63
on force handover is 150.The N value of force handover parameter and
Force HO N value of fo HoForceN for decision in1~31
actual situations.
3
In other words, 3
3
3 handover conditions are met if P of N measurement
advance
threshold
on force handover
63 carrier
BS_TXPWR
is transmission
power ofisthe
Force HO P value of fo HoForceP
1~31
2
2
2
2 for decision in actual situations. In other words,
uplink
co-frequency
interference.
BS_TXPWR
is transmission
power of the carrier
UL/DL Int Intra-handoveIntraHoUlLe Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs"
0~63
35 defines the related35 threshold, parameter "IntraHoUlLevN" defines the
UL/DL Int Intra-handoveIntraHoUlLevN
1~31
UL/DL Int Intra-handoveIntraHoUlLevP
1~31
40
40
40
40
strong downlink co-frequency interference.

UL/DL Int Intra-handoveIntraHoDlLe Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs"
0~63
40 defines the40related 40
threshold, parameter "IntraHoDlLevN" defines the
average values of downlink signal strength, if P of

the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to
1~31
3 defines the related 3
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP"
defines the related P value. If this handover
then
perform
handover.
The handover is due to
condition
is met,
an internal
1~31
2 defines the related 2
related N value, and parameter "IntraHoDlLevP"
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-xx is uplink/
downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink
UL/DL Int Uplink interf QOffSetUl
0~2
1
1
quality offset, RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level,
SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.
UL/DL Int Uplink interf SOffSetUl
0~20
15
15
SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level offset.
UL/DL Int Downlink inteQOffSetDl
0~2
1
1
SoffSetxx
is uplink/downlink
level+offset.
SetUl)
or rxqual-dl
>= QOffSetDl
FQSS
UL/DL Int Downlink inteSOffSetDl downlink quality,
0~20QoffSetxx10is uplink/downlink 10
handover
a certain time.
Theoffset.
judgment
SoffSetxxwithin
is uplink/downlink
level
method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
UL/DL Int Invalid intra TMaxIHo
0~255;MR rep16
16
interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered
valid
and clear
theThe
counter
to 0.
handover
within
a certain
time.
judgment
method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous
handover is considered to have no influence on
UL/DL Int MAX count ofMaxIHo
0~10
3
3
interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1
and restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the
invalid intra-handover time, the previous handover
is considered
and clearradio
the counter
to 0. BSC,
resulting
fromvalid
complicated
transmission,
TA HO Distance
Distance
1~31
4
4
The decision process is as follows: For the latest
TA HO Max Time AdDistanceThs
Common cell:63
63
N average values of TA (distance), if P of the N
values
rises above
relevant
threshold
value,
then
The
decision
process
is as follows:
For
the latest
TA HO Distance han DistanceN values rises above
1~31 relevant 3threshold value, then 3
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
The
process
is as follows:
beingdecision
out of the
cell service
range. For the latest
TA HO Distance han DistanceP values rises above
1~31 relevant 2threshold value, then 2
perform handover. The handover is due to MS
being out of the cell service range.
3 -
2 -
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
16
16
16
16
16
63
63
63
63
63
If system adopts concentric technology, then

handover decisions also depend upon good
Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is
on common layer TRX frequency and P of the latest
CO-BCCHGood C/I Thr GoodCiThs N C/I values raise
0~255;0:-12
above the133
good C/I threshold,133 then perform handover from common layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the related
threshold, parameter "GoodCiN" defines the
related N value, and parameter GoodCiP
CO-BCCHGood C/I Val GoodCiN
CO-BCCHGood C/I Val GoodCiP
CO-BCCHBad C/I Thre BadCiThs
CO-BCCHBad C/I Valu BadCiN
CO-BCCHBad C/I Valu BadCiP
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is

N C/I values raise
1~31above the3 good C/I threshold, 4 then perform handover from common layer TRX
The
decision
processlayer
is as TRX
follows:
If the paging is
frequency
to special
frequency.
N C/I values raise
1~31above the2 good C/I threshold, 3 then perform handover from common layer TRX
frequency to special layer TRX frequency.
handover decisions also depend upon good

Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special
layer TRX frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging
is on special layer TRX frequency and P of the
latest N C/I values
0~255;0:-12
fall below
130
the bad C/I threshold,
130 then perform handover from special layer TRX
frequency to common layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related threshold,
parameter "BadCiN" defines the related N value, and
parameter "BadCiP" defines the related P value.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging

latest N C/I values
1~31 fall below
3 the bad C/I threshold,
The
decision
process islayer
as follows:
If the paging
frequency
to common
TRX frequency.
latest N C/I values
1~31 fall below
2 the bad C/I threshold,
frequency to common layer TRX frequency.
133 -
4 -
3 -
130 -
4 -
3 -
It indicates the value to compensate power in the

0~50,dB
0
0
second cell in dual band cell.
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating

CO-BCCHThe MAX of pPathLossMaxthreshold parameters
0~150,dB
while 126
subcell 2 do path loss
136
handover decision for subcell 1.
136
One of the subcell handover parameters, the minimum

path loss. If byPathLoss =< PathLossMin and
TA =< SubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel
will be selected first, use RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL
CO-BCCHThe MIN of pPathLossMin
0~150,dB
120
130
interface of DBS to apply channel; if byPathLoss >
PathLossMin or TA > SubCellTAMin, only the channel
of the first subcell is available, use RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL
interface of DBS to apply channel
130
CO-BCCHPower compenDuleBandOff

CO-BCCHThe MAX of SubCellTAM threshold parameters
0~63 while 1subcell 2 does TA handover
2
decision for subcell 1.

CO-BCCHThe MIN of t SubCellTAM threshold parameters
0~63 while 0subcell 1 does TA handover
1
decision for subcell 2.
CO-BCCHN value of su SubCellN
CO-BCCHP value of su SubCellP
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide

inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as
follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover
1~10
4
4
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy
the condition, then perform handover.
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide
inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as
follows: For the latest N value of subcell handover
Minimum
1~10
3
3
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
resource
handover parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy
threshold
the condition,
allowed
by then perform handover.
the cell,
0~100, %
20
20
which is
do thetodecisions for downlink rapid handover.
used
The downlink rapid is the reason to cause handover.
calculate
The decision process is as follows: do the handover
dynamic
Rapid HO Downlink RapDLRAPIDH cell
if thepriority.
latest downlink
0~63 level values
10
(without average
10 processing) is higher than the sum of relevant threshold
values and offset values. The handover reason is
downlink
rapid
handover.
defines the
The decision
process
is as DLRapidHoThs
follows: do the handover
Rapid HO Downlink Ra DLRAPIDH if the latest downlink
1~20 level values
3
(without average
2 processing)
is higher
the sumtoofcause
relevant
threshold
The
downlink
rapid isthan
the reason
handover.
if the latest downlink level values (without average
Rapid HO Downlink RapDLRAPIDHO
0~63
0
0
processing) is higher than the sum of relevant threshold
The
downlink
is the DLRapidHoOffset_0
reason to cause handover.
downlink
rapidrapid
handover.
defines
0~63
2
2
The
downlink
is the DLRapidHoOffset_1
reason to cause handover.
downlink
rapidrapid
handover.
defines
0~63
5
5
downlink rapid handover. DLRapidHoOffset_2 defines
Dynamic prMinimal reso ResourceThs
HO ControHandover bacHOBACKPE
0~60,s
ommended Value for Different Scenes

Express
Wide
Way/HighCoverage
speed Railway
Performance Indicators Related to Each P

Indoor
Coverage/Tun
nel
Accessibility
Mobility
Reliability
900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
As this function is not stable, enabling it

is not recommended.
In some scenes, enabling this function
may improve call completion rate and
reduce SDCCH call drops.
No
For frequency-hopping network, intracell handover should be disabled in

single-TRX cells;
In urban districts that use nonfrequency-hopping network and are
configured with more than 3 TRXs,
intra-cell handover may be enabled.
Enabling intra-cell handover can
improve call quality, but will increase
call drop rate.
No
For frequency-hopping network, intracell handover should be disabled in

single-TRX cells;
In urban districts that use nonfrequency-hopping network and are
configured with more than 3 TRXs,
intra-cell handover may be enabled.
Enabling intra-cell handover can
improve call quality, but will increase
call drop rate.
No
This function applies mainly to scenes

with extended cells in wide coverage.
Handover due to distance may be
enabled between general cells and
extended cells, but is not recommended
in other scenes.
Yes
Generally speaking, it is recommended

to enable PBGT handover, except in
some special scenes, e.g. PBGT
handover is disabled in dual-band
network to split some 1800M traffic to
900M cells, PBGT handover between
neighbor cells should be disabled if
macro-micro handover is enabled,
PBGT handover may be disabled in the
border area between indoor and outdoor
coverage.
By proper setting of PBGTHOLAYER
and NCellLayer parameters, PBGT
handover can be disabled in some
specific neighbor cells.
By proper setting of PBGTHOLAYER
and NCellLayer parameters, PBGT
handover between neighbor cells at
different layers can be delayed, and
PBGT handover will be more likely to
happen between neighbors at the same
layer.
Enabling PBGT handover helps to
improve handover success rate and
coverage rate, and reduce call drop rate.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
In dense urban areas, it is recommended

to enable both Allow automatic
handover based on traffic and dynamic
priority.
Enabling Allow automatic handover
based on traffic will enhance traffic
balance and reduce congestion rate, but
will affect call drop rate and coverage
rate.
No
The algorithm for "Allow handover

based on direction" has not been
realized yet. This parameter has been
deleted in OMCR.
No
This algorithm has been realized in COBCCH. CO-BCCH between cofrequencies is concentric handover. This
option does not work any more and has
been deleted in OMCR.
Enabling concentric handover will
enhance traffic balance and reduce
congestion rate, but will affect call drop
rate, handover success rate and call drop
rate.
No
This handover algorithm has been

realized in CO-BCCH, but the option
still works;
This parameter is used mainly to decide
whether to allow intra-cell handover in
cells configured with extended TRXs in
wide coverage. Usually, it is
recommended to disable this parameter.
No
No

still works;
whether to allow intra-cell handover in
cells configured with extended TRXs in
wide coverage. Usually, it is
recommended to disable this parameter.

still works;
whether to allow inter-cell PBGT
handover in cells configured with
extended TRXs in wide coverage.
Usually, it is recommended to enable
this parameter.
Enabling this parameter helps to
coverage rate and reduce call drop rate
in scenes with wide coverage.
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Dynamic adjustment of handover

priority during handover enhances
dynamic traffic balance.
It is recommended to use dynamic
priority in urban districts, as there are
many usable neighbor cells in urban
areas with overlapped coverage;
dynamic priority is not recommended in
other areas with overlapped coverage
and limited neighbor cells.
After this parameter is enabled, dynamic
traffic balance may be performed to
improve congestion; but this may affect
handover success rate and coverage rate.
No
Handover due to uplink fast fading

applies mainly to fast fading due to fast
traveling speed, directionality, or
obstruction. It is recommended to
enable this parameter for some specific
cells and set relevant cells to realize the
handover due to fast fading in some
neighbor cells.
Enabling this parameter will affect
handover success rate, but may reduce
call drop rate and improve coverage
rate.
No
No
No
No
No
No
Macro-micro handover is used mainly to

split traffic in double-layer or multilayer network, and is applicable mainly
to dual-band networks in urban districts.
Enabling this parameter may reduce
congestion, but will affect coverage rate.
No
No
No
No
No
No
This algorithm has not been realized yet.
No
No
yes
No
No
No
This parameter has been deleted in

OMCR.
No
No
No
No
No
No
This parameter is used mainly to

balance traffic between co-site dualband networks in dense urban districts.
As it is low in priority, the effect is not
obvious, and it is not recommended to
enable this parameter.
Enabling this parameter can reduce
congestion.
It is recommended to use pathloss-based

and TA-based sub-cell handover
algorithm.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
It is recommended to enable uplink

quality handover in order to avoid
problems such as poor speech quality or
call drop due to poor network quality.
Enabling this parameter may cause
frequent handovers, but helps to reduce
call drop rate.
No
It is recommended to disable uplink

level handover. But, uplink level
handover should be enabled in scenes
with fast traveling speed or wide
coverage, and corresponding handover
thresholds should be modified.
Enabling this parameter tends to cause
call drop rate.
Yes
It is recommended to enable downlink

quality handover to avoid problems such
as poor voice quality or call drops due
to poor network quality.
call drop rate.
Yes
It is recommended to enable downlink

level handover and avoid problems such
as poor voice quality or call drops due
to weak level.
call drop rate.
No
This handover algorithm applies to

scenes with fast traveling speed,
especially to scenes with strip coverage.
The direction of neighbor cells need be
set.
Enabling this parameter will affect the
handover speed, call drop rate and
coverage rate of scenes with fast
traveling speed.
Yes
PBGT handover between different

frequencies at the same layer is usually
allowed.
Disabling this parameter may affect call
drop rate and coverage rate negatively.
Yes
Allow PBGT handover into neighbor

cells to which layer relation is not
defined.
Disabling this parameter will affect call
drop rate and coverage rate negatively.
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
After layer relations are set, this

parameter could be used to determine
whether to allow PBGT handover
between different layers. Usually, PBGT
handover into upper-layer neighbor cells
is not allowed.
Disabling this parameter helps to split
traffic in special scenes and improve
congestion, but may affect call drop rate
and coverage rate.
No
After layer relations are set, this

parameter could be used to determine
whether to allow PBGT handover
between different layers. Usually, PBGT
handover into lower-layer neighbor cells
is not allowed.
Disabling this parameter will increase
congestion rate in some special scenes.
This parameter is not enabled

temporarily. In system, the default layer
2 sequencing for level & quality handover
is upper layer-> the same layer -> lower
layer.
In dual-band network, 900M cells may

be set in such a way that they can report
as many as (set as 3) 1800M neighbor
cells, and 1800M cells in such a way
that they can report as many as (set as 1)
900M neighbor cells, in order to make
1800M network to split traffic so that
handover within 1800M frequency band
is possible after 1800M frequency is
3 occupied.
In dual-band networking, if it is not
intended that one network absorbs more
traffic, this parameter could be set as 0,
i.e. reporting with signal strength as the
basis.
Setting this parameter properly helps to
balance traffic, improve congestion, but
may affect handover success rate, call
drop rate, and coverage rate.
It is recommended to disable
"Preprocessing indication."
Setting a lower value will increase the
frequency of handover, and helps to
improve handover success rate, but will
0
affect call drop rate and coverage rate;
Setting a higher value will worsen
handover hysteresis, affect call drop rate
and coverage rate.
12
12
12
10
10
15
15
15
This parameter affects the mean value of

MRs. It aims mainly to eliminate the
influence upon the mean value from the
fluctuation of signals.
It is recommended to adopt the default
value to guarantee the reliability of the
1 average measured value.
Higher value tends to cause great
difference between the average value
and the actual value, leading to
mis-handover, and affecting handover
success rate, call drop rate, and
coverage rate negatively.
Higher value indicates longer interval
between two handovers, and can avoid
frequent handovers, but tends to cause
handover delay, affecting handover
coverage rate;
5
Lower value indicates shorter interval
between two handovers, and can trigger
off handover speedily, but tends to cause
frequent handovers, also affecting
This
parameter
should
according
handover
success
rate, be
callset
drop
rate,
to
and rate.
handover preprocessing
andscenes
coverage
value (This value represents the number
of MRs received by BSC, and could be
converted into time: (preprocessed value
480ms penalty period of handover
failures)).
As there are more cells with overlapped
coverage in urban districts, longer
penalty period for handover failure may
12
be set accordingly. Longer period helps
to improve handover success rate, but
may affect call drop rate and coverage
rate;
In cells with less overlapped coverage,
such as in suburban districts or on
expressways, a shorter penalty time for
handover failure should be set, so that
System
allows attempt
three successive
next handover
could be failures
made
of
handover
into failure.
a target cell. In the
after
a handover
second and the third handover decision,
an offset is performed manually to the
target cell of the first handover failure in
order to lower its level, and then the
15 level thus obtained is compared with
that of other neighbor cells. If this target
cell is still the first one, keep triggering
off handovers into this target cell, until
it is shielded during the penalty period
of handover failure after all the 3
attempts failed.
28
28
28
28
Average window size;

Higher value indicates that average
window size is large, and that more
MRs are needed for the first average.
This can eliminate influence from signal
fluctuation, but tends to cause handover
hysteresis, affecting handover success
rate, call drop rate, and coverage rate;
4 Lower value indicates that average
window size is small, and that less MRs
are needed for the first average. This
helps to make a fast handover decision,
but tends to cause mis-handover or
handover success rate, call drop rate,
and coverage rate.
28
If the parameter is set a high value, the

interval for sending the PHYSICAL
INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover will be long,
leading to long time for handover access
and affecting call quality;
If this parameter is set a low value, the
INFORMATION message during an
28 asynchronous handover will be short,
leading to too many physical
information messages being resent,
which will increase Lapdm load and
cause longer time delay for other
services.
A proper setting of this parameter
according to the number of times for
resending physical information helps to
reduce SDCCH call drop rate.
If the parameter is set a high value, the

INFOMATION message during an
asynchronous handover will be long,
leading to long time for handover access
and affecting call quality;
INFORMATION message during an
5 asynchronous handover will be short,
leading to too many physical
information messages being resent,
which will increase Lapdm load and
cause longer time delay for other
services.
A proper setting of this parameter
according to the number of times for
resending physical information helps to
reduce TCH call drop rate.
20
Yes
Yes
No
No
20
Yes
Yes
No
No
20
Yes
Yes
No
No
20
Yes
Yes
No
No
If this parameter is set a high value, the

number of times for resending
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
will be increased, being helpful to
reduce call drop rate. But too high the
value will waste resource, being of little
20
help to the improvement of call drop
rate.
number of times for resending physical
information message will be small, and
may reduce handover assess success
rate.
Yes
Co-site handovers in different cells

belong to synchronous handover, in
which BTS does not need to send
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message
to MS and handover success rate is
high. It is recommended to allow
synchronous handover.
Disabling this parameter will reduce
handover success rate and coverage rate
but increase handover success rate.
Yes
Inter-cell handovers between different

logical sites are asynchronous handover
and need BTS to send PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message to MS about
the accessed TA. It is recommended to
allow asynchronous handover.
Disabling this parameter will lead to
low inter-cell handover success rate or
no inter-cell handover, and affect call
drop rate and coverage rate.
No
MS is able to calculate the TA of the

target channel for inter-cell handover
between different logical sites. But as
the error is great and handover success
rate is not high, it is not recommended
to enable this parameter.
Enabling this parameter will reduce
but increase call drop rate.
No
BSC is able to calculate the TA of the

target channel for inter-cell handover
between different logical sites. But as
the error is great and handover success
rate is not high, it is not recommended
to enable this parameter.
Enabling this parameter will reduce
but increase call drop rate.
20
Yes
Yes
No
No
When dynamic priority is disabled, the

dynamic priority difference means static
priority difference. Under default value,
if the static priority of two neighbor
cells is set as 3 and 4 respectively,
system will regard them as the same
priority value. Therefore, if it needs
priority to work, the static priority
difference of two neighbor cells should
be higher than dynamic priority
1
difference. When dynamic priority is
enabled, dynamic priority difference
means the difference after the
calculation of dynamic + static priority,
i.e. the priority difference of two
neighbor cells after calculation should
be larger than that before calculation, so
that the priority can be reflected.
Generally speaking, this can be realized
through setting different static priorities.
This parameter is about power

optimization during handover process,
and is a cell level parameter. It indicates
the power control when BTS sends
handover command.
0 means supporting power optimization
1 during handover process, which can
effectively reduce uplink interference,
improve assignment success rate and
handover success rate, and reduce call
drop rate;
1 means not supporting power
optimization during handover process.
0(No): PBGT handover takes

precedence;
1(Yes): macro-micro handover takes
1
precedence;
In general, if macro-micro is enabled,
macro-micro should take precedence.
It is recommended to set this parameter

as 0.
30
24
24
30
24
24
30
24
24
30
24
24
30
Lag time for PBGT decision offset

between different layers. It starts when
target channel resources have been
prepared. After it expires, PBGT
decision offset between different layers
will become invalid.
If this parameter is set a higher value,
the offset level will be valid for a longer
time, and PBGT handover between
different layers is less likely to happen.
If this parameter is set a lower value, the
30 offset level will be valid for a shorter
time, and PBGT handover between
different layers is more likely to happen.
This may worsen traffic balance and
affect congestion rate;
It is better to trigger off PBGT handover
within the same layer and reduce the
number of PBGT handovers between
different layers to the minimum.
It is recommended that this parameter
be set according to the traffic, capacity,
and coverage in dual-band network.
24
Value 0-48 represents -24db~+24db; it

functions similarly as PBGT Margin,
and is obtained by adding a hysteresis
between different layers to PBGT
Margin in order to decrease or increase
the speed and frequency of PBGT
handover between different layers.
It is recommended to perform handover
24 into lower layer as soon as possible and
keep intra-layer handover at the lower
layer. PBGT handover into upper layer
can not be triggered off unless upperlayer signal is always strong.
Higher value can enhance traffic
balance and reduce congestion, but will
affect both PBGT handover into upper
layers and coverage rate.
24
Value 0-48 represents -24db~+24db; it

functions similarly as PBGT Margin,
and is obtained by adding a hysteresis
between different layers to PBGT
Margin in order to decrease or increase
the speed and frequency of PBGT
handover between different layers.
It is recommended to perform handover
24 into lower layer as soon as possible and
keep intra-layer handover at the lower
layer. PBGT handover into upper layer
can not be triggered off unless upperlayer signal is always strong.
Lower value can enhance traffic balance
and reduce congestion; it can enhance
PBGT handover into upper layers and
affect coverage rate.
50
50
50
50

more average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be slow.
This tends to cause handover delay and
affect handover success rate, call drop
rate, and coverage rate;
3 If this parameter is set a lower value,
less average MRs will be needed and
PBGT handover decision will be fast.
But this tends to cause frequent
handovers and will also affect handover
coverage rate.

rate, and coverage rate;
handovers and will also affect handover
coverage rate.
50
Higher value tends to trigger off PBGT

handover; and lower value is less likely
to trigger off PBGT handover.
When it needs to split traffic, this
parameter need be set higher.
Otherwise, both traffic splitting and
congestion rate will be affected;
50 When it does not need to split traffic,
this parameter may be set a lower value
to reduce unnecessary handovers. But
this may affect coverage rate.
When 900M & 1800M dual-band
networking is adopted, it is
recommended to set this parameter in
900M cells to the maximum.
It displays the weight of Full value in

weighted average calculation. Higher
value means greater weight of Full value
2 and greater influence upon average
value, and will increase the error of
average value in networks with enabled
DTX.

DTX.
15
15
15
15

4
Lower value indicates that average
handover success rate, call drop rate,
and coverage rate.

4
are needed the first average. This helps
to make a fast handover decision, but
tends to cause mis-handover or frequent
handovers, also affecting handover
coverage rate.
Uplink receiving sensitivity is about

-112, and the value actually set can be
set 5-10db's higher than uplink receiving
sensitivity.
Setting principle: As long as uplink
quality satisfies demands, uplink level
handover should be avoided in the cell
5 in order to reduce the number of
handovers.
If it needs to increase the percentage of
RQ0-3, this threshold may be increased
accordingly.
Too high the value tends to cause
frequent handovers and affect handover
success rate.
15
Downlink receiving sensitivity is about

-112, and the value actually set can be
set 5-10db's higher than downlink
receiving sensitivity.
Setting principle: As long as downlink
quality satisfies demands, downlink
level handover should be avoided in the
cell in order to reduce the number of
15
handovers.
RQ0-3, this threshold may be increased
accordingly.
Too high the value tends to cause
frequent handovers and affect handover
success rate, but helps to reduce call
drop rate and increase coverage rate.

uplink level handover decision will be
slow. This tends to cause handover
delay and affect call quality and
coverage rate and lead to call drop;
fast. But this tends to cause frequent
handovers and will also affect call
quality and coverage rate and lead to
call drop.

slow. This tends to cause handover
unlink level handover decision will be
fast. But this tends to cause frequent
call drop.

downlink level handover decision will
be slow. This tends to cause handover
be fast. But this tends to cause frequent
call drop.

call drop.

affect call quality and coverage rate and
lead to call drop;
call drop.

DTX.

hysteresis, affecting call quality and
coverage rate and leading to call drop;
3
frequent handovers, also affecting call
quality and coverage rate and leading to
call drop.

hysteresis, affecting call quality and
coverage rate and leading to call drop;
3
call drop.
4 is recommended for non-frequencyhopping networks;

5 is recommended for frequencyhopping networks;
RQ0-3, this threshold may be reduced
accordingly.
4 Too high the value tends to cause
handover hysterisis, affecting call
quality, coverage rate and leading to call
drop;
Too low the value tends to cause
call drop.
4 is recommended for non-frequencyhopping networks;

5 is recommended for frequencyhopping networks;
RQ0-3, this threshold may be reduced
accordingly.
4 Too high the value tends to cause
handover hysterisis, affecting call
quality, coverage rate and leading to call
drop;
Too low the value tends to cause
call drop.
downlink quality handover decision will
delay;
If this parameter is set a lower value,
2 less average MRs will be needed and
handovers;
Either too high or too low the value will
rate, and coverage rate negatively.
delay;
1
If this parameter is set a lower value,
handovers;
In order to keep the sensitivity of quality

decision, N and P should not be set too
high a value, so that outgoing handover
could be performed when quality is
deteriorating in order to increase
2
handover speed. But this may decrease
It is recommended to set N and P as 3 &
2 or 2 & 2 respectively (in fast moving
environment).
In order to keep the sensitivity of quality

decision, N and P should not be set too
high a value, so that outgoing handover
could be performed when quality is
deteriorating in order to increase
2
handover speed. But this may decrease
It is recommended to set N and P as 3 &
2 or 2 & 2 respectively (in fast moving
environment).
63
63
63
63
63
It is recommended to set this parameter

63 to the maximum value, so that 1800M
cells can absorb more traffic.
10
10
10
10
10
This parameter takes into effect after

HoControl12 is enabled. RapidHoThs
should be set a value lower than or
equal to downlink level handover
threshold, and the Rapid handover Value
N should be smaller than Uplink power
10
level Value N.
Default value is usually adopted.
In fast moving environment or scenes
with weak coverage, call drops due to
delayed handover can be reduced to
improve handover success rate.

HoControl12 is enabled. RapidHoThs
should be set a value lower than or
equal to downlink level handover
threshold, and the Rapid handover Value
N should be smaller than Uplink power
2
level Value N.
Default value is usually adopted.
In fast moving environment or scenes
with weak coverage, call drops due to
delayed handover can be reduced to
improve handover success rate.

HoControl5 is enabled. This value
should be higher than target cell
resource threshold (75%).
In scenes with dense traffic, the lower
value the parameter is set, the earlier
outgoing traffic handover decision will
be made, and the more traffic in this cell
could be split out. This helps to reduce
TCH congestion rate in the cell.

HoControl5 is enabled. Please note MS
may switch back again immediately, to
prevent this, the reverse power budget
threshold (PBGT) of the cell is set to a
high value.
In scenes with dense traffic, the lower
value this parameter is set, the more
traffic the target Nclayer cell or target
band cell can absorb, and the easier
outgoing traffic handover can be
realized (traffic threshold should be
satisfied simultaneously). This helps to
reduce TCH congestion of the cell.
3 -
In dual-band networking, 1800M cells

are usually set as target cells for traffic
handover, and are set as lower-layer
network.
DCS18
00,
In dual-band networking, 1800M cells

are usually set as target cells for traffic
handover, and are set as lower-layer
network.
This parameter takes into effect when

HoControl16 is enabled. Forced transfer
need satisfy the following conditions:
Level of target cell must be higher than
the maximum level difference of the
current cell;
Available resource of the target cell
must be higher than HoForceResThs;
Path loss L must be less than
MaxLossThs and TA must be less than
MaxTAThs;
Target cell is a forced transfer cell. The
value of MaxTAThs should not be too
high, covering the directed transfer cell
will be sufficient.
This parameter takes into effect when

HoControl16 is enabled. Forced transfer
need satisfy the following conditions:
Level of target cell must be higher than
the maximum level difference of the
current cell;
Available resource of the target cell
must be higher than HoForceResThs;
Path loss L must be less than
MaxLossThs and TA must be less than
MaxTAThs;
Target cell is a forced transfer cell.
The higher MaxLossThs is set, the more
directed handover traffic can be
realized. In the field, this parameter can
be adjusted according to the actual
effects of traffic transfer.

HoControl16 is enabled. Default value
is recommended for this parameter.
Lower values for N & P help to trigger
off transfer handover and split out
traffic, and thus can reduce the
congestion rate in the current cell.

HoControl16 is enabled. Default value
is recommended for this parameter.
Lower values for N & P help to trigger
off transfer handover and split out
traffic, and thus can reduce the
congestion rate in the current cell.
This parameter has been invalid, it is

recommended to keep the default value.
Intra-cell uplink interference handover

is usually enabled in non-frequencyhopping network. Default value is
usually kept for handover N & P value.

40
40
40
40
40
40
This parameter has been invalid, it is


3
usually kept for handover threshold. The
lower the threshold, the more likely
intra-cell handover will be triggered off.

is usually enabled in non-frequency2
hopping network. Default value is
This parameter is used to judge if there

1 is any uplink interference. It is
15
15
15
15
15

15 is any uplink interference. It is

1 is any downlink interference. It is
10
10
10
10
10

10 is any downlink interference. It is
16
This parameter should not be set too

high a value, so that invalid intra-cell
handover can be avoided to fulfill
16
handover into suitable cells as soon as
possible. It is recommended to keep the
default value for this parameter.
high a value, so that invalid intra-cell
handover can be avoided to fulfill
3
handover into suitable cells as soon as
possible. It is recommended to keep the
default value for this parameter.
16
16
16
16
63
63
63
63
63
This parameter displays the average size

4 of TA window. It is recommended to
keep the default value.
TA handover is seldom adopted in
general scenes. If adopted, TA handover
63
should be set according to actual
situation.
general scenes. It is recommended to
3
keep the default value for this
parameter.
general scenes. It is recommended to
2
keep the default value for this
parameter.
This parameter works when the option

of HoControl17 sub-cell handover
algorithm is set as 0 (i.e. C/I-based
handover). GoodCiThs should be higher
than BadCiThs at least. The greater
value difference between GoodCiThs
and BadCiThs, the more hysteresis will
be between two sub-cells. The specific
parameter need be adjusted according to
parameters in traffic-balanced cells in
the field. After Subcell concept is
adopted, concentric handover algorithm
need be borrowed from the previous
method of special TRX (inner circle)
and common TRX (outer circle). The
previous special TRX is corresponding
to the current cell 2, and common TRX
is still the previous cell 1. In C/I-based
handover, it needs to judge whether
current users are staying in cell 1 or cell
2. If they are staying in cell 1, they will
be switched to cell 2 when C/I is good
enough. But if they are staying in cell 2,
it needs to judge whether the current C/I
is quite bad, if so, they will be switched
to cell 1, as detailed below:
1. When users are in sub-cell 1, if there
are GoodCiP times satisfying (C/I>=
GoodCiThs) in all the GoodCiN times,
handover from outer circle to inner
circle should be performed.
2. When users are in sub-cell 2, if there
are BadCiP times satisfying (C/I <=
BadCiThs) in all the BadCiN times,
handover from inner circle to outer
circle should be performed.
The lower the parameter is set, the less
traffic will be in sub-cell 1. This helps to
reduce congestion in subcell 1. If this
parameter is set a higher value, it helps
to
reduce
the congestion
subcell
This
parameter
should notinbe
set too2.

low, lest there will be frequent
handovers between subcells.


algorithm is set as 0 (i.e. C/I-based
handover). GoodCiThs should be higher
than BadCiThs at least. The greater
value difference between GoodCiThs
and BadCiThs, the more hysteresis will
be between two sub-cells. The specific
parameter need be adjusted according to
parameters in traffic-balanced cells in
the field. The lower the parameter is set,
the less traffic will be in sub-cell 1. This
helps to reduce congestion in subcell 1.
If this parameter is set a higher value, it
helps to reduce the congestion in subcell
2.


When Co-BCCH is enabled, whether

to enable this handover algorithm
should be decided according to actual
situation.
algorithm is set as 0 (i.e. based on TA
and path loss). It is recommended to set
PathLossMax higher than
PathLossmin6dB to avoid frequent
intra-subcell handovers. Whether to
enable this handover algorithm should
be decided according to the actual
situation in the field. The higher value
this parameter is set, the more traffic
subcell 2 can absorb. This helps to
reduce the congestion in subcell 1. If
this parameter is set a lower value, it
2.

and path loss). It is recommended to set
PathLossMax higher than
PathLossmin6dB to avoid frequent
intra-subcell handovers. Whether to
enable this handover algorithm should
be decided according to the actual
situation in the field. The higher value
this parameter is set, the more traffic
subcell 2 can absorb. This helps to
reduce the congestion in subcell 1. If
this parameter is set a lower value, it
2.

and path loss). For version 6.20 and
above, the formula for subCellTAmin
decision is changed to < (from the
original <=). This parameter should not
be lower than 1, otherwise, handover
from subcell 1 into subcell 2 may not be
fulfilled. Accordingly, subCellTAmax
should be set as 2. The specific value
for this parameter should be set
according to the actual coverage in
subcell 2.
1; if this parameter is set a lower value,
it helps to reduce the congestion in
subcell 2.

and path loss). For version 6.20 and
above, the formula for subCellTAmin
decision is changed to < (from the
original <=). This parameter should not
be lower than 1, otherwise, handover
from subcell 1 into subcell 2 may not be
fulfilled. The specific value for this
parameter should be set according to the
actual coverage in subcell 2.
1; if this parameter is set a lower value,
it helps to reduce the congestion in
subcell 2.

value (the value should not be too low)
for this parameter, so as to avoid
frequent inter-subcell handovers to
improve call quality.

value (the value should not be too low)
for this parameter, so as to avoid
frequent inter-subcell handovers to
improve call quality.
Default value is recommended for this

parameter.
15
15 -
This parameter is applicable only to

high-speed railway. The threshold
should not be too low, so that handover
success rate on high-speed railway can
be ensured and improved.
2 -
Downlink rapid handover N should be

lower than downlink level handover N.
It is the handover parameter in GSM-R

system, and is applicable to high-speed
railways. This parameter should be set
according to actual environment.


This handover parameter is applicable

to all scenes. It should be set lower on
8
high-speed railways, and may be set
higher for other scenes.
Indicators Related to Each Parameter

Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Recommended Valu
Category
Explanatio
Parameter Parameter
n of
Value Range &
Name (EN)
Code
Parameters
Unit
(EN)
GERAN extern
User label
User label
Default
Value in
OMCR
Character string -
Recommended
Value for
Network
Optimization
Dense Urban/Urban
1800M
CoBCCH
according to
radio parameters planning
according to
radio parameters planning
900M
GERAN extern
External cell -
External cell 1 ~ 65535
GERAN extern
Cell type
CellType
GERAN Extern
Umbrella cell, MaMacro Cell Macro Cell
GERAN extern
MCC
MCC
according to
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It
0 ~ 999
460
radio parameters is used to uniquely identify the home country of the mobile user (or system).
planning
GERAN extern
MNC
MNC
according to
MNC consistsWhen
of three
MNC3Digits
digits of decimal
is selected
number.
as 2 Itdigits, MNC value will be 0~99;
0
radio parameters uniquely identifies
WhenaMNC3Digits
specific PLMN
is selected
networkas
in 3a digits,
country(determined
MNC value will
by be
MCC).
0~999.
planning
Macro CeMacro CeMacro Ce
according to
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is DCS1800, it value range is GSM900,
GSM900
radio parameters When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is PCS1900, it value range is GSM900,
planning
GERAN extern
Frequency B FreqBand
The frequenc
GERAN extern
BCCH frequeBcchArfcn
When Frequency Band is GSM900, its value range is 1~124;

When Frequency Band is EXT900,
according
its value
to range is 0~124, 975~1023;
ARFCN of theWhen Frequency Band
1
is PCS1900,
radioits
parameters
value range-is 512~810;
When Frequency Band is DCS1800,
planning
its value range is 512~885;
When Frequency Band is GSM850, its value range is 128~251.
GERAN extern
LAC
LAC
Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location

according
areas(LAs)
to in order to determine the MS location, the location are
LAC comes under
1 ~ 65535
LAI (LAI = MCC
1
+ MNC radio
+ LAC).
parameters One location area contains multiple cells.
planning
GERAN extern
CI
CI
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN

according to
uniquely, the network
0 ~ 65535
operators 0allocate a unique
radio parameters code for each cell in a location area.
planning
GERAN extern
NCC
NCC
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station

according
ID to
Code (BSIC) (BSIC = NCC + BCC). which is used to enab
Actually, NCC0,occupies
1, 2, 3, 4,three
5, 6,bits.
0 NCC is one
radio parameters of the network identification parameters.
planning
With
With
With
NCCR NCCR NCCR
enabled enabled enabled
,
,
,
according to
adjacen adjacen adjacen
GERAN extern
BCC
BCC
BCC is one of0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 0
radio parameters t- cell
t- cell
t- cell
planning
support support support
With NCCR
s PS
s PS
s PS
enabled, adjacent service service service
cell supports PS :
:
:
service : choose choose choose choose
Yes; Without
Yes;
Yes;
Yes;
GERAN extern
GPRS servicePsSupport Determine if Yes/No
No
NCCR enabled, Without Without Without
adjacent cell
NCCR NCCR NCCR
doesnot support enabled enabled enabled
C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection
PS service:
,
,
,
GERAN extern
Reselection oReselOffset_ offset parameter.
0 ~ When
31,2dBthe offset0 represented choose
0by
0
0
0
No.
adjacen
adjacen
adjacen
PACCH.
In theisGPRS
system,
C32beisindicated
used as
this parameter
0dB, it
need not
t cell
t cell
t cell
the standard for cell reselection. C32 standard
doesnot
doesnot
doesnot
GERAN extern
Reselection oReselOffset_
0 ~ 31,2dB
0
0
0
0
0
calculation,
similaristoa C2
standardoffset
in GSM,
contains a cell reselection
offset
parameter.
When the offset represente
support
support
support
reselection. There
temporary
in C32
This
parameter
indicates
the
parameter
used
PS
PS
PS
that provides a negative offset, similar to C2
GERAN extern
Reselection t TempOffset_
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 0
0
0service: 0service: 0service:
in
GSM system.
effectiveThere
time is
depends
on
standard
for cell The
reselection.
a temporary
choose choose choose
Penalty
of cell
reselection.
offset inTime
C32 that
provides
a negative offset,
GERAN extern
Reselection t TempOffset_
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 0
0
0
0
0
No.
No.
No.
similar
to C2There
in GSM
Theoffset
effective
time
reselection.
is a system.
temporary
in C32
depends
on Penalty
Timeoffset,
of cellsimilar
reselection.
that provides
a negative
to C2
GERAN extern
Penalty time oPenalTime_0
0 ~ 31,10s
0
0
0
0
0
in
GSM
system.
The
effective
time
depends
on
standard for cell reselection. There is
a temporary
Penalty
of cell
reselection.
offset inTime
C32 that
provides
a negative offset,
GERAN extern
Penalty time oPenalTime_1
0 ~ 31,10s
0
0
0
0
0
similar
to
C2
in
GSM
effective
time
priority and Thresholdsystem.
of HSCThe
signal
level) exist
depends
onIfPenalty
Time
cellnot
reselection.
in the cell.
the local
cellofdoes
use HCS
GERAN extern
HCS Exist HCS_EXIST
Yes/No
No
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
parameters, the HCS parameters of other cells
belongs
to
Hierarchical
Cell
Structure
(HCS)
and
be
will also be ignored, that is, all the cells use the
GERAN extern
HCS Exist HCS_EXIST informed to MS
Yes/No
0,0 if the HSC exist
0,0 (HCS0,0
0,0 Threshold of HSC signal le
on PACCH. PSINo
message indicates
priority and
This
parameter
parameter
system
messageindicates
by BTS. the
It indicates
theused
HCS
GERAN extern
Threshold of HCS_THR_0 signal strength0 threshold
~ 31
of the cell.
0
0
to
HCS
parameter,
whichthe
is informed
to used
This
parameter
indicates
parameters
MS on PACCH. It indicates the HCS signal
GERAN extern
Threshold of HCS_THR_1
0 ~ 31
0
0
strength
threshold
the cell. to MS via system
parameter,
which isofbroadcasted
This
parameter
indicates
the cell
parameter
used
message
by BTS,
indicating
HCS priority.
GERAN extern
HCS Priority PrioClass_0
0~7
0
0
HCS
parameter,
which
is
informed
to
MS
on
GERAN extern
HCS Priority PrioClass_1 PACCH, indicating
0 ~ 7 cell HCS priority.
0
0
GERAN extern
Allow SOLSAEXC_ACC System broadcYes/No
GERAN extern
Cell Reselect CellBrAc2
Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the system

broadcasts to Yes/No
MS in PSI3 message.
No It indicates0
the cell reselection status.
GERAN extern
LSA Mark
System broadc0 ~ 16777215
12
12
12
12
12
12
LSA_ID
No
reselection in the attach status, if the RAIs of

GERAN extern
RAC
RAC
0 ~cells
255 change, the0 Routing Area
12
the old and new
communication
accessing) and
Update processprocess
will be after
initiated.
from unreasonably wasting the radio resources
GERAN extern
GPRS access RxLevAsMin
0: < -110 dBm;1 12
12
of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM
communication
process
after
accessing)
and
system that the receiving level be greater than
GERAN extern
GPRS access RxLevAsMin from unreasonably
0: < -110
wasting
dBm;1
the radio
12 resources5
of
the network,
it is stipulated
in the
GSM in
selection
and reselection
by MS,
involved
and C2 values.0
GERAN extern
GPRS MAX ini
MsTxMaxCCcalculation of 0C1
~ 31
5
5
5
5
Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power before MS receives the power control information.
according to
UTRAN extern
User label User label Character string radio parameters
planning
UTRAN extern
External UT EcUTRANId Serial numbe 1 ~ 65535
according to
radio parameters
planning
UTRAN extern
UTRAN cell CellTypeUT The type of FDD, TDD
FDD
according to
radio parameters
planning
UTRAN extern
MCC
MCC
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number.

according
It
to
is used to uniquely
0 ~ 999
identify the home
460 country radio
of theparameters
mobile user (or system).
planning
UTRAN extern
MNC
MNC
according to
MNC consistsWhen
of three
MNC3Digits
digits of decimal
is selected
number.
as 2 Itdigits, MNC value will be 0~99;
0
radio parameters
uniquely identifies
WhenaMNC3Digits
specific PLMN
is selected
networkas
in 3a digits,
countryMNC
(determined
value will
bybe
MCC).
0~999.
planning
When "UTRAN Cell

When
Type
"UTRAN
(CellTypeUTRAN)"
according
Cell Type
to (CellTypeUTRAN)"
is FDD, value range
is FDD,
is 9612
default
~ 9888,
value
10562
is 9612;
~ 10838;
UTRAN extern
UTRAN cell ArfcnUTRA UTRAN cell When "UTRAN Cell
When
Type
"UTRAN
(CellTypeUTRAN)"
radio
Cell
parameters
Type (CellTypeUTRAN)"
is TDD and "UTRAN
is TDD
adjacent
and "UTRAN
cell bandwidth
adjacent
(Band
cell
When "UTRAN Cell
When
Type
"UTRAN
(CellTypeUTRAN)"
planning
Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)"
is TDD and "UTRAN
is TDD
adjacent
and "UTRAN
cell bandwidth
adjacent
(Band
cell
UTRAN extern
LAC
LAC
Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location

according
areas (LAs)
to in order to determine the MS location, the location ar
LAC comes under
1 ~ 65535
LAI (LAI = MCC
1
+ MNC radio
+ LAC).
parameters
One location area contains multiple cells.
planning
UTRAN extern
RNC ID
RNC_Id
Each RNC has0 ~ 4095
according to
radio parameters
planning
UTRAN extern
C ID
C_Id
It identifies 0 ~ 65535
according to
radio parameters
planning
MS measure the main scrambling code of the

downlink CPICH channel in cell for handover
according to
or cell reselection.
WhenThe
"UTRAN
scrambling
Cell codes
Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, this parameter represents FDD interference c
UTRAN extern
Scrambling c ScCodeCellP
0
radio parameters
are divided into
When
0~511.
"UTRAN
There are
Cellone
Type
main
(CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD, this parameter represents TDD cell paramete
planning
scrambling code and 15 auxiliary scrambling
codes in each group. 511 main scrambling codes
UTRAN extern
TX diversity DiverSity
It indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses diversity

Yes/No
No
No
transmission.
using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC). In MS cell

reselection in the attach status, if the RAIs of
the old and new
UTRAN extern
RAC
RAC
0 ~cells
255 change, the0 Routing Area
0
Update process will be initiated.
SGSN knows the routing area information of
UTRAN extern
UTRAN adjace
BandWidth When "UTRAN
1 (1.28Mcps), 0 1 (1.28Mcps) 1 (1.28Mcps)
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (Band
UTRAN extern
Apply Sync CSyncCaseTS It indicates
No
No
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (Band

Express
Indoor
Rural
Way/HighWide Coverage Coverage/Tunne
speed Railway
l
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
Performance Indicators Rel

1800M
Accessibilit
y
Mobility
Macro CeMacro CeMacro CeMacro CeMacro CeMacro CeMacro CeMacro Cell
The settings of external cell

parameters must be in consistence
with the actual cell configurations. If
not, problems like incapable interBSC handovers, handover failures
and call drops may be resulted.






With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
With
NCCR
enabled
,
adjacen
t- cell
support
s PS
service
:
choose
Yes;
Without
NCCR
enabled
,
0
adjacen
t cell
doesnot
0
support
PS
0service:
choose
0
No.
currently. Maintain ZTE default

value.
Related to C31/C37, it's not used

value.
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0

value.
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0

value.

value.

value.

value.

value.

value.

value.

value.
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

value.
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

value.

value.

value.

Adjacent cell supports PS service:
choose Yes;
Adjacent cell doesnot support PS
service:No;
With NCCR related, it's not used
currently.
value.
value.
value.
value.

with the actual cell configurations.If
not, 2-3G reselection may fail.










Reliability
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX is suitable
Parameter Parameter Common
Explanation
of
for common
cell.(EN)
After
Name (EN)
Code
Parameters
adding the function of
supporting
extended
cell,
TRX number
in the cell.
aAccording
third typetoofGSM
TRX is
If two frequencies are in
added
-- Expand TRX,
TRX ID
TrxId
specifications,one
cell
a cell, it describes which
realizing
coverage
can have large
64 carriers
at
subcell contains this
range.
most.
TRX. If not, set this field
SubCell ID SubCellId In common cell, TRX
to first
Type shall be
sub cell. You cannot
configured as Normal
modify it after successful
TRX Type TrxType
TRX;
creation.
TRX Type shall be set
to Extended TRX if subcell
is notparameter
supporteddescribes
in
This
extended cell.
Sub-cell
priorities
for allocating
1 shall be set to extended
carriers
TRX
extended
Assign
of
theinsame
type. 1
if the sub-cell
is
Priority of TrxPriority cell
represents
the highest
supported. There is no
the Trx
priority.
special
requirements
Select channels
on on
sub-cell with
2. high priority
carriers
when allocating channels.
Value
Range &
Unit
1 ~ 60
Default Value in
OMCR
Sort in order.
Recommended
Value for
Network
Optimization
-
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
-
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No, value range is the first subcell;
First Subcell
First Subcell
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, value range is the first and the second
Common
Common TRX
TRX
900 cell:
BCCH
BCCH Trx : 1
Trx : 1
Non-BCCH
NonTRX without
BCCH
fixed PDCH : 3 TRX
Non-BCCH
without
TRX with fixed fixed
When "BCCH Carrier
PDCH
(IsBcchMark)"
:4
PDCH
is No, default
:
value is 3;
1~5
When "BCCH Carrier
1800
(IsBcchMark)"
cell:
3is Yes, default value is 1;
BCCH Trx : 5
NonMax output
Non-BCCH
BCCH
power, Max
TRX without
TRX
output
fixed PDCH : 3 with
power - 2
Non-BCCH
fixed
This parameter represents dB, Max
TRX with fixed PDCH :
the static power level of output
PDCH : 4
4
BCCH
One and only
one BCCH
According to the
transceiver.
Usually
a
power - 4
carrier
IsBcchMark static
carrierpower
frequency
must
Yes/No
No
ground planning control
is be dB,
Max
frequency
configured
in a cell.
parameters
added
output
on the basis of TRX
power - 6
transmission power
dB, Max
specified by
output
Static power level.
power - 8
Max
Namely, a restriction is
dB, Max
Static power
Max output
output
PwRreductio added
output
Max output power
level
power
power based on the maximum
power - 10
0~6 dB
transmission power, thus dB, Max
to
output
get the actual maximum power - 12
transmission power Pn of dB, Max
This
parameter
can
the TRX.
The dynamic
output
configure
power
power control
is level of power + 1.5
carrier,
implemented
dB,
which
canthe
convert
this
based on
maximum
Max output
value
to actual
power
transmission
power
Pn.
power + 1
Power level PowerClass
1~8
3
3
value,
dB, Max
used to calculate path
output
loss and CI value in
power + 0.5
measurement
dB
report.
This parameter indicates
if frequency-hopping is
supported. When this
parameter is set to "base
band
freq-hopping",
BhGroupId is added in
the interface.
Support Fhs Support Fhs When this parameter is
set to "RFID freqhopping",
frequency is screened and
FhsID is added.
Note: S8001 only has a
frequency, and doesn't
support frequencyhopping.
Common TRXCommon TRX
According to
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, the
radio parameters
value range is No, base band freq-hopping,
planning, fill in:
and RFID freq-hopping.
NONE
non-FH,
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, the value
baseband FH,
range is No and base band freq-hopping.
RF FH.
Frequency band is GSM900: 1~124;

Frequency band is EXT900: 0~124,
According
975~1023
to the
Based
on the set512~885;
fr ground planning Frequency band
is DCS1800:
Frequency band is PCS1800: 512~810;
parameters
Frequency band is GSM850: 128~251.
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Frequency
Select the frequency

point of this transceiver.
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
ARFCN
List
Select the FhsID if the

configured frequency
hopping
mode is RF hopping. This
trx uses the MA
1 ~ 255
frequency
list configured in
frequency hopping
system.
It is corresponding with
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Bipb Unit
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
DspSunit
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Mark sequence of carrier

on DSP, DSP channel
number
will be calculated based
on this mark by service.
DspMarkSeq For the VTCD board,
each DSP can mark (or
configure)
up to 16 carriers. For the
VTCD/2 board, you
can configure 28 carriers.
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
IP access. Port number

shall be allocated for
each
PortNo
carrier, and the number
will be determined by the
port actually configured.
It describes working
modes of carrier,
including single
TRX Mode or double carriers, which
determines 4 lines of
multiplexer is used or
DPCT/DDT is used.
Working
modes
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Delayed
It defines the symbol
transmitting Delay Count used on delayed
number
transmitting.
Use IRC
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
Carrier
support
antenna
jumping
According to the
ground planning parameters
According to the
the board position in
Depends on thDepends on the actuground planning physical
parameters
configuration
It corresponds to the DSP
supporting IP in BIPB
According to the
board
Determined bMinimum DSP numbe
ground planning configured by physical
parameters
mode.
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
TRX Level
Property
Parameters
NONE
It determines if to use
IRC.
Use IRC
Not checked: do not
use IRC
Checked: use IRC
It indicates if antenna hop
is supported.
No: indicates antenna
Support ante
hop is not supported;
Yes: indicates antenna
hop is supported;
Under
dual carrier
According to the
mode, no
0
ground planning 0 ~ 15 0 ~ 27
four
parameters
diversity,
no DPCT or
DDT
setting;
Under
single
carrier
mode, only
According to the
four
1 ~ 3072
1
ground planning diversity is
parameters
configured;
Under
single
Under double
carrier
carrier mode, no
mode, four
Under double carrier4 mode,
lines ofno 4 lines of multiplexer,
diversity +
Default
no DPCT or DDT configured;
multiplexer, no
DPCT;
DPCT or DDT
Under
configured
single
carrier
mode, four
diversity
1 ~ 15 + 0
0
DDT. At
this time,
Delay count
is valid.
Not
NotUnder
checked, Not checked
Not checked
checked
single
carrier
mode, no
four
diversity,
Yes/No
No
No
No
no DPCT or
DDT
setting;

Dense Urban/Urban
Rural
CoBCCH
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
Wide Coverage
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
900M
900M
1800M
1800M
Common Common Common

TRX
TRX
TRX
BCCH
BCCH
Trx : 5
Trx : 1
NonNonBCCH
BCCH
TRX
TRX
without
without
fixed
fixed
PDCH :
PDCH :
3
3
NonNonBCCH
BCCH
TRX
TRX
with
with
fixed
fixed
PDCH :
PDCH :
4
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 1
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Common
TRX
BCCH
Trx : 5
NonBCCH
TRX
without
fixed
PDCH :
3
NonBCCH
TRX
with
fixed
PDCH :
4
Max
output
power 0~6 dB
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power
Max
output
power +
0~1.5dB
Max
Max
output
output
power +
power
0~1.5dB
Max
output
power
Under
single
carrier
Default Default Default Default Default Default mode,
four
diversity
+ DPCT;
Under
single
carrier
mode,
Default Default
four
diversity
+ DPCT;
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
Not
checked
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

If SubCellUsed is set with Yes, we may make

changes.If not, the default is the first subcell.
In extended cell, without subcells supported,the "TRX
type" shall be configured with "extended TRX"; in
extended cell, with subcells supported, the subcell 1
must be configured with "extended TRX"; no specific
requirements for subcell 2.
900 :
BCCH Trx : 1
Non-BCCH TRX without fixed PDCH : 3
Non-BCCH TRX with fixed PDCH : 4
1800 :
BCCH Trx : 5
Non-BCCH TRX without fixed PDCH : 3
Non-BCCH TRX with fixed PDCH : 4
Improper setting of TRX priority may lead to low
SD/TCH assignment success rate and low CSSR, poor
uplink/downlink RQ proportion, high TCH call drop
rate, low uplink/downlink data throughput.
According to the ground planning parameters

To set the static power of cells with weak coverage
may help reduce call drops and improve speech qualit.
To reduce the static power of cells with overshooting
coverage by 2-4dB may help reduce interference in the
network and improve speech quality. For cells with
serious overshooting problems in dense urban, we may
reduce the static power by 2-6dB; the configuration of
all TRXs in the same cell shall be in consistence. In
the vast coverage area, villages and areas of
complicated landforms, to set the static power with a
large value helps to improve SD/TCH assignment
success rate, CSSR, coverage rate and core network
paging success rate.
Accessibility
Mobility
Reliability
This parameter is actually invalid.
According to radio parameters planning, fill in:

baseband FH, RF FH. To enable FH may reduce
interference in the network, improve speech quality
and decrease call drop rate.
Throughput
Coverage
Rate
According to the radio parameters planning
According to the radio parameters planning
Use dual-TRX mode in default without enabling DPCT

or DDT. For vast coverage, we may consider to enable
the single-TRX mode, four-way diversity+DPCT or
single-TRX mode; "four-way diversity+DPCT"
increases coverage and system connection rate; Add 23dB to downlink to improve speech quality.
When the "work mode" is set as "Delay Count Domain
is valid under single-TRX mode, four-way
diversity+DDT", this parameter is valid.
Choose whether to support IRC
This parameter works only when the "work mode" is

dual-TRX mode.
h Parameter
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
Channel
related
Parameters
Channel
related
Parameters
Channel
related
Parameters
Channel
related
Parameters
Channel
related
Parameters
Channel
related
Parameters
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, that

is, CBC is supported, the system automatically
find all timeslot channel combinations in the
cell.If a non-BCCH channel is found for a
carrier, it is changed to SDCCH+CBCH.
GPRS service supported (PsSupport)
Recommended Value for Diffe
If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No, Recommen
Explanatio
ded
Value
that is, GPRS is not
supported,Default
the system
Value
Parameter Paramet automatically
n of
for
Dense Urban/Urban
Rural
change
channels
Rangeall
& timeslot
Value
in
Name (EN) er Code whose
Parameters
Network
type is PS in
the cell toOMCR
TCH.
Unit
(EN) control channel configurationOptimizati
Co Common
900M 1800M
900M
on
BCCH
(CcchConf)
eight
timeslot
numbers
are
displayed
on
the
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured
0123
TCH/F;such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7;
interface,
as
"a basic
channelSame
used as
by valu
CCCH,
Channel ID
Number
to physical
ide
TCH/H
0 1 +FACCH/H
0456
1 +SACCH/TH
1;
WhenIn"TRX
Type
(TrxType)"
is "Extended0TRX",
along with SDCCH".
channel
information
7
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;
four timeslot numbers are displayed on the
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;
According
shall be one of these two combined channels:
BCCH+SDCCH/4;
TsChannelC
BCCH+SDCCH/4 and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.
to cell
BCCH+CCCH;
TCH/F
omb
channel
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;
as "a basic physical channel used by CCCH,
planning
SDCCH+CBCH;
regarless of SDCCH". In channel information
PBCCH+ PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
shall be one of these two combined channels:
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
This
parameter represents Training
and BCCH+CCCH.
Serial Code (TSC)
When
CCCH Channel
(CcchConf)
configured
of
the timeslot.
There are
eight typesis of
TSC,
According
with
During communication, the carrier number
as "two
low
mutual
basic
dependency.
physical channels
It is used
used
forby
reference
to cell of
adopted on air0,interface
is an
TSC
1, 2, 3, 4,
0 element of the
CCCH,
delay
compensation
regarless of SDCCH".
for adaptive
In balance
channelchannel
circuit at
MA set. Mobile Allocation Index (MAI) (0 =<
information
receiving
side.
parameters,
For the timeslot
timeslotwhere
0 andBCCH
2 planning
is, this
MAI =< n-1) is a variable for determining a
channel combination
parameter
must be equal
shalltobe
BCC
these
of two
the cell.
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
definite element in the MA set.
and BCCH+CCCH.
According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02
specification, MAI is function of the following
as "three basic physical channels used by
aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or Reduced
CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
TDMA Frame Number (RFN), frequencyAccording
Hopping
information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and
Serial Number (HSN), and Mobile Allocation
to cellIndex
MAIO
0 ~ 63 shall0be these two
4 channel combination
Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset channel
of MAI and
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
is used for preventing several channels toplanning
contend
and BCCH+CCCH.
for the same carrier at the same moment.
Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot or
as "four basic physical channels used by
TDMA frame) constitute an FH group. They have
CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
the same MA and HSN and the only difference
information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and
among them is MAIO. Thus the same MAAccording
and HSN
4 channel combination shall be these two
are putRepresenting
in FHS/MA dynamic
table. When
the FHNO:
group
YES:
timeslot;
to
Representing
cell
combined channels:
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
Dynamic ts
Yes/No
Yes
corresponding
to the
timeslot
has no frequency
fixedly
configured
timeslot.
channel
and BCCH+CCCH.
hopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.planning
Ps Service
Preference
property
According
Indicate if to do channel packet service preference
to cell or
PREFERP
No preferenc No preferenc
the type to do service preference
channel
planning
Channel
related
Parameters
PDCH
Priority
According
This timeslot is used as PDTCH as a preference.
to cell It
PDCHPrec
Yes/No
No
only set for dynamic timeslot.
channel
planning

Express
Indoor
Rural
Way/HighWide Coverage Coverage/Tunn
speed Railway
el
Performance Indicators Related

1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M

-
The setting of "TRX type" may affect

the value domain of this parameter.
For channels configuration methods,

please refer to GSM NPO Special
Subject Guidebook-SDR Channel
Configuration V2.1.
Configuration principles:
1.
TSC of BCCH TRX must be in
consistence with cell BCC.
2. TSC of the eight channels in the
same TRX must be the same.
3. TSC of different TRXs in the same
cel can be different.
Inconsistence between TSC and BCC
may lead to PS access problem and low
download rate.
Set the parameter value according to FH

planning parameters and ensure that the
MAIO of all timeslots in one TRX must
be the same. Under radio FH, TRXs of
the same group in one cell can not use
the same MAIO.
Set the parameter according to channel
planning results. If channel type is
dynamic TCH/F, then set the parameter
with Yes; if not, set the parameter with
No. If dynamic TCH/F is configured
with CS service priority, the related
indicators like accessibility, reliability
and throughput may not be as good as
those under the configuration of static
PDTCH.
Set the parameter according to the
channel planning result. GPRS and
EDGE preference channel is just a
relative concept. The wanted effects can
be achieved only when some PDTCHs
are defined as GPRS preference
channels and some PDTCHs are defined
as EDGE preference channels. Through
setting this parameter as GPRS
preference or EDGE preference and
setting "HybridOccuSupp" with No, we
may obtain GPRS dedicated traffic
channels and EDGE dedicated traffic
channels. If we only need EDGE
dedicated traffic channels, we may set
the parameter as EDGE specialty. To set
EDGE dedicated traffic channel and
GPRS dedicated traffic channel may
help to prevent GPRS user and EDGE
user reusing the block resource on the
same group of PDTCH, which helps to
improve indicators related to
throughput; while this may result in
resource waste and decrease of
indicators related to congestion.
Accessibilit
y
Mobility
If the "channel type" is static PDTCH,

this parameter must be set with Yes. If
the timeslot parameter"timeslot channel
combination (TsChannelComb) " is
manually adjusted to
"PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH", the
parameter "PDCH preference
(PDCHPrecedence)" will be
automatically changed to "Yes".
However, if we use batch command to
make the change or use Template
(NetworkPlan) to import the
information, we must first set the
"PDCH preference (PDCHPrecedence)"
of static PCTCH as "Yes". If dynamic
channel is not set as PS absolute
preference, we must set "PDCH
preference (PDCHPrecedence)" with
"No" to ensure the absolute preference
of PS service. To set absolute preference
of PS TCH helps to improve the
indicators related to throughput and
congestion in the cells where CS service
frequenctly seizes PDTCH.

Reliability
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Para
mete
Parameter
r
Name (EN)
Cod
e
Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MS

if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter and if
Category
there is the related parameter for calculating C2.
It indicates if the related parameter for calculating
The
cell reselection
due to
channel in
quality
cell reselection
standard
C2radio
is contained
SYSTEM
takes
C2 asreselection
the standard.
C2
is if
formed
according
Additional
parameter
indication
is isonetoof
INFORMATION
message
and
C2
standard
attached
C1
some
special
offset
parameters,
the parameter,
cell selection
Value
Instruction:
adopted
in the and
cellparameters.
reselection.
The
successive
Cell
CR Related reselection
influence
asoffset
to enable
MS to
Addit to
add
Yes:the
MSspecial
takes off
cell reselection
parameter
reselection
offset,
Temporary
and
Penalty
Parameters parameter
enter
some
cells in
Usually,
measures
PI and
the
parameters
related
toC1
computing
time
are
invalid,
andpriority.
MS
takes
assuch
the cell
indication
allow
balancing
traffic
on Rest
the
network.
C2 from
thestandard
rest the
bytes
SI7/8
Octets
of
reselection
when
this
value
is No.
Besides
C1, there
are three factors
This parameter
is broadcasted
to allaffecting
MS in
C2:
Cellinreselection
Temporary
Cell
the cell
RIL3_RR offset,
SYSTEM
INFORMATION
offset,
CR Related reselection
TYPE3and
andPenalty
TYPE4time.
messages. Cell reselection
CellR Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value,
Parameters parameter
parameter indication is one of the cell selection
which
indicates
theInstruction:
human modified value of C2.
indication
parameters.
Value
Calculate
modified
value of
to encourage
Yes: MSa gets
parameters
to C2
compute
C2 from
or
MSsystem
accessing
a certain
so asC2
cellprevent
broadcast
messages
andcell,
regard
to
balance
network.Parameters Cell
as implement
a cell reselection
standard.
Network
broadcasts
the parameter
bar qualify,
Cell reselection
offset, information
Temporary
to
all MSs
in the cell
through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM
offset
and Penalty
time
are invalid.
INFORMATION
TYPE3
and TYPE4
It
No: MS considers
C1 parameter
as messages.
a cell
is
one of thestandard.
cell selection
parameters.
The
reselection
Parameters
Cell bar
validity
of this
parameteroffset,
depends
upon Cell
qualify, Cell
reselection
Temporary
reselection
parameter
offset and Penalty
timeindication.
are invalid.
The
setting
Cell reselection
Temporary
Enable
this of
parameter,
if relatedoffset,
cell adopts
C2 as
offset
the Penalty
time areOtherwise,
classified disable it.
the celland
reselection
standard.
into three cases:
In case of large traffic or poor communication
quality inside a cell due to certain causes,
normally MS is expected not to work in that cell
(that is, certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
CR Related Reselection
ReselOvalue of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Parameters offset
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and
reduces the possibility that MS reselecting
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
parameter Cell
reselection
offset
can cell
be set
Whenever
MS moves
across
the two
according
to the repulsive
naturelocation
of cell. The
boundary-regions
with different
morecodes,
is the repulsive
theUpdate
larger is(LU)
area
it initiatesnature,
Location
the
Cell reselection
offset. Vice versa in case
procedure
in IDLE mode.
of avalues
smallerobtained
Cell reselection
offset. for two adjacent
C2
at the boundary
Forare
cells
with small
traffic
and low
equipment of
cells
different
because
of fading
characteristic
utilization,
normally
MSMS
is encouraged
work in
radio
channel.
It causes
to select celltofrequently.
that
cellcase,
(thatLU
is, interval
certain propensity
to cell
that reselection
cell).
In this
is more than
Cell reselection
offsetcall
must
be setrate,
between
interval.
This affects
success
due to
0unreachable
~ 10 (corresponding
to 0 ~ 20
dB) in this
paging response
to calling
party.
case, increases
accordingthe
to signaling
tendency of
theon
cell.
This
flow
theThe
network
more
is the radio
tendency,
the larger
the Cell
and causes
resources
to beisfully
utilized.
reselection
Vice versa
in case of arate
In
addition,offset.
it decreases
call completion
smaller
Cell reselection
offset.
It is usually
of
the system,
as MS cannot
respond
to
better
set thelocation
Temporary
offset same as Cell
pagingtoduring
update.
reselection
or a little higher
than
Cell
In
addition,offset,
value difference
must be
greater
reselection
offset.
The main
function of Penalty
Cell
than the value
specified
in CRH.
time is tobroadcasts
avoid frequent
cell reselection
of MS.
CR Related reselecting
Network
the parameter
information
ReselHThe common recommended setting is 1 (20
Parameters hysteresis
to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
seconds) or 2 (40 TYPE3
seconds)and
(theTYPE4
1800 cell
of
level
INFORMATION
messages.
dual-frequency
is level
such aiscase).
Cell reselectingnetwork
hysteresis
one of the
For
cells with
ordinary traffic, usually
cell
selection
parameters.
ReselOffset
should behysteresis
set as 0 and
Define Cell reselecting
level to 4 or 5 and
Cell
reselection
Temporary
offset,
PenaltyTime
asoffset,
31. Thus,
is equal
toand
C1,Penalty
make
certain adjustments
in C2
following
cases:
CR Related Temporary
time.
Temporary
offset
indicates
the
temporary
that
is,
without
human
factors
on
the
cell.
Tempo Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent
Parameters offset
modification
value LAC.
for C2.Signaling
Temporary
means
that
cells with different
traffic
overload
it
only
acts
on
C2
for
a
period
and
the
period
often occurs due to large demand of services.
When the adjacent cells in different location
areas have large overlapped coverage, it is
suggested to increase the CRH parameter.
If the adjacent cells with different LACs are
poor in overlapped coverage, that is, there
is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an
Value
Range &
Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Yes/No
No
Yes/No
No
0~63, 2db
0~7, 2db
0~7, 10db
Cell reselection offset, Temporary offset, and Penalty

CR Related
time. Temporary offset indicates the temporary
Penalty time Penalt
Parameters
modification value for C2. Temporary means that
it only acts on C2 for a period and the period
0~31, 20s
Recommen
ded Value
for
Network
Optimizati
on

Express
Rural
Way/High-speed
Wide Coverage
Railway
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
1800M
CoBCCH
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
1800M
900M
1800M
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
0~10
4~10
0~5
4~10

Accessibility
Mobility
Reliability
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
System message 7 and 8 are seldom used, so

Addition ReselPI is usually set with No.
It's recommended to enable C2 algorithm of 1800M
network
dense urban/urban
areas,
in order toto
reach
In desnseinurban/urban
areas, it's
recommended
set
traffic
balance.
For
900M
cells,
make
the
setting
the CRO of 1800M cells within the range of 48;
according
the in
actual
traffic network
volume and
for 1800Mtocells
dual-band
in suburb, it's
configuration. This parameter must be set with Yes in
recommended to set the CRO within the range of 0
the cells with CBA or CBQ enabled.
5. Sugggestions for setting CRO, TO, PT are as
follows: 1. In case of large traffic or poor
communication
quality inside a cell due to certain causes,
normally MS is expected not to work in that cell
(that is, certain repulsion to that cell).
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases.
Temporary offset is invalid, and the numerical
value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
corresponding to the cell is decreased, and
reduces the possibility that MS reselecting
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
parameter Cell reselection offset can be set
according to the repulsive nature of cell. The
more is the repulsive nature, the larger is
the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in case
of a smaller Cell reselection offset.
2. For cells with small traffic and low equipment
utilization, normally MS is encouraged to work in
that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set between
0 ~ 10 (corresponding to 0 ~ 20 dB) in this
case, according to tendency of the cell. The
more is the tendency, the larger is the Cell
reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a
smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually
better to set the Temporary offset same as Cell
reselection offset, or a little higher than Cell
reselection offset. The main function of Penalty
time is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS.
The common recommended setting is 1 (20
seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of
dual-frequency network is such a case).//To set CRO
with a large value may lead to the situation that MS
chooses the cell with lower downlink level, which
maycells
causecrossing
decrease
in the tested
rate. to
For
loaction
areas, coverage
we recommend
Through
setting CRO,
traffic
absorption
set the parameter
with areasonable
large value,
in order
to
or repelling
mayupdate
be achieved,
and SD/TCH
reduce
location
due to frequent
cell
congestion rate
may be
decreased,
and CSSR
reselection.
Besides,
when
the parameter
is setmay
withbea
improved.
large
value, the number of PS reselection in Ready
status may be reduced, which helps to improve data
rate. To add CRH to cells crossing location areas may
reduce the numbe rof location update and decrease
SD congestion rate and improve CSSR as well.
It's recommended to set it 0, that is not to perform the
punalty.
It's recommended to be set 0 (20s); to set it 31 is not

recommended, because 31 means CRO is a negative
value.
meter
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
Explanatio
Parameter Parameter
n of
Name (EN)
Code
Parameters
(EN)
Value
Range &
Unit
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommen
ded Value
for
Network
Optimizati
on
According to GSM 05.02 Frequency Hoping

This parameter is an unique identification of frequency
Algorithm, MAI
a function
1 ~ is255
1 of TDMA Frame
1
hopping system.
number (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN)
and Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN
determines the operation track of frequencies
during the frequency hopping process. Using
different HSN for cells having same MA can avoid
According
frequency utilization conflict between adjacent cells
to actual
during the frequency hopping process.
Frequency HoHopping sequHSN
0 ~ 63
0
radio
Different timeslots can share the same group of MA
parameters
and corresponding HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a special
planning
frequency hopping (i.e. circular frequency hopping)
HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, because
cells using the same MA also have the same BCCH.
For example, if HSN [(BCC6) +1, ...,According
(BCC6)
to actual
+6], then each cell may use any of the 6 HSNs.
The
Frequency HoFrequency h FreqHopModThis
parameteRFID
freqhopRFID
remaining
0 and 49 ~
63 are used freqho
in otherradio
special
parameters
cases.parameter
If for simple,
directly
use
by default.
This
provides
a list
of0absolute
RF
According
planning
channel number in a frequency hopping group.
to actual
It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The related
Frequency HoMA frequencyMaFreqNum
Based on freqBased on freqradio
information will be notified to MS when MS is
parameters
notified of which channel should be used.
planning
You can do the Add and Delete action.
Frequency HoFrequency hoFhsId
Recommended V
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
CoBCCH
1800M
-

Rural
900M
-
1800M
-
900M
-
1800M
-
Wide Coverage
Indoor
Coverage/Tunnel
900M
900M
1800M
-
1800M
-
1. Try to set HSN 0 under radio FH.

Application of HSN of cells with the
same MA and MAIO needs long
multiplexing distance. 2. Under
baseband FH, when the number of
MA frequencies 13, it's forbidden
to set HSN as 0.Serious interference
may occur, when adjacent cells with
the same MA and MAIO use the
same HSN; in this case, SD/TCH
assignment failure may be resulted,
which may affect access success
rate.

Accessibilit
y
Mobility
Reliability
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks
Category
Explanatio
Parameter Parameter
n of
Value Range &
Name (EN)
Code
Parameters
Unit
(EN)
Default
Value in
OMCR
Recommended Va
Recommen
ded Value
for
Network
Optimizati
on
Dense Urban/Urban
900M
CoBCCH
1800M
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Punishment
period of
UTRAN
HoFailPena This paramete1 ~ 255(period of 7
cell when
handover
failure
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Slide
window size
for
calculating
In GSM system, BSC uses the power level measurement data to manage and control handover decisions. BSC
Ec/No or
HoWindowU
1 ~ 31
6
6
HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is the window size to calculate Ec/No or RSCP average in adj
RSCP
average
value to be
zero
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Number that
measuremen
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to BSS the measurement data of at most six adjacent cells w
t value
ZeroAllowe To avoid the negative
0 ~ 31 impact of 01 on averaging,1 suppose occasional
0 -is allowed- and is not used in averaging,
allowed to
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of 0s in the sampling count exceeds ZeroAllowed, these sampl
be zero
Handover to UTRAN first;

According
Not Handover to UTRAN first; to MSC,
Not allow to Handover to UTRAN;
default
This paramet
According to
According to MSC, default handover
handover
to UTRAN
to
first;
According to MSC, default not handover
UTRAN to UTRAN first;
According to MSC, default not allowed
first to handover to UTRAN.
UTRAN
handover
parameter
UTRAN
handover
ServiceHo
UTRAN
handover
parameter
FDD/TDD
Handover
Handover to
Handover to FDD cell should be performed;
FDD cell
FDDTDDPri This parameteHandover to TDD cell
Handover
shouldtobe performed. should be
performed
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Threshold
for load
sharing
This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly you shall configure a traffic handover threshold and inter-sy
0 ~ 63:
LoadHoRSC This parameter is used to handover
35 decision in35
3G cell after -traffic is overloaded.
- BSC reserves at least HoRS
the range from -116 dBm CPICH RSCP < -115 dBm (reported as 0) to -53 dBm CPICH
This parameter value shall be lower than HoRSCPThsFDD.
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Ec/No
threshold
when
0 ~ 49:
handover
LoadHoEcN This parameter is used to handover
25 decision in25
- BSC reserves at least HoEcN
the range from -24 dB CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB (reported as 1) to -0.5 dB CPICH Ec/I
from GSM
This parameter value shall be lower than HoEcNoThsFDD.
to 3G for
load sharing
UTRAN
handover
parameter
RSCP
threshold
when
0 ~ 63:
handover
LoadHoRSC This parameter is used to handover
35 decision in35
- BSC reserves at least HoRS
from GSM
This parameter value shall be lower than HoRSCPThsFDD.
to TDD for
load sharing
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Inter system
handover
InterSysHoCtThis parameteYes/No
supported
No
No
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Directed
retry to
InterSysRdCt This parameteYes/No
UTRAN
cell allowed
No
No
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
0 ~ 63:
to UTRAN HoRSCPThs BSC reserves
35
35
FDD RSCP
Threshold
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN HoRSCP_P_ When at lea 1 ~ 201 ~ 20
FDD RSCP
Value P/N
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN HoRSCP_N_ When at lea 1 ~ 201 ~ 20
FDD RSCP
Value P/N
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
0 ~ 49:
to UTRAN HoEc/No_T BSC reserves
25
25
the range from -24 dB CPICH Ec/Io < -23.5 dB (reported as 1) to -0.5 dB CPICH Ec/I
FDD Ec/No
Threshold
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN HoEc/No_P When at lea 1 ~ 201 ~ 20
FDD Ec/No
Value P/N
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN HoEc/No_N When at lea 1 ~ 201 ~ 20
FDD Ec/No
Value P/N
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
0 ~ 63:
to UTRAN HoRSCPThs This paramet
35
35
TDD RSCP
Threshold
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN HoRSCP_P_ This paramet 1 ~ 201 ~ 20
TDD RSCP
Value P/N
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Handover
from GSM
to UTRAN HoRSCP_N_ This paramet 1 ~ 201 ~ 20
TDD RSCP
Value P/N
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Threshold
when UE
performs
search
under
specialized
mode
Qsearch_C
This parameteWhen RLA_C of serving

15
cell is lower
15 than(0~7)
- or higher
- than (8~15),
the UTRAN neighbor ce
0~6 means L=-98+n*4 dbm, 7 means always, 8~14 means L=-78+4*(n-8)dbm, 15 means never
UTRAN
handover
parameter
Initial
parameter
instead of
qsearch_c
before UE
receiving
qsearch_C
0: Indicates Qsearch_I parameter

QsearchCInit This paramete
0
0
1: Indicates always measuring
UTRAN
Reselection Support 3G Support3GC This parameteYes/No
Parameter
Channel
UTRAN
location of
Reselection
si2quater
Parameter
broadcast
SI2QuaterPo It indicates c
CS
UTRAN
measuremen
Reselection t type
ReportTypeC It indicates
Parameter reported by
UE
Measureme
nt threshold
UTRAN
of UE
Reselection performing Qsearch_I
Parameter UTRAN
cell
reselection
No
No
0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block

0
0
1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block (AGCH_BLOCK reservation value will be 1)
0: Adopts enhanced measurement report message, if at least one BSIC is configured for each fr
1
1
1: Adopts normal measurement report message
When RLA_C of serving cell is lower than(0~7) or higher than (8~15), the UTRAN neighbor ce
This paramete
15
7
7
7
7
0~6 means L=-98+n*4 dbm, 7 means always, 8~14 means L=-78+4*(n-8)dbm, 15 means never
CS number
of same
UTRAN
frequency
Reselection
SvrBandRprt This paramete0123
2
adjacent
Parameter
cells in
report
CS class of
reported
UTRAN
quantities of
Reselection
FDDrepQntCIt indicates 0:RSCP;1:Ec/No 1
UTRAN
Parameter
adjacent
cells
MIN Ec/No
UTRAN
of UTRAN
Reselection
FDD_Qmin This paramete0= -20dB, 1= -6dB0
reselecting
Parameter
cell
7( -12 dB)
CS MAX
number of
UTRAN
UTRAN/FD
Reselection D adjacent FDDMulRataThis paramete0123
Parameter cells in
measuremen
t report
UTRAN
FDD
Reselection reselection
Parameter offset
This parameter is used to reselect the UTRAN adjacent cell if the following requirements are satisfied:
1 Received signal code power (RSCP) of this adjacent cell is higher than average receiving level RLA_C of th
2 RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than RLA_C of all adjacent GSM cells by at least FDD_Qoffset (FDD re
FDD_Qoffset
0 means always ch8
0
0
0
0
3 Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent cell is larger than or equal to designated FDD_Qmin (minimum va
ratio of UTRAN reselected cell).
If more than one UTRAN cell meets above conditions, then select the cell that has the largest RSCP.
Require UE
to send
UTRAN
UTRAN
Reselection classmark
ECSC_3G
Parameter change
message
early
It indicates
Yes, No
NO
CS
UTRAN
measuremen
Reselection t reporting ReportRateC It indicates f 0: Normal1: Low
0
Parameter rate of
adjacent cell
CS
UTRAN
Multiband
Reselection
report
Parameter
indication
NO
This parameter is to control the number of reports of different adjacent cells except the serving cell.
0: MS reports the survey results of six known and allowed adjacent cells with the strongest NCC according
MulBndRprt 1: MS reports
0123
the measurement
0 result of 1 adjacent
0
cells with
- strongest
- signal- in the frequency bands in adj
2: MS reports the measurement result of two adjacent cells with strongest signal in the frequency bands in a
3: MS reports the measurement result of three adjacent cells with strongest signal in the frequency bands in
CS offset
UTRAN
which is
This parameter defines the added offset when UE reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of a certain
Reselection added when ScaleOrdCS
0: 0 dB1: 10 dB2:
0 Automatic,
0 determined-by UE If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this parameter.
Parameter UE reports
rxlev value
UTRAN
TDD
Reselection reselection
Parameter offset
555TDD_QoffsetWhen cell is 0123456789101112131415

8
5-12dB)
12dB) 12dB) 12dB)
CS MAX
number of
UTRAN
UTRAN/TD
Reselection D adjacent TDDMulRatRThis paramete0123
Parameter cells in
measuremen
t report
CS UE
report
UTRAN
Reselection invalid cell
Parameter level
allowed
NO
NO
InvldBSICRpWhen BCC isYES,

n
NO
CS UE
search
UTRAN
UTRAN
adjacent cell
Reselection
SEARCHPRIThis parameteYES, NO
in bsic
Parameter
decoding
frame
indication
NO
GSM850M
UTRAN
adjacent cell
Reselection reporting
RprtOffsetC when reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
Parameter signal level
Offset
NO
GSM850M
UTRAN
adjacent cell
When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtT
RprtThoCS8
0always1 ~ 6 means
0
6 ~ 366/per
0
step7
- means never
()As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and R
Threshold
GSM900M
UTRAN
adjacent cell
Offset
GSM900M
UTRAN
adjacent cell
RprtThoCS9
0
0
- means never
0always1 ~ 6 means
6 ~ 366/per
step7
Threshold
GSM1800
M adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
0
reporting
Parameter
signal level
Offset
GSM1800
M adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
RprtThoCS1 When reportin0always1 ~ 6 means
0
0
- means never
6 ~ 366/per
step7
()reporting
Parameter
signal level
Threshold
GSM1900
M adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
RprtOffsetC When reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
0
reporting
Parameter
signal level
Offset
GSM1900
M adjacent
UTRAN
cell
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to Rpr
Reselection
RprtThoCS1
0
0
- means never
0always1 ~ 6 means
6 ~ 366/per
step7
()reporting
As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and R
Parameter
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
FDDRprtOffswhen reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
reporting
Parameter
signal level
Offset
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
FDDRprtTho When reportin0always1 ~ 6 means
0
0
- means never
6 ~ 366/per
step7
()reporting
Parameter
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
TDDRprtOffswhen reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
reporting
Parameter
signal level
Offset
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
UTRAN
cell
Reselection
TDDRprtThoWhen reportin0always1 ~ 6 means
0
0
- means never
6 ~ 366/per
step7
()reporting
Parameter
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS offset
which is
This parameter defines the added offset when UE reports signal field intensity. If the field intensity of a certain
added when ScaleOrdPS
0 Automatic,
0 determined-by UE 0: 0 dB1: 10 dB2:
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this parameter.
UE reports
rxlev value
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS
measuremen
t type
ReportTypeP This param 01
reported by
UE
PS number
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS
measuremen
t reporting ReportRateP It indicates f 0: Normal1: Low
0
rate of
adjacent cell
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
Measureme
nt threshold
of UE
performing Qsearch_P
GPRS
UTRAN
cell
of same
frequency
adjacent
cells in
report
SvrBandRprt This paramete0123
When RLA_C of serving cell is lower than(0~7) or higher than (8~15), the UTRAN neighbor ce
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell.
0~6 means L=-98+n*4
15 dbm, 7 means
15 always, 8~14
means
- L=-78+4*(n-8)dbm,
15 means never
Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower than threshold 0 ~ 7 (corresponding to -98, -94, ..., -74 dBm), thr
(GPRS packet idle state, GPRS packet transform state)
UTRAN
Cell control FDD GPRS
0 means always choose 3G neigbor cell;1 = -28 dB;2 = -24 dB;15 = 28 dB
parameter- reselection FDD_GPRS_Q
When cell is
8
8
GPRS
offset
property
UTRAN
Cell control TDD GPRS
0 means always choose 3G neigbor cell;1 = -28 dB;2 = -24 dB;15 = 28 dB
parameter- reselection TDD_GPRS_Q
When cell is
0
0
GPRS
offset
property
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS MIN
Ec/No of
UTRAN
reselecting
cell
0= -20dB, 1= -6dB, 2= -18dB, 3= -8dB, 4= -16dB, 5= -10dB, 6= -14dB, 7= -12dB.

FDD_QminP The value of E
0
0
UTRAN
Cell control Offset of
parameter- FDD_Qmin FDD_Qmin_OOffset of F
GPRS
PS
property
072dB.
0
0
015-114 dBm-84 dBm()

FDD_RSCPmWhen the cell
0
0
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS MIN
RSCP of
UTRAN
reselecting
cell
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
Measureme
nt report
threshold of FDDRprtTho It is the me
Ec/No or
RSCP
0 ~ 15
0
0
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS class of
reported
quantities of
FDDRepQnt It indicates
UTRAN
adjacent
cells
01(0RSCP1Ec/No)
0
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS MAX
number of
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent FDDMulRatRThis paramete0123
cells in
measuremen
t report
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
PS
Multiband
report
indication
MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to report contents of six adjacent cells with the strongest sign
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority into a specific frequency band during handover. The MS
MulBndRprt MulBndRprtPS
0123
is used to notify 0MS to report contents
0
of adjacent
cells
- in multiple
- frequency bands. It is one
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in each frequency band. General principles to set the paramet
3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a specific frequ
UTRAN
Cell control
TDD multi
parameterreport PS
GPRS
property
TDDMulRatRThis paramete0123
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
InvldBSICRpWhen BCC isYES,

n
NO
NO
NO
PS UE
search
UTRAN
UTRAN
Cell control
adjacent cell
parameterSEARCHPRIThis parameteYES, NO
in bsic
GPRS
decoding
property
frame
indication
NO
NO
PS UE
report
invalid cell
level
allowed
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM850M
adjacent cell
reporting
signal level
Offset
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM850M
adjacent cell
reporting
RprtThoCS8
0
0
- means never
0always1 ~ 6 means
6 ~ 366/per
step7
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM900M
adjacent cell
reporting
signal level
Offset
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM900M
adjacent cell
reporting
RprtThoCS9
0always1 ~ 6 means
0
6 ~ 366/per
0
step7
- means never
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM1800
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal level
Offset
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM1800
M adjacent
cell
RprtThoCS1 When reportin0always1 ~ 6 means
0
6 ~ 366/per
0
step7
- means never
()reporting
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
GSM1900
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal level
Offset
GSM1900
M adjacent
cell
reporting
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal level
Offset
UTRAN/FD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal level
Threshold
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cell
reporting
signal level
Offset
RprtOffsetC When reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
RprtThoCS1
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the cell is higher than or equal to Rpr
0
0
- means never
0always1 ~ 6 means
6 ~ 366/per
step7
FDDRprtOffswhen reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
FDDRprtTho When reportin0always1 ~ 6 means

0
0
- means never
6 ~ 366/per
step7
()-
TDDRprtOffswhen reportin0 ~ 7 means 0~42 0
UTRAN
Cell control
parameterGPRS
property
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
UTRAN
parameter
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
UTRAN
parameter
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
UTRAN
Neighbor
cell
handover
and
reselection
parameter
UTRAN/TD
D adjacent
cell
TDDRprtThoWhen reportin0always1 ~ 6 means
0
0
- means never
6 ~ 366/per
step7
()reporting
signal level
Threshold
Adjacent
UTRAN
cell
handover
and
reselection
object ID
HoRSObjectIThis paramete1 ~ 64
RSCP offset
0 ~GSM
63: to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minim
handover to
Handover from
HoRSCPOff
5
5
UTRAN
This parameter
0=0dBm,1=1dBm,63=63dBm.
is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells
adjacent cell
Ec/No offset
handover to
Handover from
0 ~GSM
49: to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minim
HoEcNoOffs
5
5
UTRAN
This parameter
0=0dB,1=0.5dB,,
is a prerequisite to ensure
49:>24dB.
enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells
adjacent cell
Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:

CS adjacent
1 Adjacent cell with same frequency band. have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid; Its measur
cell report RepPrioCS 2 Adjacent cell0:Lower;1:High.
in the frequency band
0
different0from that of the
- serving- cell must- have the following features: B
priority
3 Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. These cell shall have the following features
For above priorities, if the prioritys location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next priority. For
PS adjacent
cell report RepPrioPS
priority
This parameter defines the priority of adjacent cells to report the measurement report during PS traffic operati
Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:
1 Adjacent cell with same frequency band. These cell shall have the following features: BSIC of color code is
0:Lower;1:High. 0
0
2 Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following features: B
3 Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. These cell shall have the following features
For above priorities, if the prioritys location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next priority. For
Is support
CCNSUPPO CNN mode refYes, No
CCN mode
No
No

Express
Indoor
Rural
Way/High-speed Wide Coverage
Coverage/Tunnel
Railway
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
900M
1800M
The parameter belongs to 2-3G handover

parameters. It hasn't been used yet, so we
recommend to keep the default value.
Set a strength threshold for adjacent cells in

3G network (set RSCP and Ec/No
respectively). When at least some (P) of the
latest sliding averages of RSCO or Ec/No (N)
are larger or equal to the threshold, handovers
to adjacent cells in 3G network can be
triggered. This strength threshold is the sum of
threshold for handover to 3G cells and the
offset value. Usually the sliding window size
uses the default value.
Set a strength threshold for adjacent cells in

3G network (set RSCP and Ec/No
respectively). When at least some (P) of the
latest sliding averages of RSCO or Ec/No (N)
are larger or equal to the threshold, handovers
to adjacent cells in 3G network can be
triggered. This strength threshold is the sum of
threshold for handover to 3G cells and the
offset value. Usually the sliding window size
uses the default value.
The handover decision method (controlled by

MSC or BSC) to be adopted is configured
through ServiceHo. If the ServiceHo in cell
property is configured as "BSC decides
handover priority", then the system decides
whether to prioritize 3G cells or 2G cells
according to selection strategies of handover
target cells configured in OMCR. if the
ServiceHo in cell property is configured as
"MSC decides handover priority", the system
decides whether to prioritize 3G cells or 2G
cells according to the core network handover
preference strategies in the service data field.
This parameter hasn't been used yet, so we
When both WCDMA adjacent cellsand TDSCDMA adjacent cells exist at the same time,
we may control the priority of WCDMA and
TD-SCDMA through parameter "FDD/TDD
handover(FDDTDDPrio)" at iBSC side.
The value of this parameter shall be set lower

than HoRSCPThsFDD; in order to realize
handovers based on system load, iBSC needs
to inform the adjacent BSS or RNS of its own
load, which is realized through iBSC sending
LOAD INDICATION (BSSAP) to MSC at
regular times. In order to perform load
measurement and report indicators, three
parameters need to be set at OMCR,which
include "LoadInd", "LoadValidTime" and
"loadIndPrd" which respectively represent
whether to enable the "LoadInd" and the
timeing of load report. This parameter hasn't
been
used of
yet,this
so parameter
we recommend
to keep
the
The value
shall be
set lower
default
value.
than HoRSCPThsFDD;
in order to realize
been used yet, so we recommend to keep the
The value of this parameter shall be set lower
default value.
than HoRSCPThsFDD; in order to realize
been used yet, so we recommend to keep the
default value.
For iBSC, in order to support 2-3G handover

of CS domain, it first needs to enable the
InterSysHoCtrl in BSC. We usually keep the
default value of this parameter.
To enable inter-system directed retry, we need

to first enable the external directed retry in
"module parameters", and then enable
"Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed". We
usually keep the default value of this
parameter.









If the system requires support of GSM->3G

handover, we recommend to set this parameter
with any value but 15. If it's not necessary for
the system to support GSM->3G handover, set
the parameter with 15.
It's recommended to keep the default value.
It's recommended to keep the default value, if

extended BCCH is not configured in the
system.
For parameter Qsearch_I and cells with

interoperability, after MS enters the
interoperability cell it performs measurements
of the other system. As long as the 3G signals
satisfy the residing requirements of MS,
handover will be performed to the 3G system.
7
If the system requires support of GSM->3G
reselection, the parameter shall be set as 7 in
the adjacent cells of the other system. In this
case, 2G->3G reselection success rate may be
improved. To set the parameter as 15 means to
stop the measurements.
Adopt the default value of the parameter or set

it with 0 upon operator's requirement.
This is a key parameter for 2G-3G cell

reselection. The parameter's reference value
for network optimization is 7 (-12dB). The
difference betwenn cell reselection decision
thresholds of the two systems WCDMA and
7
GSM/GPRS must be at least 4dB, such as the
difference between SsearchRAT of WCDMA
and FDD_Qmin of GSM/GPRS. To set the
parameter as 7 helps to improve 2G->3G
reselection success rate.
Value 8 means the offset between GSM signal

and 3G signal is 0. The common case is that
3G system occupies 2000MHz frequency band
, which results in big transmission loss. It's
better to set the parameter with 0, that is not to
consider the influence of 3G signals during
GSM->3G reselection process, which helps to
increase 2G->3G reselection success rate.
512dB)
512dB)
512dB)
512dB)
512dB)
512dB)
512dB)
512dB)
Value 8 means the offset is 0 it is only used

for reselction. To set the parameter with 56
helps to improve 2G-3G reselection success
rate. It should be set with values smaller than
8, like 5 or 6.
The parameter hasn't been used yet, so we





The parameter hasn't been used yet. It needs

PBCCH or NC2 function to support, which are
usually disabled.
















According to 2-3G adjacent cell parameters

planning


Accessibilit
y
Mobility
Reliability
Throughpu
t
Coverage
Rate
CN Side
Indicators
Remarks

Explanations of IBSC (6.20.200e) Radio Parameters

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Explanations of IBSC (6.20.200e) Radio Parameters

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BSC Level PS Part Parameters

Cell Level PS Part Parameters

Value Range &

0 ~ 65535, 10ms 500

0 ~ 65535, 10ms 500

0 ~ 65535, 10ms 500

MCS1 ~ MCS9 MCS6

RIAE timer TRIAE

BSS/SGSN MAX times

BSS/SGSN MAX times

0 ~ 65535, 10ms 3000

0 ~ 65535, 10ms 3000

MCS1 ~ MCS9 MCS6

SNS modify SNSChgWe

service on the idle

IPOE SCTP IPTOS_5

Recommended Value for Different Scenes

Express Way/Highspeed Railway

Performance Indicators Related to Each Parameter

If the parameter value is set big, the increase of

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s is

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s is

The recommended value is defined in "Table

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s is

If the parameter value is set big, the failure

For a newly established network, it is

Transfer mode in completing the cell update.

This is a parameter which is left over by

The recommended value is defined in "Table

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s is

The recommended value is defined in "Table

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 3s is

The recommended value is defined in "Table

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 10s is

As to the waiting delay of Gb interface, 10s is

The recommended value is defined in "Table

There is only one value in the value range. It

This is a commissioning parameter, and it does

There is only one value in the value range. It

It works for E1_Gb, but it does not work for

If the parameter value is set too small, there

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

It is already not valid. It should keep being the

The PoC-related optimization parameters are

The PoC-related optimization parameters are

The PoC-related optimization parameters are

The PoC-related optimization parameters are

The PoC-related optimization parameters are

The PoC-related optimization parameters are

When the parameter value is set big, the new

It only works when Gb interface is with the

It only works when Gb interface is with the

It only works when Gb interface is with the

It only works when Gb interface is with the

It only works when Gb interface is with the

It has not been tested at the work field yet. It

It has not been tested at the work field yet. It